Poh

INFORMATIQN
MANUAL
1980
MODEL
152
For Flight Training Reference Only

NOTICE
AT THE TIME OF ISSUANCE.

ISSUANCE, THIS INFQR·
INFOR
MATION MANUAL WAS AN EXACT DUPLI

DUPLI-
CATE OF THE OFFICIAl
OFFICIAL PllOT'S
PILOT'S OPERAT-
OPERAT
HANDBOOK AND
ING HANOBOOK ANO FAA APPROVED
APPRQVED
AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUALAND
AIAPLANE FUGHT MANUAL AND 15
IS TO BE
USED FOR GENERAL

GENERAl PURPOSES ON
ONLY.
l Y.
J
IT WILL NOT BE KEPT CURRENT AND,
Il ANO,
THEREFORE, CANNOT BE USED AS A
FOR THE
SUBSTITUTE FQR OFFICIAL PILOT'S
TH E QFFICIAl PllQT'S
OPERATING HANDBOOK
HANOBOOK AND
ANO FAA
APPROVED AIRPLANE FUGHT

APPRQVED FLIGHT MANUAL
INTENDED FQR
INTENDEO FOR OPERATION OF THE AIR
AIR-
PLANE
PLANE..
-
CESSNA AIRCRAFT
CUSNA COMPANY
II.IRCRAFT COM PANY
11 JUlY
JULY 19
1979
79
•
INFORMATION MANUAL
ICESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY

CE5SNA I
1980 MODEl
MODEL 152
- CESSN'"
CESSNA AIRCRAFT CpMPANY
COMPANY
f) M.mb.r
IO . . . . . .of GAMA
. GUA WICHITA, KANSAS, USA
WICH1TA, KANSAS.
1 July 1m
IJWY 1979 iii
."'0-11-0.0_10000-"'"
D1170-13-RPC-1OOOO-12/79 '"
PI':RI"ORMI\NCZ·
PERFORMANCE- CESSNA
CESSNA
SPEClFICI\T10NS
SPECIFICATIONS MODE!. 152
MODEL 1112
PERFORMANCE - SPECIFICATIONS
SPECIFICATIONS
' Sf1:I:D:
,
..
*SPEED:
Maximum at Sea Level U~K~
110 KNOTS
Cruise, 75% Power at 8000 Ft
CRUISE: Recommended lean mixture with fuel allowance for , ",. ""<JT'IJ
107 KNOTS
engine start, taxi, takeoff, climb and 45 minutes

reserve.
75% Power at 8000 Ft

24.5 Gallons Usable Fuel
.
, "'" ",_"N
,,-
Range
Time
320 NM
li""
3.1 HRS r
75% Power at 8000 Ft
Maximum Range at 10,000 Ft
. '
,,-
Range
~".
Time
..
.n.~
Range
~".
545 NM
UHfUj;
5.2 HRS
415 NM
"5 "' ..
24.5 Gallons Usable Fuel n_
Time U HRS
5.2 Ilns
Maximum Range at 10,000 Ft Han..
Range _"N
690 NM
RATE OF CLIMB AT SEA LEVEL
SERVICE CEILING
TAKEOFF PERFORMANCE:
,. n_
Time ..,
'"
HR~
8.7 HRS
715 FPM
".
IO ...... FT
14,700
.
..,.
,_n n
Ground Roll ~n
725 FT
Total Distance Over 50-Ft Obstacle 1340 FT
LANDING PERFORMANCE:
Ground Roll ,"n
475 FT
Total Distance Over 50-Ft Obstacle =n
1200 FT
n
STALL SPEED (CAS):
Flaps Up, Power Off
.~=
48 KNOTS
Flaps Down, Power Off 43 KNOTS
~ KNO'I'lI
MAXIMUM WEIGHT:
Ramp
Takeoff or Landing
STANDARD EMPTY WEIGHT:
, ~~
1675
1670
,~~
LBS
LBS
-
—
152 1109
"". LBS
W:l8
152 II 1142 L.I<!:I
,,.~ LBS
MAXIMUM USEFUL LOAD:

152 ~~,
566 LBS
.
152 II 533 LBS
w~,
BAGGAGE ALLOWANCE 120 LBS
"" Ull>
WING LOADING: Pounds/Sq Ft 10.5
POWER LOADING: Pounds/HP
FUEL CAPACITY: Total
"'"
15.2
n
Standard Tanks •26 011.1..
GAL.
.=
.,.
Long Range Tanks 39 GAI..
'III GAL.
OIL CAPACITY 6 QTS
ENGINE: Avco Lycoming Q . . . .1.2C
O-235-L2C
110 BHP at 2550 RPM
PROPELLER: Fixed Pitch, Diameter 69 IN.
'"Speed
S_ po.,_......
performance lo is allO_n
shown ,for
'»00II.
......1...1.... oqulppod
an airplane w,.,.
equipped with op~""""_ ,......
p.
optional speed fairings, n
nlI,•. ,."". _Il O",, "'''Q.mom""
which 'n
,.~"'"
,~
.....
increas-3 the speeds ~1
....... ",. by 'PP"""",."ll
approximately ~
in range, while all other performance f;JY'"
110<1.
installed.
2 1_
knots.
figures "'"
n..... ,., ....
•. There is a corresponding
_pOn<I'n ••difference
y,..".." ... ,...."
are unchanged when .poood
'n ..."""
'."'n,.....
speed fairings are
•
" I1 JJuly 1979

uly .1179
For Flight Training Reference Only n

TABLE
TABI.E OF
OF CONTENTS
CONTENTe CESSNA _
I~
MOOEI. 152
MODEL
TABLE
T ABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTlON
SECTION
GENERAL ............................ 1
GENERAl.
LIMITATIONS ......................... 2
lIMITATIONS
1
2
-
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES ............ 3
NORMAL PROCEDURES ............... 4
PERFORMANCE.
PERFORMANCE ............. ...... ... 55
WEIGHT & BALANCE/
WEIGHT BALANCE/
EQU IPMENT LIST
EQUIPMENT lIST ........ . .... .. .. 6
AIRPlANE
AIRPLANE & SYSTEM5
SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTIONS ................... 7
DESCRII'TlONS
AIRPlANE HANDlING,
AIRPLANE HANDLING,
SERVICE & MAINTENANCE ........ 8
5ERVICE
SU PPlEMENTS
SUPPLEMENTS
Systems Description
(Optional Systerns
& Operating Procedures) . .. ....... 9
iv

I1 July
July IV19
1979
-
CESSNA
CESSNA SECTION
SECTION 11
MODEL
MOO&L 152
11102 GENERAL
G&N&RAL
SECTION 11
GENERAL
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
T",..., Vi.w
Three View 1_2
1-2
II!~uclion
Introduction I.;)
1-3
o...crlpllve Data
Descriptive D.", I.;)
1-3
En .. l....
Engine 1-3
1-3
PropeUer
Propeller 1-3
1-3
,.".1
Fuel I.;)
1-3
0,1
Oil 1-4
1-4
Mo.un""" C."Uiea~
Maximum Certificated Weights
Wel&"huo I~
1-5
Slanda.-d Ah'plane Weights
Standard Airplane We l.. bl$ . I~
1-5
CablI! Anel Enl')'
Cabin And Olmenslon. .
Entry Dimensions I~
1-5
Sa&",..p
Baggage Space 0I"'8nslon.
Dimensions I~
1-5
S~!fIo
Specific Loadings
t.oadln,.. 1-5
l-b
Symbnlo. Abbr."lalloD. And
Symbols, Abbreviations Anel Terminolol()'
Terminology . . . l-b
1-5
Gon ...1 Airspeed
General Aln:p.od Terrnino!oKY
Terminology And BYllIbo!'
Symbols I~
1-5
MeIOKl't>lolllc&! TorminololD'
Meteorological Terminology 1-6
&nl(ln. Tennlno!o&"l' .
Pow~r Terminology
Engine Power }_7
1-7
Alrpl&lIo Pcrfo",,,nce And F
Airplane Performance U,h l Planning
Flight Plann In, Tennlnolnc
Terminology . . . 1·7
1-7
Weight And Sal.n""
We1lhl Balance T.nnlnology
Terminology . 1_7
1-7
I1 July
July 1m
1979 I1-1
_I

SECTION 1I
SECTION CESSNA
CESSNA
GENERAI.
GENERAL MODEL 152
MODEL 1M!
n
n
n
------
."""
-----
............---_.
~-~~~ • -----
,
_
1.
... ". -
--
Wing span shown with conical camber wing
tips and strobe lights installed. If standard
wing tips without strobe lights are installed,
_ .. _------
wing span is 32' - 8 1/2".
-----
• --_ ...
2. Maximum height shown with nose gear
depressed, all tires and nose strut prop
--_.,..
erly inflated and flashing beacon installed.
3. Wheel base length is 58".-

•
4.
• -_.".,,,--
Propeller ground clearance is 12'
-----
5. Wing area is 159 1/2 square feet.
h- • •
n
Minimum turning radius [sfcpivot point to
-,.....
_outboard wing
.... ....
tip) is ..
24' - r
8".
', u-
-/
-,-,
I•
, n
, n
V
f - - - - - - n-. - - - -- '
H
n
n
Figure 1·1.
1'!8"'" 1-1. Three
Three V!ew
View
1-2 I1 Ju!y
July 111711
1979

CESSNA SECTION
S&CTION i1
MODEL 1$11
MOD~L 152 GENERAL
GEN&RAL
INTRODUCTION
T"il " ...<1_ contains

This handbook """IaIII.; ...,UO"O....
9 sections, and in"i .. d.u the
<1 includes III ..........
material i.l require!
f'OoQ1l1,...
to INI furnished
Lo be tun..." .... to <bI pilot
Lo the pilol by
b)" CAR Part 3. It
l'art 3. also contains
Il &la<> a>nWn. supplementa
IJUppl ....""1I.
data ""ppli..... by
<lall. supplied b), Cessna Alrera./I Company.
Ce..... Aircraft Compen)'.
Secdoa prov ..........

Section 1I provides basicIe cl ..... ancIlnfonn~ion
data or general
and information of ,CI... nJ interest.
'aUo,...L II
.Iso
also contalnl deflnlllolll or
contains definitions o. explanations
npllOaUo"" 01 .)'mbol•. abb"",i.Uons.lD<
of symbols, abbreviations, am
terminology oomlllo..l, UM.
U1rmlnololO' commonly used.
DESCRIPTIVE
DES CRIPTIV E DATA
D.t.TA
ENGI NE
ENGINE
Numbe. of Engines:
Number E .. ,l.an:
I.
1.
E
Engine ,I.C'u"....,
.. Ii .... Manufacturer:
MIO .. Avoo Lycoming.
Avco L)'comin,.
E"Ii
Engine .... Model Number:
Numbe.: O ..!35. UC ..
O-235-L2C.
Engine
Enflnl Type: Normally-aspirated, direct-drive,
Normall)' ....pl •• Ioed. di_' air-cooled,
.. dttve .• i . .. _led. horizontally
bori"'''laliy
oppoH<!.
opposed, c •• burelO. equipped,
carburetor &qulpped. 10ur .. oyUnd.r .n(lne
four-cylinder engine with ...lIb ~.3 cu.ln
233.3 cu. in
dllph.c."'
displacement. .... L
Ho'_powl. R.Ung
Horsepower Rating .nd I::nglnl Sp_:
and Engine Speed: HO I LO ule<! 8HP.L
rated BHP ~ lU'M
at 2550 RPM...
PROPEll ER
PROPELLER
Propeller
PropeUer Manufacturer:
M.n"I""'" ..r: McCauley
Mc:Caule)' Accessory
"'""""aory Division.
Dlvilion.
Propello.
Propeller Modo! IA I 03ITCM8~8.
NumlNlr: 1A103/TCM6958.
Model Number:
Number
Numbe' of ot Biades:
BiAdeI: 2.
Pro~U.r DllmOIe
Propeller Diameter, Mulmum: 8~
•. Maximum: IlIcll ••.
69 inches.
Minlmum: 87.5111,,11
Minimum: 67.5 inches.••.
Propeller Type: Fixed
1'",,,,,lIe. 'l'ype; pitch.
"''':ed pllell.
FUEl
FUEL
Approved Fuel Grades (ID~

P'uel O....s.. (and Colora):
Colors):
1000L Gracle
100LL Grade A vl.1101I ""tl
Aviation Fuel (BI".).
(Blue).
- 100 (1"0""'1'1)'
(Formerly 100/130) Grade AvllUoli
ID" 130) Gride Aviation Fuol
Fuel 10
Non
NOTE
(Green).
....01.
lsopropyl
Isopropyl ~Icobol or e<byl."t
alcohol 01 glycol moaODU"lllyl
ethylene alycol monomethyl .!.ber
ether
m.y be added Lo
may to me tuel IUppLy.
the fuel supply. AddltLveoonoen,,"lIons
Additive concentrations
.... 11 ncM
shall not nCMd
exceed l 1%' tor
for lsopropyl
isopropyl Iloolloi
alcohol or .15%
1.5% lo •
for
•ethylene
<bl'bo"'lfIl'<'O!
glycol monoml"')'.
monomethyl e.l>e. Itotf.r Lo
ether. Refer to SecUcn
Section 88 lo.
for
Idd,tLonai ln/cnn"dcD.
additional information.
I1 July IlI'7V
1979 1-E

SECTION 1I
SI>CTION CESSNA
CI>SSNA
GENERAL
OI>NI>ItAL MODEL
MODI>L 152
I~
Fuel C"p..,l~,
Fu"l Capacity:
Standard
S ... nd.'"
Total
Tola.!
T~ k ",
Tanks:
C.p""l~,
Capacity: 26 gallons.
2$ ,.110"" n
To ... , C.paei'y
Total E""h Tank:
Capacity Each fan k, 13 gallons.
,o.Uon •.
fola.!
Total Usable: 24.5 ,".llo"'.
U.olI"" 2t.li gallons.
Long
Ulnll" Range Tanks:
IUngll TankO' n
Tola.!
Total Co.pOCHy:
Capacity: 39 gallons.
3W,alJ01l •.
Total C
Tol.' ..pocl~ Each
Capacity Eocll T ..... ~:
Tank: IW.~
19.5 gallons.
lfaUo" •.
Total Il •• b1.: 37.~
Tolal Usable: II".Uouo.
37.5 gallons.
NOTE
n
Due
0"0 to orn ... I_Jn~bo.w
IO cross-feeding ""n fuel
between I"el tanks,
•• nk .. lh
the..... k. ob<>uld
tanks should —
be
bo re-topped of", •
.... "'p"*'" after each refueling to
..,h !"&fuoUng assure
'0 ...... '" maximum
mulm\Om
o.p...,ily
capacity.
OIL _
011
Oil Onod.
Grade (Spoolllco..lonl:
(Specification):
MIJ..L·&oe:I Aviation
MIL-L-6082 Avi ... ion O.-..d.
Grade SIc&lr'" Min ..... ' 011,
Straight Mineral U... '"
Oil: Use .... ple"'.h
to replenish
supply dunnr
auppl.y during first ~ hours
ilI"$! 25 at the
Il,,,,... and .. !ho first 25-hour oli
tlnt 2S--h"". oil chchange.
.... "".
Continue
ConII n". to
IO use
"H until a total 01
unUl .100ai of ~ ho,," has
50 hours h . . o.ceu",,,lal<d
accumulated o' or oli
oil
consumption has
"""tu"'pIlO" stabilized.
h ....... bU''''''''.
N~'
NOTE
TIIO
The airp'on
airplane • .....
was <iII"vo"""
delivered from theIholaetory
factory whh
with •a no,.".
corro
.10" p...,v.."Uv • •
sion preventive 1r<:rafI ""glno
aircraft oil. ThIO
engine ou. This 011
oil obouJd
should bobe
drained .n
d,alo"" •• the
after Ih. Il ...1 25
first h""ro of opo,allOo.
I!:I hours operation.
MIL-L-22851
),IIL·L·Z285 1 Ashless
AIIhl ... Dispersant Oil: 11>"
Oiolpor. .,,' Oll: This oU
oil must be uoed
m u" bo used .ne,Il
after first
... ,
50
SO hours or oU
ho,,'" o' oil cono"m">!o,,
consumption has b.. astabilized.
•• bllI.ed.
~mm.ndOod VI..,..."y for Tempor.'"

Recommended Viscosity Temperature,," Range:
RAngo:
n
MIL-L-6082
MIJ..J.AOeIl Aviation
A,,'.Uoo Grade
O'ado Straight
a'ralr'" Mineral Oil:
Mlner.l O":
SAE ~ .bov.
50 18' C ($0"1').
above 16°C (60°F).
SAli: bo'WH D ·l'C
SAE 40 between -1°C (3O'p)..,d:lrC
(30°F) and 32°C (1iO'F).
(90°F).
SAE:IO bolwHn ·-18°C
SAE 30 between 18"C (001'")
(0°F) LIld
and 2, "C (7O"F).
21°C (70°F).
SAE 20eo below
bol""," ·lIl'C
-12°C (IO'P").
(10°F).
MIL-L-2Ii8Ii' Ashless
MIL-L-22851 Otopenan' 011:
AUlo .. Dispersant Oil:
SAli: 40 Or
SAE 40 SAI!: &O
or SAE IS' C (M'p").
oJ>ov. 16°C
50 above (60°F).
SAE 40 between
SAl:
SAE 30
bOl,""" -1°C
30 or
SAE 30 below
SAE iO
o. SAE
. ' oc (3O"1'")
(30°F) ....
bolw"" ·18"C
40 between
bOlolO ·Irc
-12°C ((10°F).
10' 1'").
d a2"C
and 32°C (9(I"i>').
(90°F).
-18°C (001'") and ~I
(0°F) an').
21°C (70°F).
-
01' C.P""'Y:
Oil Capacity:
S"",p:
Sump: 6 Quarts.
Qu&J"t .. i
10 •• 1: 7 Quo.r\o
Total: Quarts (U(if 011 mIO' ;o
oil filter ... l1od).
installed).
,-,
1-4 1I July 1979
IV7I

CESSNA
CJ':SSN A SECT10N 1l
SECTION
MODEL 152
MODEL It>Il OE NERAL
GENERAL
MAXIMUM CERTIFICATED WEIGHTS

Ramp: 1675 lbs.
Takeoff: 1670 lbs.
Landing: 1670 lbs.
' ~:,:~:~;:,":'.<.•",.•,...) "'""''.'''

Weight in Baggage Compartment:
Baggage Area 11.1(or passenger on child's seat)-Station 50 to 76: 120 lbs.
1201bo.
See note below.
Baggage Area 2 - Station
."0" 76' ..
to . .. ~
94: I~IL Seo
40 lbs. See note
BO," below.
bolO""
"~"
NOTE
The maximum
'fU combined weight
mudmum ""mblne<! capacity for
welKM cap"'''Y ~Of:II:'a.ge
lo. baggage
are .. 1I aand
areas nd e2 la
is 120 lbo.
lbs;
STANDARD AIRPLANE WEIGHTS

STANDARO
Slandar<! l':mply
Standard Empty W oli"h~ 152:
Weight, I~. 1109
1101111>11.
lbs.
1152 Il, 1142 lbs.
152 II: lbo.
Mu'm"", U ••I.! Load,
Maximum Useful 152: ~
Lc&d. 1M: 566 llbs.
....
152 II: 533 lbs.
It>Ill!: Ibo. =
CABIN AND ENTRY DIMENSIONS
D1MENSIONS
Detailed dimensions
DeI. !!e<! dimona lon" of the
Ibe ccabin
abln interior and enl')'
lol.nor.."d entry d<>ocoptning
door openings
• are
• ""
illustrated In
11I.""ate<l in S"""OII
Section 8
6..
DIMENSIONS
BAGGAGE SPACE OIMENSIONS
Baggage area dimensions are illustrated in detail in Section 6.
- Wl"5
LOADINGS
SPECIFIC LOAD
Wing .......
Loading:
Pow., Loodln~
Power
INGS
," ... 10.5 ,.... / ....
,o. ~ lbs./sq. ft.
Loading: 15.2.1 .... /hp.
15.2 lbs./hp.
r~
SYMBOlS, ANO
SYMBOLS, ABBREVIATIONS AND
TERM IN OlOGY
TERMINOLOGY
GENERA
GENERALL AIRSPEEO
AIRSPEED TERMINOLOGY AND
ANO SYMBOLS
SYMBOlS
u KCAS Knots
Kno" Calibrated
!or
for _'1100
position oOd
AI ..p_ is
Call b ....... Airspeed 'M'C " ~ OlUJ>H<'
'o indicated
I.Slrum. '" eerror
and instrument .ror .od
and exp
c<>._
airspeed corrected
...... e<! in
expressed ID 1<0""
knots..
KnO
Knots.. Calibro,""
calibrated .. lnpHd is
airspeed i. equal
equa' to K'l"AS in
to KTAS ID .standard
'""dan;!
OImQ"ph.",
atmosphere ., at ... lovel.
sea level.
1'Ju!y
July 1979 ,.,
1-5

SEC1'TON
SECTION I1 CEBBN~
CESSNA
aE N ER~L
GENERAL MODEL 152
.S2
KTAB
KIAS Knots
teno .. Indicated ~Irspeed is
Indi"" ..... Airspeed the spood
,. u.. speed shown the
&Il"""" on 'ho
ol ... peed indicator
airspeed ""p"'_
,ndleato, and expressed in kno ....
knots.
KTAS K"" ... Tnt

Knots True .0.1 ..1'"" is
• Airspeed 'o ,~o
the .. I... ~ uP
airspeed ........ in knots
expressed knol.
<'o'. "vo ..,
relative undLSlu,,*, ai,
to undisturbed whlçh is
air which l. KCAS corrected
<:<>rncto<! lo,
for
.""udo
altitude oM
and ,."']'>t'.'UnI.
temperature.
VA Man
Manuevering S~ is
u_v.rIDl! Speed l. the
t.h. maximum
m ...dm"m .pN<l.t
speed at which y""
""hleh you
may use
uN abrupt
r.brupt ",,~Irol tnvel.
control travel.
Vpg M".I d","", Fl

Maximum op Extended
Flap I!.donded SptOed
Speed isI. the
th. blgh.",
highest .pted
speed
pennl • • iblo ..
permissible !lh w
with lng flaps
wing nopo in
'n oa prescribed
p .... ..,"'".., ". Iendo<!
extended
poo\l!on_
position.
M""ln",m St,...Clurn
Maximum Structural entlomi
Cruising Speed lo t.h. opeed
is the speed u..,
that
&IlQUI<I
should not be exe_ o<! ex
exceeded except in ""p'
In •smooth
mooth al,. u..n on
air, then Iy ..
only , ....
with
eauUon
caution..
VNE N • ••• S.<eed

Never Exceed Spood
.exceeded
Speed is
xe_od ..att any time.
tlmo_
lo the
"'. opted
speed 11m" tn ..t may not
limit that no, be
~
Vg StalUnll: 8pMd
Stalling Speed o
or, the
tho minimum
mloim u '" .lo .... ,. m
steady .. M speed
flight op_ ..at
which u. ••;""1",,. t.
whieh the airplane is ç<>n'roU.bl •.
controllable.
V« Stalling 8peed
8t&1l1011:
tlt. ,,""pI
whleh the
which
"'O
Speed or the minimum
.. n. I.
airplane is ".,."",IIr.bl
controllable
"'''''y fili'"
",Inl", "", .steady
In 'ho
o in
flight speed
opeod .at,
10n,lIng ""nlll!"".
the landing configu
"uloo ..
ration att the
tbo mo.'
most fono.n!
forward """"',
center of gravity.
l!"",,"!ly-
V.. Bo
the
A"II _I·ClImb 8peed
•• Angle-of-Climb
Best
~alo <>l.llil"dolo
greatest gain
"'.11:.-",.1 of altitude in •
,.Ut.
Speed is the opeod whlc:lt ....
speed which
giv"" horizontal
a given
"1 •• lo
results
hori"""'lai distance.
dI"ano<.
in
Vv Beo' ~ .. of-Cllnlb S"",,

Best Rate-of-Climb Iho oj>*<ld
,. the
Speed is whlch results in
speed which " . u"o
'h.
In the
g,..a",
greatest.. ga,o
gain in alllludo In oll:iv,,"
altitude in ,Im~ .
a given time.
METEOROLOGICAL
METEOROlO TERMINOLOGY
GICAL TERMINOlOGV
"
OAT 0" ..1.... Air
Outside AI.- Temperature
TolApoOra ...... is
lo 'ho
the Ifree
.... al
air . oUo ",m
t .static p.o ... t" , o-
temperature.
It is OXP"_
I... expressed 1.0 either d'JeT'"
in oiU.oc degrees C.I.!
Celsius ... O,
or dO(IrMol'ol1·
degrees Fah
",obol<.
renheit.
Standard
!ltandard Sland . .... T.mpo
Standard ......... ia
Temperature I~ ' C a,..,a
is 15°C at sea 1....1 pressure
level P'ti'u" "'U·
alti-
Tempera-
To mpoO .... · l""", an4
tude and 40<:
decreases ~y ","C
....... by for o""h
2°C lo. "m feet
each 1000 feo' 01
of a.lU'udo-
altitude. _
'"O
ture
Pressure
Pro .... .. Pressure Altitude is
Pro"",,'" AIUlud. the a.lliLudo
'o 'h. altitude ..
read
ad from
lrom ""an ol,hn .. ~.
altimeter
Altitude
A IU'"de IO"n~n th.
when the "'tlm
altimeter's ~m .. rlc so
.. o'·. barometric scale
.... has been ...
h ... '-oD set '" ~ .92
to 29.92
merrury (1013 m~
inches of mercury
ineheo mb).).
,.
1-6 l1 Suly 19'1Il
July 1979 _

-
CESSNA
Cr:SSNA SECTION I1
S.a,:CTION
MODEL 152
MODEI.I~ OGENERAL
ENERAL
ENGINE POWER
PQWER TERMINOLOGY
- BHP
BH'
RPM
Br ...... Horsepower
Brake Ho _ _ _ l, Llle power dovolopfld
is the developed by Ih"enel"a.
Revolutions Per Minute is engine speed.

the engine.
n'M
Static
8ta\1<> Static
81&11 .. RPM
IU'M is engine
, •• al'Md
~lIh•• speed Gualn""
attained dI'M'.
during a fuU·lII_tle
full-throttle
RPM
~M engine runup
o" s".......... "" when
.. t..n the airplane
Ihe &lrp, is ""
..... la on 1.110
the cn"'nd
ground ...,d
and
stationary.
.\ahOOe'l'.
_ AIRPLANE
AIRPLANE PERFORMANCE ANO
AND FUGHT
FLIGHT PLANNING
TERMINOLOGY
TERMLNOlOGY
Demon-
~_.
Demonstrated C..... wt .. d V~oc1l,.

nc",oaou..1ed Crosswind I. the
Velocity is Il... velocit)'
velocity olth.
of the
M""
strated
Crosswind
C..,.. ... lnd
~..,.. ... lncl component
crosswind
airplane
oompOnenl 'o
during u.k1Ol'1
allllle"e duri",
for...
takeoff ....
and
which
" landing
adequate "",,1...,1
McII ..!.quale
landi .... was
control ollb.
w ... actually
of the
demon-
o.ctulll!y de",,,,,·
Velocity
Veloolly "urina certification
.U"&Ied during
strated '.n. .
OI" Uicalioa tests. Tbe val .... showlIl,
The value shown is nOI
not
00".'''''..... IO
considered to be 1>1 limiting.
limlting.
U .. ble Fuel
Usable l''uel Usable
UMbla Fuel
,. .. al is \~. fuel
II the f ... l available fiI&!>'
for flight planning.
&vallable fo. pl.t.llnln • •
"'..
Unusable
UIIII..tII.. UnuMbI. Fuel
Unusable Filali. U•• qu
is the .... tity 01
quantity of f"cl
fuel th-.t"... nOt bo
that can not be saf"ly
safely
Fuel u~."
used in flight.
flillbt.
GPH
Gl'H 0 ..1100 0 Per
Gallons Per Hour
H o... is
\, the
tbe .. molino of
amount fu el (In
al fuel (in g:oJlon.)
gallons)
OI'>nsume<t per
hOll.
consumed per hour.
NMI'G
NMPG Na .. llc&! Miles
Nautical MU .. Per
P • • Gallon
G..u"" is
,. the
Iho dl.ta.m:"
distance (io
(in nautic&!
nautical
mU •• ) which
miles) .... hleh can
c ..., be
ba upvcl<Ki lI.'allun l't
p .. r gallon
expected per fu el consumed
of fuel ""n.u me<!
., ..."",,;Uc
at a specific engine pow~, _Uua;
."111"" power setting &Dd/ot configu ....
fila;!>1 configura
and/or flight
u 1101>,
tion.
I"
g II" is
g la acceleration
""""le•• IIOII due
due to
IO gravity.
IT&vlly
WEIGHT AND
WEIGHT ANO BALANCE
BALANCE TERMINOLOGY
TERMIN OLOGY
Reference RefeAOCI Datum

Reference O.lIIm is I. an Imt.(lury vertical
Ul imaginary "'l'Ile&1 plane
plUl& from
Datum wllicb all
which .U horizontal
Il'''':OO1>1a1 distances
di.Ia ........... ",.aaund for
are measured !or Il ..1... ,,,,
balance
Pllrpo-
purposes.
SI.aUon
Station Station
SI.aUon is
II a• location 1l10"11.be
locall<>D along the airplane
Il1rpl&lll fuselage given
r" ...11lp !Jiv ... in
n,
lennl of
terms .be distance
01 the dlll_ fromhom the
.be reference d.a..um.
rtf~ ..... oe datum.
Arm A..." is
Arm la the
1111 horizontal
b .. ri&:lnlal distance
dlso.anoe from
from the me... """d.a..WI>
III. reference datum toIO
U,. center
the ce"la. of VtvUy (e
of gravity Q .) of
(C.G.) 01 an I~m .
al> item.
""'omenl
Moment Mome .. t is
Moment l, the
III. product
P,"""UCl of III. weight
of the W,"pl of
of an 11_ multiplied
.... item muU.\plied
1I July
July 1979
IWII 1.7
"
- For Flight Training Reference Only
SECTION!1
SECTION CESSNA
CESSN A
GENERAL
GENERAL MODEL 152
MOOl:LI!II!
by
by its
i.. arm.
ann (Moment divided by
(Momeflldlvlded. by the
Ul.. constant 1000 is used
004"' ....1100.l1. "_In in
this h..,dbook to
11>1. handbook almpllfy balance
lO simplify bal..,çe calculations
ca.loulatlOllt by
b)' reduc
.-.duc:-
ing u.. ""m!>..
,nll the number of
ol digits.)
di.s'lL)
C .. n ...... of
Center ol c.."... of
Center 01 Gravity
O .. vi\)' \h. point
,. the
is pOmI at al which
whicb an
.... airplane, o.
alr-pl ... e. or
C.avII)'
Gravity equlpm""l.
equipment, wouldwouLd balance If suspended.
baL...,co if l'' distance
a,.51>""_. Its dhl&llCG fromltom
(c.c.)
(C.G.) tbe reference
the ".,um is
referenn<> datum by dividing
loulld by
1$ found \ho total
dlvldinC the 100aI moment
mOmtnl
by the
by Ih, total
lO-..J weight
welcbl of
01 the
!.be airplane.
alrplan ...
C.G. Canla. of
Center 01 Gravity
O nvlty Arm La the
Arm is nbl.lnod by
ann obtained
11>. arm by adding
addlnl" the
Ihe
Arm airplane's ludlvldu ..1 moments
.1r-pLarHI'. individual and dividing
mom"nL . and dlvldlng the aum by
Ih. sum by
\.Ile total
the we1l"hl.
1O\lI.I weight.
00
C.G. Center or
Ce><ter of Gravity
Or."lt)' Limits are the
Liml\ll. ""' extreme
IIL ....atrem" center
DeIIICt of I".."lil'
of gravity
Limite
Limits loeatlo". within
locations _lIhln which
"'bicI! the
Ch .. airplane lDu5l be
&.lrp!..., .. must O~tatod at
Il<> operated at a•
Cl ... n weight.
given weIC'".
St.andard
Standard Standard Empty Wa~bl is
i:mpt)' Weight 'a the
!ho weight
".;Chl of
01.a standard air
n
Su.aliard IIlandard ..lI"-
Empty pian .....
plane, dudin« unusable
including ru.,. ruu
UDusabl. i'uel, full OPOTIIU"C fluid • ..,d
operating fluids and
Wcia-Ilt
Weight full engine oil.
luU w«in. oil.
Ba.slc Emply
Basic Empty Basic Empty
Buie Wellhl is
Empi)' Weight il the OI....dard empi)'
\.Ile standard welgbl plus
empty weight u..
plua the
Weight
W"!a-ht weight of op'
w .. LlhI 01 optional equipment.
lo"a1 oquip""'nL
Uselu!
Useful Useful '
U.lul Load
- " is the dlfle~
L.!.be difference between
bo'wotIn ramp
rllmp weight and \be
..... Llbl."d the
"'"
Load
Maximum
buio
basic emply
Maximum
wellhl.
empty weight.
MaxLmum Ramp Well"II1

Weight 18 III .. maximum
is the m ... lmum weight
wollhlapproved
approved
Ramp Inr
for Cround m~n.u"er. (lt
ground maneuver. Ino1ud"'ll>e
(It includes the we1 lhl 01
weight of 8\1\11.
start, \1\,..1
taxi
Weight and runup fuel.)
fuel.l
Maximum Muh .. "m TaltltOl1

Maximum Takeoff Wel.lfht
Weight 1.0 Che m
is the ... i'I1Um weight
maximum welghl ..
ap p.
T&l<..,1f
Takeoff provad
proved lor Ibe IUII1n!!he
for the start of the 1alr.e<>I! rull .
takeoff run.
W·'II'"
Weight
!II ..",mum
Maximum Maz10nllm
Maximum LLodlna:
Landing W<tllbt LI !.b
Weight is the .. maximum
m .... lmum ... llhI "p-
weight ap
n
LaIIdillll"
Landing P...,Ve<'l
proved lor for UI
the.. IUldl~
landing ""'ebdo .....
touchdown.
W ... III
Weight
Tare Tare ia
Tare is UI
the weight
...... of ohocko.,
11"111 01 chocks, 1I1""lIa.
blocks, Istands, etc.. ..
land.s."", used when
Md whcn
w .. LlhlnC an .Irplane.
weighing airplane, &Dd is illChldR.
and 1.0 included in w !.be
the ","alo
scale I"t'ad
read .
ings. TI""
Inp. Tare la is <ieducted
deducted lrom the ..,al
from \ba scale..reading
·..."II.11O
to oI)U.ln
obtain Ibe
the
""'ual (net) alrpLan.
actual (nell airplane w li",hL
weight.
n
n
,.,
1-8 l1 hL)'
July 1m
1979

CESSNA
CI>SSNA SECTlO, ~3
SECTIOi
MOOEL
MODEL 1M!
152 LIMITATIONS
LIM1TATIO."~
SECTION 22
LIMITATIONS
LlMITATIONS
TABLE OF CONTENTS
TABlE
,. ~
Page
- Introduction
IDlrOduotlOQ • • • • • • • . • • .,
2-3
Airspeed
Atnpeed Limitations
Um114U..".
,.
2-3
'"
Airspeed
AlrBpeed Indicator
Power
SndS""IOT Markings
l'u.... r Plant
MaMn,.
l'lanl Limitations
Llmll.&t1on. . .
• • ,-,
2-4
2-4
Power
PoWUT Plant
Weight
Piani Instrument
Wel,ltl Limits
Cen"'r Of
Center
IOMlrum ... 1 Markings
Wmj<t • • • • • •
01 Gravity
M&rl!inp
Limita .
0 • .,,11)' Limits
,.,.,."
2-5
U
2-5
2-5
W
.,,.
Manauver Limits
Maneuver Limi" . . . . 2-6
Flight
l''llpt Load
Lo&<! Factor
1"000lOr Limits
LlmlUl 2-6
KlndB Of
Kinds
Fuel
Of Ol>"r
Fu.1 Limitations
.\loo Limits
Operation
Llmlt.o.Uon • . •
Other Limitations
Olber LimUation.
Llml t.
,-,
2-6
2-7
2-7
PlI.p Limitations
Flap
Placant.
Placards
Li",h .. I;"n. ' o,
2-7
2-8
1I July
JUl y 1979
limi :a.1 / ~-2 blank)
2-1/(2-2 b1anlr.)
J For Flight Training Reference Only

CESSNA SECTION 2
MCDEL 153
MODEL 152 LIMITATIONS
INTRODUCTION
Sect10n
Section 'I,,"lud
2 includes
. . operating
operatl"lllmlt. 'O".,
limitations,
... instrument marlrln,s. and
,,,,,,,,melll markings,
basic placards
!>MIe plaeal"d...necessary
_ • ...-y for u.. safe
lor the operation of the all"Jllan
"""penIlOlloltha airplane,
•• its engine,•
I"enetne
•standard 0]'."....
1.aDdard systems and ,ta.ncIanI
standard equipma,,<.
equipment. 11>, lLmitatlon. included
The limitations Include<! inIII
section and in a.ctkm
IMa ....,IIOll
this Section 'tla .... bw
9 have been.. approved u.. Federal
appro ... e<! by the Avi ..tIon
Fede..!. Aviation
Administration.
AdmlnlaUaUon. Obeerv~ Observance of thesetheM operating
oparatl"&" limitations
Umlu,.Ilou isIs required
requi.n>d byby
Federal
" .... ..!. Aviation
Avlallon Regulations.
Replallo"a.
NOTE
NOTE
Refer
Ref.r to te> Section
SeeUon' ot
9 of this
lilla Pilot's Operating
PUoI"a O"" ..Iin, Handbook
H""dboolr. forIor
.......
amended dod operating
o""nlill&" limitations,
1Im1latlo.... operating
0po",U"1 procedures,
p,.".,... ......
performance data and <KlIer
""rfo'lIl&IIc. d&ta other necessary
n _ _ ry information
InformaUo" for
fo.
airplanes
all"9l",," equipped with specific options.
eq .. lpped wllh epeelflo opllolI"
Your
Your Cessna
ee.,,,a is ~nln ... 1tOd under
l, certificated FAA Type
Ulld.,.I'"AA C.nlflcar.e No.
Type Certificate No. 3A19 as
3AI9 U
(;eMna Moclei No.
Cessna Model No. 152.
1:11.
AIRSPEED UMITATIONS
LIMITATIONS
AirapetKllinlita.llonl
Airspeed Ulai. operational
limitations and their "Jnlficanca are
operallona! significance ..... shown
!OhOWII in
in
figure
fl!l'u'" 2-1.
2_1.
Sl'UO
~"
SPEED KCAS KI ... S
KIAS ~UI""~KS
REMARKS
VNE
'"
_ [xc..., l:pooII
Never Exceed Speed ... ...
145 149
. . . no'_.rio
••..-..
00 not exceed this
Do
any operation.
_ '"
"'~ speed in
M••"'""'.. S,,,,,,,,,.. ". ",

-_. ,.
vN0
,~ Maximum Structural 108 111 00 not
Do ••" exceed
••..- this
_speed
_
Cn.o,~", Speed
Cruising Spood except
....... ' in
1ft smooth
...... "' air, and
........
....... only
then anIy with _,Ion.
wi'" caution.
'.
vA Maneuvering Speed:
leM_
1670 Pounds 101 104 Do not make
_ . full
"'" or
.. abrupt
,~-
1500 Pounds '"" "
96 98
00 "'"
_ u o l _ .. _ l1li .....
control movements above
.. -. . _-Opooo
,~-
1350 Pounds
~.-
" "
91 93 this speed.
'
VFE .... _
Maximum
Speed
....
,----
h_
F.... Extended
Flap
. --
Maximum Window Open
Speed ,
87
" " 85
110 ....... _ ..... , . -
Do not exceed this speed
......
with flaps down.
00 ..... . . _ _ _ _
Do not exceed this speed with
145
'" 149 windows open.
Figure
l'"lpnt 2-1.
2·1. Airspeed
A.npNd Limitations
L lmltatto",
1I July
Jul)' 1979
11179 ,.,
2-3

SECTlON 22
SECTION
\..IMITAT10NS
LIMITATIONS
CI>SSNA
CESSNA
MODEL 152
MODEL 1f1,2 -
AIR S PEED INDICATOR
AIRSPEED INDI CATO R MARKINGS
MARKINGS
Airspeed iDd.i~.lOr markings
Al.ap"<! indicator markil1p and
....,d their
1.IIel. color
eolO' code .1",lli~a,..,. are
oode significance a ..
N10WD in
shown 111(\1....
In figure 2-2.
1-1
W.~!UHG
MARKING
White Arc
WII" .... '"
KIAS
.
KIAS VALUE
V ... LIiE
Oft RANGE
OR ft ... HGE
~ - 85
35 Full
F" Flap
limit
SIGHI~'C"'NCI:
SIGNIFICANCE
0"..""",
FIoo> Operating Range.
is maximum
limi,,,
ft ....
wolG/1'
""'. ,"""" weight Vg
Vs" in
io-
Lower
,-
_'''II
landing configuration.
conl .....500. Upper
1I_ limit
lim i.
is ............ speed
" maximum _ ...mil!li:llo with
permissible wTlh
G· ........
Green Arc ! Il
.j(\.- 111
40 _... . ,,-. motI_
1101>1 .. _
flaps extended.
Il'''',
Normal Operating Range.
io maximum
is
c'G
.....,....., weight
....... ' Vg
Va"
Lower
Lo..- limit
at most forward
C.G.... III flaps
with lIapo retracted.
_. M...it
~ limit
Upper
io
is _.:..-. ........... cruising
maximum structural """"" speed.
__
V.. _
Yellow Arc
.....
111 ·1
111 48
- 149
Opo<_ _ bo _U<lwolh
Operations must be conducted with
... ............. Iy II> _ aIr
"
caution and only in smooth air.
~,-
Red Line
,.
149 .... _ . -speed
Maximum ; 1 1.,..
for ... _-
all operations.
l'I",,,,, i·L
Figure 2-2. ... I.... peed Indicator
Airspeed IndIcato. Markings
Markln,.
POWER PLANT LlMITATIONS

LIMITATIONS
Enll'lne Manufactu
Engine ...: Avco
Manufacturer: "'v,,", Lycoming.
[.ycomlne:.
Enllna
Engine M<><lwl Numbwr: O·~·L.2C.
Model Number: O-235-L2C.
Engln~
Engine Operaling Limits to.
Operating Iolmll' for Tak",,{f
Takeoff U1d
and Con';nuou.
Continuous O"",'&\lon&:
Operations:
Mn[mum
Maximum Power: 110 BHP .alinlr. rating.
Mnlmum Engln8 Bpe-ed.;
Maximum Engine 2550 RPM.
Speed: 2:;5()
NOTE n
Tt..
The .talle
static RI'M
RPM ""p range a'
at full th .....<I. (carburelOr
throttle (carburetor but heat oIf
off
to mUllmum
maximum RPM) I._IO 2380 nPM
n
"",cl
and ",,,Uuno
mixture 1• ....,1Ml1D
leaned is 2280 to l::I8G RPM.
Muim ~m 0.1
Maximum Oil T~",~ ..lu..: 2e°F
Temperature: 245°F (llIl"C).
(118°C).
Ol!
Oil P ....uu..... Mln!wum:
Pressure, Minimum: 25 paio
psi.
PropeUe'
Maximum: 115 p.i.
Muimum.
Propeller Manufr.c.urer
Manufacturer: MoCauley
psi.
McCauley Ac«ssory
Accessory Dlvl.lon.
Division. r
PropeUe'
Propeller Model Number
Number: lA l03/TCM(l9.",8.
1A103/TCM6958.
Propel1er
Propeller Dlamete
Diameter,•. M."lmum:
Maximum: 6IIlnches
69 inches.
71
M!nlmum:
Minimum: 1!7.~
67.5 Inchu,
inches.
,.,
2-4

I1 July 1979
-n
CESSNA SECTION ~
2
MOD E LI~
MODEL 152 l.lMITATIONS
LIMITATIONS
POWER PLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS

""we. plani instrument
Power plant mulLl.D,I. &Dd
1ll.lU',u"enl markings and their ooLor code
lI>el. color oode slenlflo ...""
significance
..... 1.0.... in IiIlUf'I
are shown figure 2,3.
2-3.
RED LINE
AlO LINI GREEN ARC
GftlEN AAe AtO UNt
RED LINE
INSTRUMENT
IHSTRUMtNT IIolAXIMUM
MINIMUM
MINIMUoM NOAIIolAL
NORMAL MAXIMUM
L.M1T
LIMIT OPlAATING
OPERATING llMIT
LIMIT
-,.
Tachometer:
T _ , ....
-,.
Sea Level
~~
4000 Feet
8000 Feet
--
,~ - 2350 RPM
1900
~"~
~51) RPM
1100 -• 2450
1900
1100 -_ ~
1900
R,...
ft""
2550 RPM
~-
2550 RPM
~,-
Oil Temperature
~-
Oil Pressure
,Fuel
... Quantity
tII.oPouw
..,
~ psi
25
E
100°
~
60 - 90 ..
100",- 245°F
~5",
~ psi
---
.~,
245°
115
F
psi
115 ...
---
-
1O,1~a..,~
(0.75 Gal. Unusable
Each Tank)
Etd>T ..k)
Suction 4 . ~·U"'-
4.5 ...
- 5.4 in. Hg ---
- —
Figure a·3.
~'lloluf'l 2-3. Power
powe . Plant Instrument Markings
l'I .. nllll.llru,ruml Marklnp
WEIGHT
WE IG HT LIMITS
UMITS
Mulmum Ramp
Maximum Il .. mp Weight:
W.l r hl, 1675
UI7S lbs.
Ib • .
Maximum
Muunurn Takeoff W.lgh!.!
T .. k."rr Weight: 1670
1S70 lbs.
Ib •.
Maximum W~i lhl' 1670
Mulmum Landing Weight:
Lt.ndillg 1870 lbs.
III •.
Welrhl in
Mailmo.uu Weight
Maximum B.rr~e Compartment:
ia Baggage Comp.t1&neo>l.
IIq,"pArn
Baggage (or passenger
Area 11 (or p ...enp'O>lIeh!ld''''''I)
on child's seat) -· Station 50 to 76: 120
SIalloaOOw71l: 120 lbs.
Ib •.
s...note below.
See note belew.
1I&g~ Area
Baggage A ..... 22·- Station IO 94:
7e to
SUllon 76 i4: 40 lb • . See note
-ti) lbs. s...
noloe below.
belo.. .
Th. maximum
The eombl ned weight
m .. x lmum combined
N""
NOTE
w.l,hl capacity
oo.pachy for
fo. baggage
b.. " ..,o
areas .nd 2t is
...... 1I and l, 120
111:0 lbs.
Ib •.
CENTER
CENTER OF GRAVITY
GRAVITY LIMITS
UMITS
Cea... of O,..... \ly R.... 'e!
Center of Gravity Range:
Forw .. nl' 31.0
Forward: 31.0 inches
!nelle. aft
II/t of
of datum I.,
d.l.. m at 1350
13l5(l111&. lesa. with
or less,
lbs. or wlll> straight
.....1"" line
li"'"
uri.llo .. to
variation IO 32.65
:Ia.Mllle"'
inches... " of
aft or datum
deWm at 1670 I.,
1e'70 lbs.
III&.
1I July 1979
Jul)' 1979 2-5

■
SECTION 2
SECT10N 2 CESSNA
CESSNA
LIMITATIONS
L1M1TATlON8 MODEL
MODEL 152
152
lI.h: 36.5
Aft: 36.$ inches atr.
11101108 aft of
0 1 datum at all
ali weights.
... III'U. _
Relot."". Datum:
Reference """'nt face
Datum: Front lace of
olllrewaU.
firewall.
MANEUVE R LIMITS
MANEUVER LlMITS
Tbil airplane
This .. lrpl&lle is
18 ... rtll!calOd in
certificated la the
1.IIe utility
uUUIy category
caw.soI"Y and
anello. d ..lsnod for
is designed lor
limited aerobatic
UmL1ed .. ""baUe flight.
fillbL In III the
\ILe acquisition
.equtslUoa of 01 various certificates such
vtonou s""rtlllca_ sucb as
...
""",me ..<:IaI pilot
commercial pllot and
&lId flight
n1lht instructor,
t"tuue<or ....
certain m ...... v .... are required.
rt.o.ln maneuvers .-.qulred..
Ali of
All 01 these
tbeu """ maneuvers
.... ve .. are permitted
parmlllOd in
Ln this
1.111.1 airplane.
.. Irpl ..... .
No aerobatic maneuvers are approved except those listed below:

r
~UVER
MANEUVER RECOMlolZNDIlD ENTRY
RECOMMENDED BNTRT SPEED*
8PEE!)'
Chandelles
Cbandel1" . 95 knots
. • . . • . l1li knnta
t.o.zy Eights
Lazy Elgbu ... . 95 knots
· . . • . . • .l1li luwU
S_pTUms
Steep Turns ... . • • • • . . • .l1li
95 kn<IU
knots
Spino.
Spins . . .. . ti.. Stow
· Use Doc~!~ .. at.ion
Slow Deceleration
SUlbl
Stalls tE:.c.pl Wblp 810.11.)
(Except Whip Stalls) · Use
tI'Ie 81e
Slow.. Deceleration
Deceleratle"
Tho
'HlIb~r apeo<ll
"Higher speeds C&lI
The ball:lI:"II:O
durl"«
can be used
uMd if
baggage oomp"r"ll"l"Lent
during ~hIIl\o
aerobatics.
il ..
compartment ....
•.
UN olth.
brupl use
abrupt of the conlrole
dloT clltld·,
and/or child's fJe" mU8' not
seat must
le avoided.
controls is avolded.
noi be """,upled
occupied
-
A.mballc. \haI
Aerobatics that m"-,ll Il,,_v high
may impose IIllb loads
lealll .bould
should not "CI be ..attempted.
ucmpted The
Tbc
important thing to bear 1rL
imp"rU.nlth'nlllCl in mlnd manouvors is
nlrhl maneuvers
mind in flight ISlbat Ibo airplane
that the alrplA"e is
18
clean ll'I
ele..., in aarodynlJJl
aerodynamic io design and wl11 build up _peed
will bulld speed /[ulclrly wltl>lhe
quickly with n020
me nose
Prepor apoed
down. Proper Speed 'lOntrel
control le An ••
is an nnll..1 requirement
essential "''1ul ...u''e''l for
fOT ex"",u!ion
execution oof•
..any
ny maneuver,
m&n~ver. and Cat bn"ld .1w.ya
••should
care always be b. n,..,I
exercised •• d to
I<> .vuld
avoid u~ ... iv •
excessive —
peed wblch
•speed which in In tUnl can [mpa
turn CAn impose .. uce"'ve
excessive lo Ihv ulICul,ou
.. d•. In the
loads. execution 01.11
of all
man.uv
maneuvers, .... avoid
avold abrupl
abrupt use" •• 01
of oont...,ll.
controls.
FLIGHT LOAD FACTO

FLlGHT FACTOR LIMITS
A LlMITS
Fl llI:h.!.o1l.(!
Flight Load 1"acle...:
Factors:
°1"1 .. ps Up:
*Flaps ,(.4R
+4.4g,.•-1.76g
1.70R
'l'1ep.
*Flaps Down: '3.&8+3.5g _
'T"-
"The de&LplO&d
design load lo.clCl
factors l~ 01
.. are 150% of Ihe
the abov
above, and ln
.. an" all ~
in eli cases,
..... the
th •
•structure meets o
'rucl"re _eia or exceeds dellgn
r excee40 design loads.
load.t .
~
KINDS OF OPERATION UMITS
LIMITS
The IIJ
TIIe airplane is tqUlpJMd
rp\ane \.I equipped lord&y
for day VFR
VI'"R and may
m&y be equipped.
equipped fo.for alibI
night
VFfI and/or 1m
VFR &lIdie. IFR oper"",,"L
operations. 1"AR
FAR l'tori
Part Q\91 uw.blisblll
establishes \be
the nUnlm"",
minimum
required 1...unrum.nlAllon
R<I"lrtod instrumentation and equlp"'t
equipment for \beN
n, fo. these epet ..tlon,. n
operations. ·e reler·
The refer-
2-6 I1 Jul7 IliJ711

July 1979

CESSNA SECTION
8ECTION 22
MODEL
MODEL 152
162 LIMITATIONS
L1MITATIONS
.n~ to
ence 111 types
lyP'" of oper.li03t
01 flight
fIi,M operations O"ili, opera,;",
on the operating limitations
limi ....';""" placard
plte.n!
",nOClt equipment
reflects oqulpmenl installed
Ineu.lIed at the
Ule lime
time or Alrwon/lln ..... Cenlflealo
of Airworthiness Certificate
Inu ...oe.
issuance.
Flight into known icing conditions is prohibited.
FUEL LIMITATIONS
LlMITATIONS
2 Standard T&.I>lI.a:
2 Sta.Ddard Tanks: 13 13 U.S.
U . 8 . gallons each.
,al1ono eacl>.
Tou.l Fuel: 26
Total Fuel: • U.S.
U .8 . gallons.
pllon • .
Usable
Usa\>I, Fuel (all flight
""tl (ali colldl1io".~ 24.5
mpt conditions): :K..! U.S. gallons.
lallo .....
Unusable
Unuaohlt Fuel:
""ti: 1.5
l''' U.S.
U .S. gallons.
'&110 ....
2 Long
Lonll' Range
R.ur.p Tanks:
T&tlka: 19.5
lUi U.S. gallons
U .S . fI'aI1o" each.
Total "".1:
Tolal Fuel: 39
Uoablo Fuel
Usable
39 U.S.
U . 8 . gallons.
Jl'ue 1 (all
(aU flight
...11".,.,
.....
_ .. d,Uon.l< 3'1.'
ni,,,, conditions):
h.
lUI. gallol>ll.
37.5 U.S. gallons.
Unusa\>l. Fuel:
Unusable ru.l: 1.5
1.$ U.S.
U.S . gallons.
lfoIlon •.
NOTE
Due to
\O cross-feeding ber...... tu.L
croH ·letdlnl between ta.DQ. Ulel&nb
fuel tanks, the tanks ohould
should
tll'\et each
",.",pp...:! after
be re-topped . ...",.linl 10
.ae~ refueling to .... u"'
maJL:l mu m
assure maximum
c.paIIl ty
capacity.
Taktoll. have not

Takeoffs have noi been
_n d.mo"'lra\e<l
demonstrated ",llh
with 1
less than 2 ,allo".
... \11"" gallons 0
of1 1<>",llu
total fuel
el
- (1 gaHnn per tank).

gallon per
Fuel
.... nkJ.
remaining in
F""I ",malnllli In the
\he tank after UI.
1&IIk "''''' the luel
fuel qullnllly
quantity indicator ~e empI)'
Indi"""" reads empty
line) Cannot
(~lIno)
(red ulely used
cannot be safely ueed In
in fiI"'t.
flight.
""'el Or""
Approved Fuel •• (and
Grades (""d Colors):
CoLo •• ):
lOOt.L
100LL G."". Avl,UolI Fuel
Grade Aviation h.l (Sl ue).
(Blue).
100 (l'onno.ly
100 100/130) Or&olt
(Formerly 100/130) /wl.lioll Tutl
Grade Aviation Fuel (0,,"11).
(Green).
OTHER LlMITATIONS
LIMITATIONS
LIMITATIONS
FLAP LLMLTATLONS
Approv!ld
Approved Tueoff
Takeoff Reale:
Range: O' to lO".
0° \O 10°.
Approved 1.-cllI'l n.nre: O"
Landing Range: to 30"
0° \O 30°..
1979
1 July 1!mI 2-7

-"
SECTION 22 CESSNA
CESSNA
LIMIT ... TiONS
LIMITATIONS MODEL
MOOEL 152
152
PLAC ARDS
PLACARDS
Tbe following
The lo11ow1n,. information
lII/orDaIi.... must
mllil be dl.playod III
be displayed in the
Ihe form of composite
/o.m O/ rom_,1e
O' individual
or pl&O&l'd • .
Indlvldu&l placards.
n
1.
lo fuU view
In full v _ of
0/ the plloc
..... pilot: eTII.
(The ··O ... Y·NIOHT·VPR·I!'R- .nlfy
"DAY-NIGHT-VFR-IFR" entry,•
•shown
howo Oa
on the u&DIpl. below,
\b. example will vary
belo ... will yr.t}' .........
as the airpL&n1 L.
airplane is
equippeod).
equipped).
Th" m ....klllp &nd

The markings
operall0l!"
plo.canll installed
and placards
limlllr.do .. , which
operating limitations
]... t.lJ.lod in
mll~ be complied
_lI\oh must
\bI • .uv!!
III this
oomplled with
..", conllr.m
airplane
wltb when
contain
"IM''''~
who:u operat
n
IIIl!" this
ing thl. alrpL...,.
airplane in the Utility
In III. Caloe/rOry. Other Ope"'llnl!"
UtlllLy Category. limll&.
operating limita
tlon ...
tions lIleh must
which mUltbe compllod with
be complied opendlnr this
wllen operating
.1111 when .lrplaoe
Ih'- airplane
In this
in lh1. ca"'gof}'.'"
category are con .... 'nod in
contained lhll>Jlot·.
In the Opendlnr Handbook
Pilot's Operating Han<lbook
~'AA Approved
and FAA Apprnvod Airplane
"'i.,.L"". Flight
Yhlll' Manual.
Nanual.
,-
MANEUVERS APPROVED
NO ACROBATIC MANEUVERS M'PRQVEO EXCEPT THOSE
LISTED BELOW
LISTED 8ELOW
Rec. Entry Rec.

R.ec.. Entry
Enlry
Maneuver Speed Maneuver Speed
Chandelles ......... 96
Cbandollu KIA8
95 KIAS Spl"
Spins•............ Slu
Slow u..:.l.
.. Decel.
La~y 8·
Lazy •............ 9G
8's 95 KIAS Stalls (ElL'
Slall. (Ex
Sl<.'ep Turns ........ ~
Steep Turno K IAS
95 KIAS oepl Whlp
cept Whip
sl.n.)
Stalls) ........... Slow
Slo ~l.
.. Decel.
n
Inlenllonal .plnl
Intentional prohlbUod ....
spins prohibited with!l1I flaps
n.p. ex.ondod.
extended.
Flight into known
YlIghlln\.O IClng condllion.
know n icing conditions proh
prohibited.
lblled.
This "'.pl"n"
1"11" airplane is certified lor
,. CI'U/,Ift! for the
Ih. following
luUowing flight operations ...
111",111 OplTlhon, as of
ddate .,rw..
.. te ..of/ or,,,i,,"] rlbl,,~~~ c~rt,lic
original airworthiness .. ""
certificate:
DA Y- NIOIIT_ VI'"R- IPR

DAY—NIGHT—VFR—IFR
n
2. In the baggage compartment:

n
120 LBS. M
MAXIMUM BAGGAGE "'NO/OR
... XIMUM S"'OO"'GE AND/OR AUXILIARY PAS
AUXIUARY SEAT P"'S·
SENGER. FOR ADDITIONAL
!'"OR ... LOADING
ODlTI ON ... I. LO INSTRUCTIONS SE.;
... 01NG IN!>1"IiUCT10NS SEE
WEIGHT "'NOB"'UNCE
AND BALANCE D ... T ....
DATA.
,.
2-8 l1 July
July 1979

CESSNA
CSSSNA SECTION 2
MODEL
MOO 152
EL 162 LIMITATIONS
3. Near fuel shutoff valve (standard tanks):
FUEL· 24.5 GALS _

FUEL - 24.S - ON-O""
ON-OFF
Near fuel shutoff valve (long range tanks):
l''\Jto:L·
FUEL- 31.5 37.5 GALS· ON-O F!"
GALS - ON-OFF
44. Near
Nn. fuel «p
tank filler cap (lt&Qdo.rd
fuol...,.1o: (standard tanks):
",,,10:1);
ro<e
FUEL
100LLllIIO MIN . GRADi':
100LL/100 MIN. AVIATION GASOLINE
GRADE AVIATION GASOLINE
CAP. 13
CAP. 13 U.S.
U.S. GAL.
GAL.
Near fuel tank filler cap (long range tanks):
100LL/ 100 MIN.

100LI../100 MIN. GRADE
'"'C
FUEL
GRADE AVIATION
A VIATlON GASOLINE
OASOUNE
C A I', 19.5
CAP. Ig.3 U.S.
U . 5 . GAL.
GAL.
CAP 13.0
\3.0 U.S.
U ,S, GAL.
GAL. TO
TO BOTTOM
BO'ITOM OF
OP' FILLER
P'ILLER COLLAR
COLLAR
5. On the instrument panel near the altimeter:
SPiN RECOVERY
SPIN R&COVERY
1.
1 VERIFY
V ERI P'Y AILERONS
AlLERONS NEUTRAL
Nto:UTRAI.. AND
ANO THROTTLE
THR01TLE CLOSED
CLQSED
2.
It. APPLY
APPI..Y FULL
l''ULL OPPOSITE
OPPOSITE RUDDER
RUOOi':R
3.
:l. MOVE
MOV E CONTROL
CONTROI.. WHEEL
WHEEL BRISKLY
8fUSKLY FORWARD
l''Q1\WARD TO
TO BREAK
BREAK
STALL
5TA LL
4.
4. NEUTRALIZE
NEUTI1AL1ZE RUDDER
RUDDER AND
ANO RECOVER
RECOVElt FROM
ntOM DIVE
DIVE
- 1I July
Jul)' 1979 1m ,-,
-
BECTION'2
SECTION
LIMITATIONS
CESSNA
MODEL ,1It
MODEL 152
-
6.
Il. A .,.Ubn
calibration card I.
.. ion """" is provided to indicate
p..,vldocl '" indio." the ot
accuracy of the
Ib. a<:<lu"",y 1Il.
magnetic compass in
mo.gnot!o ccmp&llll 30° increments.
In:lO' In""""'."'"
7. OD 011
On rtllo ••cap:
oil filler "P' "
IL
8. On """lJ'<>llool<:
control lock:
n
CON'l'ROL I.OCK -• REMOVE
CONTROL LOCK REMOVl! BEPORE
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE
ENOINE
9. Near airspeed indicator: p

MANEUVER SPEED· 11>1 I(lA8
SPEED - 104 KIAS
1I JuIy
July 1m
1979
2-10
2·10
CESSNA SECTION 3
MOD&L 152
MODEL la:! ~MEROENCY PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY PROC~DUR~S
~
3
SECTION 3
PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY PROCEDURE5
TABlE OF CONTENTS
TABLE OF
Page
loU'Oduclion .
Introduction . ......•.••..... 3-3
A rrepeed.a For
Airspeeds ~m.r"lI."")' Operation
"or Emergency Opot r .Ii~.. ...... . 3-3
OPERATIONAL CHECKLISTS
CIIECKLISTS
Engine
EI1I1'iP<> Failures
F ltJhu·.,
,. .. II"re During
El1lrll1e Failure
Engine Durin. Takeoff I\un . . .
TaltiOOll Run '"
3-3
,~
3-3
'o,
Engln. Failure
Engine
Engine
F.ngin. Failure
Imm~I ..~I)' After
,.1tJ1"re Immediately
F .. i1u .... During
Durinlr Flight
FUlrbl
Alle. Takeoff
T.keoff
..... . ,-,
3-3
3-4
,~
Forced
1'0reMi Landings
L&ndinl{• . • • ••..•.•.. 3-4
Emergency
Emetjene)' Landing
L.&ndlnlr Without
Wllboul Engine
Enlrlne Power
Pow.r 3-4
H
Precautionary
P~ .. ullon .. f)' Landing
Ditching
L&n~lnl" With
Dllehlnl" . . . . . . .
Wlth Engine
El1l"lo. Power
.
l'o .....
,-,
,~
3-4
3-4
- Fires
!'"I ... ~
During
Engine
........
lJudnlf Start
SI .. tI On
Enlfi,," Fire
Electrical
Flno In
Eleo!rl"..1 Fire
O" Ground
Ornund
In Flight
FU,hl .
!'"Ire In
In Flight
FUl"b!
.
"'O,
3-5
H
3-5
,.
3-5
3-6
Cabin
Cablo Fire
Fire .. 3·6
3-6
Wing
Wlnl" Fire
!'"Ire 'o,
3-7
Icing
Telnl! ..... . 'o,
3-7
Inadvertent
Inadnritlnl Icing
I...I.ndlng With
Landing
Idnl{ Encounter
WUh A
EI...,I.;e ..1 Power
Electrical
E"e""nl"
A Flat
"1.1 Main
M.ln Tire
TI..
Suppl)' S)"I&m
.
l'owe. Supply System Malfunctions
M.U"ncllonR
,.
"3-7
3-8
3-8
H
;"mme~r Shows
Ammeter
(Full
SII" .... Excessive
Exc...in Rate
Sc.l~ Deflection)
(F"Ll Scale
1\0.1& Of Of Charge
o.tl<lclion) • . . . . . . . .
CII .... p
,.
3-8
Low-Voltage Lijlll Illuminates
Lo", · Vol\.~ Light
(/unmewr Indicates
(Ammeter
IUumin"," During
Il,<11<:.,,,. Discharge)
Ounn/( Flight
Filrllt
Ohlcll .... ' .) . . . . . . ,.
3-8
Engine
EnguuI Failure
Forced
Landing
Fires
Vin:oI
".11" ..
Vo reeod Landings
Lllnd"'If'
LandI"" Without
AMPLIP'IEO PROCEDURES
AMPLIFIED
EI.~.l<Ir Control
W,Ib",.1 Elevator Conlrol
• . . . • . . • • • .
PflOCEDUflES
..,
,-o
3-9
3-10
3-10
3·10
3-10
3·10
Jul)' \878
1I July 1979 3-1

SECTION :I
SECTlON 3 CESSNA —
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES
EMEROENCYPROCEDURES MOOEL
MODEL 1.5Il
152
TABLE OF CONTENTS (Continued)

TABlE
''''
Page
-
", .. rytney OpenUon
mergency Operation I"
In CIOllds
Clouds CV...,II"'"
(Vacuum Syn"m
System 1"&11 .... )
Failure) . . . 33-11
· 11
Executing A .
ExecU.1nl
Emergency
_ TU
180°
Y.mlrpnc)' Descent
Recovery
Hec:OVlry From
.... In
Turn 'n Clouda
o..oooni Thr<>urh
Clouds
Through Clouda
Spiral DIvo
"ram A Spirai
Clouds
Dive . . . . •
.
. .u
.U
3-11
3-11
,.~
3-12
,~
—
Inadvertent
In&dve_n. Flight Into ICi",
Yllgbll"La Icing C""dIUOlit
Conditions . • 3-12
Spin..
Spins ........... . 3· 12
3-12 _
Rough
RuuWb Engine
Carburetor Icing
CarburOlOr
Spark Plug
Operation Or Lo
En,lnO Oporallon
101111" ••
Plul" Fouling
roullne
Loss.. Of Power
Po .......
'"
3-13
3-13
'·l3
3·\3
3-13
Magneto Malfunction
Marone\(> MaUuncllon 3·14
3-14
Low
t..ow OHOil Pressure
"......... • . . • • 3·14
3-14
Electrical
Eleclde&l Power
f'ow • • Supply SY'IO'"
System Malfunctions
MaUUDctIo". 3·14
3-14
Excessive
E""" .... v. Rate Charge
R.t.t Of Charyo . . 33-14
· 14
Ina .. lllel'n' Rale 01 Ch .... l"" . . . . . . 3 · 1~
P
n
n
3-2 11 July
Ju1y 1979
1W1!
" For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA SECTION
SECT[ON 33
MODEL 152
1M! l'.:MEItc,a;NCY PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY PJI.OCEDI1RES
lNTRQDUCT10N
INTRODUCTION
SectLon
Section 3 provlde. (J.heekU.\...,d
3 provides prooodu~ for
o.mpUl[ec! procedures
checklist and amplified oop~ with
fo. coping wilh
""' ... pncles that
emergencies ma)' occur.
0. .. may Emerpnaltll caused
(M)(:ur Emergencies "''l'la~ or
""uoed by airplane or ~n~~
engine
maltuneUon .......
malfunctions nl .. maly ....
are extremely Il proper
rare if P""I"" preflight
p .. mclll inspections
InspecUons and &Dd
m ... "te"...,.,. ....
maintenance prae1l<*1. Enroute
are practiced. Enroute ..... th •• emergencies
weather amerpnc'" can be mlnlm-
be minim
ized or eHml",,1ed
iZC!'CI or eliminated by ........
careful' ul flight
mllli planning LrOOd judgment
pL ...... ml and good jud/l"menl when
... lIan
u .. ,,:rpeeled weather
unexpected .....""h... is
L. encoun\.erecl
encountered.. However, abauld an emerlc-ncy
Ho_ve •. should emergency ....
arise,
i»e.
tha basic
the buie ... I... U.... d....,tlbecI
guidelines described in thl. ,""",Uon
In this section Mould
should be eonslderecl &Dd.
be considered and
"ppl'-<l
applied as ... necessary
n_ ..o.ry to IO oornct
correct theth. problem. E .... rpnq procedures
p""blam. Emergency procodu ....
associated with
asaoo::i"ted w,th ELT other opUu
El.,T and a""'. ...1 systems
optional ay ... ",. caa Sect.ion iii.
can be found in Section 9.
AIRSPEEDS FOR EMERGENCV

EMERGENCY OPERATION
OPERATION
EniLue
Engine ... Ahe. Tak
Uu .. After
Failure ...1f
Takeoff 60 KIAS
!IO
Manauvetlnl SpeecI:
Maneuvering Speed:
11I7II!..be
1670 Lbs •• 104
11>4 KIAS
KIAS
IMIO!.be
1500 Lbs •••••••• 98 KIAS
\18 KlAS
13&I!.be
1350 Lbs • • • • • • • • 93 KIAS
93KIAS
MLdmw:n
Maximum OLlds
Glide ..... . 60 KIAS
!lO KIAS
P"""ullo""ry lM.odio, With En''''a
Precautionary Landing Engine Power
Po ..... 55 KIAS
:I:IKlAS
Landing WlIhoul
LMdlnlL' Eu,1I>o PowOr.
Without Engine Power:
Wh'I P1apa I1p
Wing Flaps Up . . 65 KIAS
11:1
Wl", Flaps
Wing P'laps Down
DoWll . . . . 60 KIAS
!IO
OPERATIONAL CHECKUSTS
OPERATIONAl CHECKLISTS
ENGINE FAILURES
ENGINE FA'LURE
FAILURE DURINO
DURING TAKEOFF RUN
I1. Tbrottle
Throttle .. [O(.,E.
-- IDLE.
2. BnLl< •• ••
Brakes AI'I'L Y.
-- APPLY.
3. W'''II'I ..p •••
Wing Flaps IlETI1ACT
- RETRACT.
4. M,.,I,,",·· IOU: CUT.OI'I'.
Mixture -- IDLE CUT-OFF.
5. lau,tioD
Ignition Swil<:b
Switch --.. OPP.
OFF.
8.
6. Master SWLlCb
Mute. Switch ..-- OF'F.
OFF.
ENGINE FAILURE IMMEDIATELV AFTEA TAKEOFF

IMMEDIATELY AFTER
l.
1. A,",,,",, ••
Airspeed 60 KIAS.
-- !lO
2. Mi"." ....
Mixture IO(.,E CUT.OI'I"
-- IDLE CUT-OFF.
I1 July 1!179
1979 3.3

"
SECTION3
SECTION 3 CESSNA
CESSN"
EMEROENCY PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY l'ROCEOUIIl':S MOOEL I~
MODEL 152
li.
3. ,."..1
Fuel EOhutoll Vo.lvo··
Shutoff Valve -- orI".
OFF.
~
4. IpIUo~ Switch ••
Ignition Sw!~b -- orF.
OFF.
~.
5. Wl
Wing.. ~ Flaps
n_IMI •• tu:QUIRt:O.
A B REQUIRED.
-- AS
&.
6. M ....., SwllCh
Master Switch ··
-- 01'1".
OFF.
ENGINE FAILURE DURINO

ENOINE fAILURE DURING fUOH
FLIGHT
T
I.
1. Alnperi·--· GO
Airspeed 60 KIA.S.
KIAS.
2. C.,burotor
Carburetor H ..'··
Heat -- 01'1.
ON.
3. Primo
Primer ,·--· IN
[N and LOCKED.
4. Fu.l
Fuel SbUlO1f Val'M··
Shutoff Valve -- 01'1.
ON.
5.
:I. Mb.lu,o· RICIL
Mixture --· RICH.
'"
6. IgulU<>.o Swlt*Uo, is
lo ""pped).
stopped).
LANDINGS
FORCED LANOINGS ~
EMERGENCY LANDING WITHOUT ENGINE POWER
EMF.RGENCV
1. Alrapeed··
Airspeed 65 KIA!)
-- lI:i KIAS (n"J>* Vp).
(flaps UP).
60 KIAS (fl"pt
80 (flaps DOWN).
2. M,~.u ... ··
Mixture tOLE CUT·orF.
-- IDLE CUT-OFF.
3. 1".. 01 Sbulolf
Fuel Vo.lvo··
Shutoff Valve -- OF?
OFF.
4. 19uUlon Switch -- OFI'.
Ignition S.,llCb·· OFF.
5. Wing n_pii··
Wlo; Flaps -- AS AS REQUIIIED
REQUIRED (30" """,mm.n_~
(30° recommended).
II.
6. M... "" Swit<b
Master -- 0
Switch •• 1"1".
OFF.
PRIOR m
"
1.
7. 000,..
Doors .. UNLATCH Pf!.IOf!.
-- UNLATCH TO 1'OVCHDOWN.
TOUCHDOWN.
!I.
8. Touth<lO'On
Touchdown •• -- SL10HTLY
SLIGHTLY TA[L LOW.
TAIL LOW.
g.
9. Br -- APPLY HEAV
...... ··
Brakes tLY.
HEAVILY.
ENGINE
PRECAUTIONARY LANDING WITH EN POWER
GINE PQWEA —
I1. Airsl>"'l --
Airspeed ·· 80 IUAS.
60 KIAS.
e.
2. W;nK Flop ••• W.
Wing Flaps--20°.
3. S.lo<<od.
Selected T I. ld ••
Field n.Y OVCR.
-- FLY M'Io, "',
OVER, noting .... in ...
terrain and d obsinletlon ... then
obstructions, Ih""
......... Ilap. upon
retract flaps "pon reaching
.. &chio&" .....
a safe10 o.llltud.
altitude and ai",poood.
airspeed.
i4.. Radio ....
and Electrical S
d Eloo'I"1O&.I Switches -- DI'F.
.. 't<h.o·· OFF.
5. Wln"" Flaps
Wing l"oP' •.
-- :lO" final "ppro&ch~
(on "no.l
30° ("., approach).
6.
!I. AI"I>"'I ··
Airspeed -- 55 KIAS.
~ KIAS. —
1.
7. M ...., S
Master .. ,k:b --
Switch . . DI'F.
OFF.
!I.
8. 000 .. ·•
Doors -- UNLATCH PRIOR 1'0
TO mUCHDQWN.
TOUCHDOWN.
g.
9. TQucMQwn··
Touchdown -- SLiCHTLY
SLIGHTLY TAIL LOW
LOW.
lO.
10. 1&"0,,""" Switch -- OPI'
Ignition SWIk:h·· OFF. —«
Il
11. Brok.
Brakes - APPI,YHEAVILY.
, .. APPLY HEAVILY.
3-4 1; July 1979

11179
For Flight Training Reference Only ~
CESS~A
CESSNA SECTIO
SECTIONN3 a
MODEL 1&2
152 EMEROENCY PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY l'ROCEDURE$
OITC HING
DITCHING
••
1. Radio -- TRANSMIT MAYDAY on 121.5 MHz, giving location and
,,
2.
intentions and SQUAWK 7700 if transponder is installed.
Heavy Objects (in baggage area) -- SECURE OR JETTISON.
3. Approach -- High Winds, Heavy Seas - INTO THE WIND.
Light Winds, Heavy Swells -- PARALLEL TO
SWELLS.
,•
4.
5.
Wing Flaps --30°.
Power -- ESTABLISH 300 FT/MIN DESCENT AT 55 KIAS.
,•
6.
7.
Cabin Doors -- UNLATCH.
Touchdown - LEVEL ATTITUDE AT 300 FT/MIN DESCENT.
••
8. Face -- CUSHION at touchdown with folded coat.
9. Airplane -- EVACUATE through cabin doors. If necessary, open
windows and flood cabin to equalize pressure so doors can be
opeOo<l.
opened.
IO.
10. Lit. Vests
Life V..... ...,d lùh··
and Raft INI'LATE.
-- INFLATE.
FI AES
FIRES
DURING START ON GROUNO

GROUND
1. C,.n~i"l'·· CONTINUE.
Cranking -- CONTINUE, \(II.'
to get ......
a start ",hioh
" which wo~ld
would . tho flames
"c k the
suck n..,....
and """"umulo"'" fuol through
accumulated fuel thmu!\"h the
tho corburo\(l
carburetor , ."d
and in\(l tho ongino.
into the engine.
If onglno
engine ........
starts::
2. "","0< -- 1700 RPM

Power '. KI'M lo,
for o
a low
few mlou ....
minutes.
3.
J. EnlJlno·--· SHUTDOWN arulloopec'
Engine and inspect lor
for dom",o.
damage.
If
If engine fails
onll"l"" I.n. to start:
'" ... '"
,••
4.
5.
Cranking -- CONTINUE in .ft offon
an effort to "bIO'" .... " .
\(I obtain a start.
Fire Extinguisher -- OBTAIN (have ground attendants obtain if not
installed).
6. Engine -- SECURE.
•• a. Master Switch -- OFF.
b. Ignition Switch -- OFF.
,,
c. Fuel Shutoff Valve -- OFF.
7. Fire - - EXTINGUISH using fire extinguisher, wool blanket, or dirt.
8. Fire Damage -- INSPECT, repair damage or replace damaged
components or wiring before conducting another flight.
ENGINE FIRE IN FllG HT

FLIGHT
1.
I. Mixture
MII - IDLE
'U .. •• CUT-OFF.
tDLE CUT · 01'1'.
1I July 1979 3:5

SECTION ~3 CESSNA —
EMEROENCY PROCl'OIJRl'S
EMERGENCY PROCEDURES MODEt.l~
MODEL 152
z.
2. l'v.1 Sbvlofl
Fuel Valve -- 01'1'.
Shutoff Valv.·· OFF.
lo
3. Muto< Swltcb··
Master Switch -- Ot.....
OFF.
4. Cabl~ H.., ""
Cabin Heat AI,··
~ Air
and -- 01'1'
OFF (axe<rp' J"<l(J'
wlnll" root vents).
(except wing v&nLa).
~.
5. AI,"P"d ..
Airspeed -- M
85 KIAS (U (If fI,.. I. not
fire is no' .~Unlul""od. Inc", ... I"HIIo
extinguished, increase glide
opM<l
speed lo nnd an al,..p"od
to find airspeed whichwhlch will
.. 111 provide
provi"" ""
an lnoombulltlble
incombustible
ml"uN).
mixture).
01.
6. l'ome<! LaDdlng··
Forced Landing EXECUTE ((as
- - EXECUTE ... 110..,,1_111 Emo'lr"ney LAndlng
described in Emergency Landing
Withou'
Without En g"'" Power).
Engine Po ..",).
ELEC TRICAt FIRE IN

ELECTRICAL IN FLIGHT
FUG HT
l.
1. M... .." SSwitch
Master .. lIch .•
-- or,.
OFF.
z.
2. All Q'h.,
Ali Other s""",nos
Switches ((except '1""''''' ....
.~""P' ignition switch) -- ON'o
I ..h) •• OFF.
lo
3. V'"I0/Cobin Air/Heat
Vents/Cabin AlrIHoa'··-- CI.OSEO.
CLOSED.
-I.
4. l'I
Fire.... Extinguisher
E ~ llo""l.h", •.
-- ACTIV
ACTIVATEATE ur
(if ovaUablo).
available).
I WARN ING I
After dl.<t,uI!".ng an nun",loho, "Ubln o
AI\ .. discharging an extinguisher within a 010_
closed eobln.
cabin,
,· ... m.,. the
_ .abin.
n
ventilate cabin.
If rl ....
Il fire pp •• '" avI
appears aod .1""";.01
out and electrical power I.
PO"" is necessary
n..,. •• O<)' for
lo,,,,,ollnuanceof
continuance of
flight:
mil h' ,
~
5.
".
6.
M... I<, SSwitch
Master
C'reuu
wll<h··
-- 0:-1.
ON.
H.--lto .. --
Circuit Breakers •· CHECK fo
for, fau!Oy
faulty c,,,ml1.
circuit, do not
no' "' .. ~
reset.
n
7.
7 RadloIElte<rlc.1 5"I"'h
Radio/Electrical Switches
. . .--. QN
ON ..... a' . "me....,'"
one at a time, with dOl.y
delay art.,
after
each v
.""Il until short "i",un
... il olto'" circuit is
I. localized.
Joo;.llwd.
I.
8. Air/Heat -- OI'~N
Va"lOICobl .. Alr/Hea'··
Vents/Cabin ...!>e" it
OPEN when 1\ l._.ml,,'" that Il
is ascertained "'o, .. is
fire I,
""mple .. ly .~t!ngul.bed.
completely extinguished.
CABIN FIRE
FIR E
1.
1 M ... ,..Swl""'··
Master Switch - 01'1'.
OFF.
2. V~n
Vents/ Cabin Air/Heat
... ICobln CLOSED tu>
AlrIH •• '·--· CLOSEO (to avo!d
avoid d,al
drafts).
... ).
a.3. Fire E ~ .lnguiaher ••
F"ire Extinguisher ACTIV ... TE (II
-- ACTIVATE (if avalloble).
available).
| WARNING
At"r
After dlochUj"lnilao
discharging an
' .~<!0il"i.he, within
extinguisher w"b lu a .10
closed cabin,
.... cabi,,-
...,n"l.", ,h.
ventilate the cabln.
cabin.
4. Land the airplane as soon as possible to inspect for damage.
3-6 1 July Un9

1 1979 _

CESSNA BECTION3
SECTION 3
15I!
MODEL 152 EMEROENCY PROCEDUI\.ES
WING FIRE
I.
1. NavIJ"Uo" Light
Navigation LlJhL 8",1 .. 11. ··
Switch -- OFF.
a.
2. SLlObo
Strobe LIJ~L S
Light .. I"'b (If
Switch 'n ....Ued.j··
(if installed) -- O".
OFF.
3. pjlO' Heat
Pitot HO.L S .. I.. b (II
Switch 'nlIlalled)·_
(if installed) -- OFF. 0".
"=
NOTE
Po,fOrni.a side
Perform 01110 slip
o!lp to
IO ,,"p !bo l1omo.
keep the flames "w"Y!rom
away from !b.
the I"",
fuel
.....
tank k and
onel "..bln
cabin,. ....d ...d ...
and ,land as _n
soon ... _o!bl.. with
as possible, "Ilb flaps
nopo
",',aeLod.
retracted.
ICING
INAOVEA TENT ICING ENCOONTER
INADVERTENT ENCOUNTER
I.
1. Turn l'IlO'
pitot heat b ....... ''''b 01'1
switch ON (II(if il>olllllod).
installed).
- a.2.Tum
that is
"'al
33. Pull
Pu.!I o
b"".
Turn back o,
lo leless...
or cbo.np
.... 'n heat

cabin
oempo'uu,"".
temperature. For
the c.bio
"'" cabin ai,
change altitude
conducive
."due'"" IO
oIL''''do IO
b ••• control full
!'Or greater
air """""\
control ..
fUll 0'"
lJf9&oe, air
to abili'"
"'' 'LI".
to icing.
out to
01, 110
flow
as ,..quic.<I.
required.
obtain .0
a.
IO obLaln
an o"uld"
outside .....
maximum 1Iorr.,.,
obtain m""""um
.. at reduced
r«IU«d ..
~po'''\u,""
air temperature
defroster
,.,pota'"",. ad)uo'
temperatures, adjust
1r
. . .air
Open the throttle

4. Opo., !bromo", to lw;",
increase. . . engine speed and minimize
oD.III"" 01'"'1 mlnlmlMl"" ice bun~
build ·
on ",""pollo,
up OD propeller blades.blad ...
~.
5. W.... b for
Watch lo, signs
01"", 01 0.","",100' a"
of carburetor mIO, ice
air filter ieo &Dd
and O.PPll'
apply oubu",_
carburetor
heat
b. . . .as. requlnHI.
required. An unexpected
""",,p''':led. Iloss.... inIn .o~""
engine opo<ld.
speed """",
could \IObe
caused by 011"'''",1<>'
o.uoe<\ carburetor ''''' ice o,
or a.1'
air "'talte ru ... , 1<>0.
intake filter ice. Lean
Lot." the mlnu ..
.... mixture
for
lo, maximum
"'''lmU''' RPM. RPM, if carburetor 110.1
Il.,,,,,,,'''<0' heai is '0 used continuously..
"00<1 ""nUouou.ly
•
6. p,." •a landing
Plan
build-up,
l .. rullnl!" .L
1""I~·up .... select
1M nearest
at the
Ioet.a suitable
""0"''' o.'rpon.
airport. Wltb
-otf o.)rpo,,""
0"'1.1.11.10 "off
With an o.n uextremely
lo.odlng site.
airport" landing
.... "'.ll' rapid
0'10.
npld ice
'00
'.
7. Wltb.n
With an 100ice _ _ ul.llo" of
accumulation ot 1/4
Il t inch o,,,,,,n,,,,
!o.h or more on the Lbo "'n,loadln,
wing leading
edges, II..
ed"o. be _p&red
prepared for lo, olplfic.oUy
significantly higher bI,bo' ,"U stall opeeod
speed..
-
••
8.
•
9.
_.Leave
LoHve wing wl"J flaps
horloonlllll&U.
horizontal
..-Ln, n.p
by wing
ness.
Open left
Op.on
no.po retracted.
tail, the
flap OX,".,.iOD
lon ..
window
""... 10<1. With
change In
<be obanE"
extension """Id
lndO .......d. !f
and,
in ..
could ....
Wltlt .
P''''''''.\' OCf
if practical,
a .severe
in, wake
wing
~I. In
result
.""'" ice
.. alo. o.lrf1o
airflow
in •a 100.
• .,. \c.
scrape
lcoot build-up
loss 0""'."10'
ice !rom
from a
b"Ud·"p on the
direction e.~00<1
.. ",,,,,,uon
of elevator .nocti"..
• portion
porlion oflho
of the
tb
(9< visibility in lb.
the laDdlnlloppro&OlI..
landing approach.
10.
'C f'orfOml
Perform a • landing
l.ndiollappn>&Ob
approach ".loJo. Iorwonl.llp.
using a forward Il necessary,
slip, if neee .. "I")'. for
lo,
lmpn>vod vl. IlII'l<f.
improved visibility.
u11.. Appro&Oh at 6!S
Approach •• IO 1$
65 to 75 KIAS depondlq: "P"O the
depending upon &moun' of ice
!bo amount ,"'"
"""umul.hon
accumulation..
••
12. Perform o'a"dln,
Pt!rfor"m a landing In
in ",~Ol ",tu"dO.
level attitude.
1l Ju,y 1m
July 1979 ,.,
3-7

SECTION 3
BJ:CTION CESSNA
CESSNA
EMIi:RGENCY MODELIU
MODEL 152
LANDING WITH A FLAT MAI

MAIN TIRE
N TI RE
I.
1. WI,,« II'L .. pa ••
Wing Flaps AB DESIRED.
-- AS DESIRED.
2.
J. Approach -- NORMAL.
App..,...,II •.
3. Touobdo.,,
Touchdown ··
- - 0000 II'1RS'r. nold
GOOD TIRE FIRST, hold .Irpl
airplane " n
off
....... ..1Il
flat .....
tire as Iong
long
as possible
&II with .Ue.on
p<>aaib.ie wlth aileron contn>L
control.
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY SYSTEM

MALFUNCTIONS
AMMETER SHOWS EXCESSIVE RATE OF CHARGE
CHARGE _
(Full Scale
SC31. Deflection)
C,tlecllonl
1.
\. Alternator -- OFF.
Alle"""\O'··O"II'.
2. Alternator Circuit Breaker
11.1,-......10. Circuii B.....loer --
.. PULL.
PULL.
3.
3. Nonessential
Non ... " ..Il&l Electrical
EI..,tric&l Equipment
Equipmcn' "-- O".OFF.
4.
4. Flight
Plllbl -- TERMINATE as
•. TERMINATE soon ....
... eooo. as practical.
pnu:'Ic&l.
LOW-VOLTAGE
lOW.VOLTAGE LIGHT
Ll GHT ILLUMINATES FLIGHT
IlLUMINATES DURING FLlGHT
(Ammeter
(Ammlll.. Indicates
Ind ic.l" Discharge)
Dllch.rgel
N=
NOTE
Illumination
lIIumln ..llon of
or the low. Y.. I~ light
Ule low-voltage Il,,111 may
..... y occur
_u. during
durln,
low
lo.. RPM
"'l'M conditions
OCIlldlllo"" with
wllb an
0U1 electrical load
elecl1ic .. llo ..... on the
Ule system
eyelOm
such
.ucll as
.1 during
durl"V" a low
low RPM
RPM taxi.
ta,,!. Under these conditions, Il
Undertheaeoondllione. the
••
light
L11h1 will
wlll go out at higher RPM. The
,00uu.lblgherRPM master switch need
Thema.ot.e,.w'ltll not
nlHldnc\
reo~led since
n
be
bo recycled . n over-voltage
elno. .an ov. r. ,"Oltage condition
condltlon has
Il ... not
noi
occurred
oocurncl to
lO de-activate
d.·o.cUv .... the llom ..
alternator
th • • yawJU.
system.
lO ••
1.
\. Radios--OFF.
Rad.!o ... OFF.
2. Alternator
11.11..... &10. Circuit
ClrcuLI Breaker
areake.·--· CHECK
CHECK IN.
n
2. IN.
3.
3. Master
N ... Ie. Switch
8w1lCb. --
.. OFF
O", (both
(both sides).
.I~ ... ) .
4.
4. Master
M&II'-r Switch
Swlldl··-- ON.
Ot'! .
~
5. Low-Voltage
\,.(no.Voltq;e Light
Wghl - .• CHECK
CHECK OFF.
OPF.
6.
I. Radios -- ON.
R..tl<>l·· ONo
Il low-voltage
If low.vol~ light !lI"... I.... _ again:
U,hl illuminates aplll:
7.
7. Alternator
Allenlr.lO. - ·· OFF.
OPI". • —
8.
8. Nonen.nll .. 1Radio
Nonessential Radio and
And Electrical
El""bc&l Equipment
]Equip",.m --
·· OFF.
01"1".
9.
\I Flight
"'111M --.. TERMINATE
TERMINATE as ... soon
IOOOn as
&II practical.
practlc&l.
,.
3-8 1l July
July 1979
111711

C~;SSN'"
CESSNA SECTION
5ECTlON 33
MOOEL 152
MODEL 1&2 ]';M],;HO~NCY PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY PHOCEOURES
AMPLIFIED PROCEDURES
ENGINE
HJGINE FAILURE
If an engine
Il .... net ... failure occurs
laU".. 000 during the
..... <luriIIl 11M takeoff
I&IleoII run,
"'". the most u..
III<HIt important
Impona.nl
thing to do
tI\l" .... do is stop
I..... u..
p the airplane on the
alrpllo.lleoa lIMo remaining ... ~. 'IbOM
runway.
remalaluarv.a Those extra
uln items
I......
011 the
on ,,'-1<11.1 will
th.o checklist wllI provide &ddecI ...rel)'.ne,
pro"l/h added safety after e leu....
a failure of DI this
thllo type.
I)'PII.
Prompt
Prompt lowering ot the
IDwe .. Ln .. of nose to
tha ...,.. IO maintain
mall>laln airspeed
al ..p"<! """and . establish
. labllell aaallde
glide
attitude
attlCucie is
Ilo the
11M first response
111111 ... po .... to
lO an engine failure
&D e"gI". .n...
1.11...... after takeoff.
tak ... rr. In
111 most
"''''1
UN" u..
cases, the landing should be
i&lldÙlI IbIIW only
0111), small
ema.\1
changes
eh ...... Inin <llrecUon
direction to lO avoid o_U'\I~lIona. Altitude
.YOI<I obstructions. Aiutude and ~ ...
airspeed
&Dd ..... are
seldom sufficient to
• Id"," ."Inclanl lO execute
uecUIe a 180°1110" gliding
.. Ildlnl turn necessary to return
t\lnl_M.ly'" rellU'D to the
tGth.o
runway. T_
nLIlW&)'. The cnecl<lu.t
checklist procedures assume
proced ........... ume that adequate
thal o.d.6q Urne ul
....1e time ... IO
exists to
SOC"re u..
secure the fuel
h ..1 and tgnttio...systems
-.nd ignition )'alamo prior to touchdown.
lO lOualldo .... .
After an '''l'h,,,
... fler &li engine 1.tIfailure in flight,
.... Ut mlll1- the
Ute best glide apem
but,llde speed aa
as .........
shown in In figure
nl"'re
3-1 should be
3·\ .lIoul<l established ...
boli .e<&blilobod as q"iekl)'
quickly ...as possible.
pOtI.ibloo. While gliding 1O'III'ard
WIlU. alldlnl' toward •a
...
suitable landlnl' ........
ita.bl. landing effort .Ilo\lld
area, an ellon should be _ made
... &<1& to
IO identify
IdGIIUf)' the" . . . . oIUte
the cause of the
failure.
1.i1 ..... If time permits,
tI 11m. an
PllmllI..... " erolifle l'fII~t ,1Io
engine restart should.. 1d ~
be alle..,pLed
attempted aaas shown
.bown in In
the checklist. 111M
Ib. chM:ldial. If the a"et".
engine "",,Dol
cannot be restarted,
ile re a Ion:e<i
.... rto<I ... forced landing
landin, without
..!tho.. t
pow ... m
power must be compla'-d.
.. al Ile completed.
IVJOO
12,000
i
~
•u-
-
:0.000
10,000
<
••• 8000 — ft*
~•
LLI
-
~
6000
i•
O
<
~ 4000
h
e• * SPEED 60 KiAS
•• 2000 * PROPELLER WINDMILLI NG -
* FLAPS UP *ZERO WIN D
1 1 ± i
A 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20
O~OUfID
GROUND D'ST..o.HCE
DISTANCE •- HAIlTlCAl
NAUTICAL MlUS
MILES
- l1 J"I)'
July 1l17li
1979
Figure 3-1. Maximum Glide
3-9

SECTION
SECTIONJ 3 CESSNA —
EMERGENCY
EN.6f1G!:lNCY PROCEDURES
Pl!.OCSDURE5 MODEL 152
l~
FORCED LANDINGS
FORCEO LANOINGS
If
11 •all a'I<""p"
.Il attempts to
Lo .....n
restart the engine lùl
LlLe on,m. fail .. m'aforced 1&n4L.o.,
and a 10'_ landing 'ois
1mm1 .. on<. ..
imminent, ,.." a suitable
select n old &Dd
.~lLab'o field and prepare lor "'O
prepa .. for the laodJ.n8 as <11..,..._
landing &O discussed
u"Mr the
under 'bo Emergency
Emo,pney Landing
!.aDdl"i' WllllQu'
Without E0i'lo. Powor cb
Engine Power .. kll.~
checklist.
Before attempting an "off airport" landing with engine power

available, one should fly over the landing area at a safe but low altitude to
inspect the terrain for obstructions and surface conditions, proceeding as
discussed under the Precautionary Landing With Engine Power checklist.
Prepare /or dllcblni'

l'r1Ip ...,, for ditching by .... ,,, l''lI Or
securing or )"Uloonln8
jettisoning h_vy
heavy obi"""
objects Ioc&ted
located
0.- _U_
in
.r
the baggage
In "'"
face
I..,.
baggage area ond
10<""'''
location .nd
and collect fold<>d
at touchdown.
folded ""
Transmit M
coats
IO"".. ""...... 'l'raolUlllL
a"" oqu.w
'o .. ntloo •• and
and intentions, squawk
.... for
/0' protection
Mayday
pro"""lo" 0of1 """""pont.'
..yd&)' message
m .... p on
~ '1'11)0
7700 if
occupants'
.121.5
2'-11
"~.pcndO, lo
LI a.. transponder
MH~
MHz i'IVln8
giving
is 'notallod.
installed.
Avol<! •a landing
Avoid n.r.. _ ..
U... <>l'
'.Ddln ~ flare because of dUlieulty
difficulty in 'o judging
Ju4l1n. height
b.llhL "".
over r oa water
w .... '
.urh.oo.
surface.
n
LANOING
LANDING WITHOUT ELEVATOR CONTRO
CONTROLL
Trim for horizontal flight (with an airspeed of approximately 55 KIAS
n
and flaps lowered to 20°) by using throttle and elevator trim controls. Then
do not change the elevator trim control setting; control the glide angle by
adjusting power exclusively.
At no_u~ the
AL flareout, "'" nose-down
o..-.dow" ",omon'
moment ",o"ltlni' /rom power
resulting from pc ..... , _"oLloo
reduction lo.
is
..:l'''',...,/''''''', ....
d the
an adverse factor and
&li 'ho o'<plano IDoy htl
airplane may hit on ilio
the "" .. wheel.
nose wb .. l. eonNlluon'.
Consequent
ly. at
ly, n."",,,~ the
o, flareout, trim """
Ihe 'rim ""l "",ould
control set, o'
bo ..
should be ilio lull
at the full n.,._up
nose-up "..01 Llo" ....
position and <1
.no power
the ..:IJ"...... """' ••
PC"M adjusted so that the
ili ••airplane
l'1'lano will
wlll "''''
rotate.. '''
to ,the
.... horizontal
borbonLal. oattitude
..l,,,do
lor "'"Ohdowo.
for touchdown. c ..... 'hO
Close the throttle aL "'uell.down.
I1l1"QttI. at touchdown.
"
FIRES
AlLhoUi'h engine
Although oni'''o Il ..... .are
fires ... ULl"Omo'y
extremely rare In nigh~
ra,.., in flight, 'bo
the .steps
topo <>l'
of Ihe
the
.ppropri .... "h..,kU
appropriate •• should
checklist ohould be 10110",000:1 if
bo followed II ono IO 0"00"""'_.
one is AI"',
encountered. After
comp'oUo"
completion 01
of "'lo proood"ro. ""oculo
this procedure, execute • I"",od 'andl"l.
a forced D<> no'
landing. Do not o.L"'m". IO
attempt to _
,," ", ~n the
restart onrlne.
,h ~ engine.
no.
The In!".! !ftd!oo'lO" 01011
initial indication of an .'"""lOoIU,..,I. u ... lIy "'"
electrical fire is usually the odorofbumlni
odor of burning
lou'a 'i"o. Tbo
insulation. The ehoekJi .. for
checklist fo, "H.
this p"'blom
problem slt<>uld
should ",.ua in oUmtna'ion
result in elimination of
of
ilio Il .....
the fire.
33-10
· 10 'Ju'y
1 July 1979 _

CESSNA
CESSNA SECTION
SEC'l'ION 33
MOOELI5t
MODEL 152 EMEROENCY PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY PROCEDIJRES
EMERGENCY
EMERGENCV OPERATION
QPERAT1QN IN CLOUDS
CLQUOS
(Vacuum System Failure)
Failure)
In the
In III ......
event 01 a& vacuum
nI of v&Cllllm system
ayetem failure
f.il ...... during
d""'ng flight,
ni"IIL the
11M directional
dinoc:lion.1
a.nd .111
i nd lC&lOr and
indicator ...... indicator
attitude ...iII be
iAdic.lOr will b40 disabled,
diUbh.d .....
and ilio pilot
d the w.lI have
pilol will ban to
lO
noI)' ""
rely I... n c00_I.0<
0.1>. turn
on the coordinator if ba inadvertently
it he !II.. into
1tIad,,~rwntl)' flies lotO clo,,1b.
clouds. The
Tbe
follo ... lnll instructions
following ln.lruodona ...... assume thatm. onl)' the
0.1>", only Ule eleclrtcaU)'-poweNld
electrically-powered turn ".m
coordln.lO'
coordinator is l.8 operative,
o.,....Uv .. and
end that
Ih.IUla
the pilot u. not
pllo. is no< ""m pl... l)' proficient
completely pmnclenl inIn
instrument
"' flying.
..,rum.ftI ")'In.
EXECUTING
EXECUTING A 180·
180° TURN IN CLOUOS
CLOUDS
Upon inadvertently
inacl"o""olly enterlnllUl.
entering the olouda.
clouds, &olmmedl.te pIan should be
an immediate plan be
mado to
made rum back
tO turn bo.ck as fOllo"II:
... follows:
l
1. Note III. comp
Note the .... heading.
compass Il ....lIna.
2.
II. No .. the
Note tll. tlma 01 the
time of min .... hand
\ba minute """d and
..... observe _iti"n Dr
tIb ........ the position u..
\ba
of the
....
sweepHp second hand ..... d on th. clock.
OD the
3. Wholn the
When Il•• aw ...p ft«Ind
sweep second handIl ... d indicates
Indie.... 1110 nearest hall-mln
the ~1I.n>S\ half-minute, .. te.
.... d.&td n
;,,111&te •a ~standard
initiate rate.. left t .. rn. holdlne
101. turn, holding the tbe turn COOrdin .. lO'
tu ... coordinator
aymboUc ..
symbolic Irpl."a wing
airplane wl"l1 oPpollle
opposite the \.balowe. le!! index
lower left lndex mark
m..-k for
lo. 80 60
oo<:onda. Then
seconds. Thcn 1011
roll bacio
back to IO level
1.,,01 flight
fIlllhl by leveling
levellnlltho mio; .. ,,,,",,
the miniature
al,pla"e.
airplane.
4. Check aecunoy
Check accuracy of of the
Ille turn
lum by observingob.. rvlnll the compass
' he eomp ..... heading
headlne
... hlch sho"ld
which should be boIlha ,eclproc .. l of the
the reciprocal \h. orlalo
original.. l heading.
h.adlne:.
~.
5. If
!f necessary,
n_ .... y. !WIj".1 adjust heading
h..... i"l1 primarily with
IIr,m ... Uy ... ilh ok skidding mo"on~
iddiolJ motions
... th~. than
rather Ihan rolling
rollinlr motions
motion"o so Ilo that 'he compui
..1 the compass will read more
w\ll ..,ad mc ....
,,,,,, ... atel)'.
accurately.
6.
G. Maintain
Mal"I altitude
.. ln .l and a.lrapeod
litude ADd airspeed by c cautious application
..ullnuo "p pUlla.\ion 01 of elevator
elevatOr
conlro!.
control. Avoid ov,roontrolllneb)'
overcontrolling by keeping Ir..,pln ; the
'ho hands
h.. ndo n"lhaeonlrol
off the control
wh..,l &8
wheel mllo" ....
as much as posalbl,
possible .. nd .te
and •• lng only 101111
steering with rudder.
ruddu.
EM ERG ENCY DESCENT THROUGH CLOUDS

EMERGENCY
II
If condltlon.
conditions precl ude reestablishment
preclude .... tabU.hmenl of VI'lI VFR flightntChl byby.a 180°180" lurn
turn,...a
da_c.n, t.hrougll ..a eloud
descent through cloud deck IO VI'tI. cond
to VFR ltJon. may
conditions m&)' be .pproprl
appropriate. .... If
Il
possible,
po obtain rad.o
•• ,bl •. cbU"" radio clclearance
... ranca fu for an emergency
...... m ••pnc)' ddescent ..c.ml through
thmu!!"" c1oudclouds. •.
To ...
...
guard
minimize
kkeep
against ..
anI "I(.,nol
iniml,.. <:o.compass
.... <lI ott
... p Ilhands
a sspiral
the cool
off \.be
.wiD,.
dive, ellooH""
pl.aI di"a.
npa~, card swings d"l
... l ...
control
choose an ......
due to
hC(OI &od
wheel and __steer
easterly
IO cll.",lnl
changing beak
\.y "or...
••a Istraight
westerly
n .... rly "heading
bank ."M'I
angles.
....e /,hl _....,
.... In addition,
course ...
add.liu,,-
111> rudder
with
to
..... iDM: IO
conlrol
control by mooitorl",
monitoring lI>e the IUro turn coordinalO
coordinator. •. ~ioll&lly
Occasionally ch""lt check the \be
eompan
compass heedln, heading Wld and malte
make m"'o. minor oo • ....,Uo", lO
corrections to bold
hold enan .pproJ:lma
approximate ....
_ eou"'
course. Be!ore d_ndlnC
• . Before descending InlO into thelIIe cclouds,
' ouel •• Hl
set up .. a aleblllUld
stabilized le1--do"",
let-down
condilion
condition &II as follo"'5:
follows:
1. Apply full rk:II

App'Y fUll rich mblure.
mixture.
I1 July 1m
1979 'H
3-11

SECTION 3J CESSNA
CESSN A
I>ME HCENCY PROCEDURES MODEL I~
MODEL 152
2. U .. full
Use (ull carburetor
cu!;n. . .lOr heat.
Mat.
3.
3. R<I<I,,,,..
power to
Reduce power IO set
H l up
llp a 500 IO 800
500 to 800 ft/min
fll ", in rate
, aW of
01 descent.
dHCW"t.
4.
4. Adjust
AdJ"'" the.be ..
elevator trlm for
lov"lOr trim a stabilized
lo ....... ..... nl at
descent
b IUzecI. de 70 KIAS.
0.17'0 KIAS.
5.
5. K ... p hands
Keep nrt control
110.1148 off """1.01 wheel.
... h. .l.
8.
6. M"",IO, turn
Monitor luno """nll"'lOr
coordinator and ~ makemalie corrections
co,...,lIo,,& by rudd •• alono.
by rudder alone.
7. Cbeck 01 com
lreDd of
Check trend p6'" ...
compass card movelUCn! J.nd
nI movement and make ca.uUoua
malul cautious
co""",,'lon ....
corrections with noddar
IO atop
1111 rudder to "'m.
stop turn.
8. b .....ld nl 0out
Upon breaking or
cloud ......
.. \ of clouds, u"""
DOnnal crul.1nl
resume normal cruising flight.
DI;!>I.
RECOVERY
RE COVERV FROM SPIRAL
FR OM A S PIR A l DIVE
O IVE
Il.
If a spire! la eoooUDlered.
spiral is encountered, proceed as
p l'OXlHCl. . folloWII:
. follows:
l.
1. Close the
lbe throttle.
lllronl • •
2.
t.. SIOP u.. turn
Stop the ... m by using
.. ,In& ooorcllnlUed .11...... J.nd
coordinated aileron and nollde. CODINI to
rudder control IO
Rllp the
align Ille omboUe
symbolic .Irpl.ne hl 'lle
airplane in ,U", coord.lnalO,
the turn .Im the
coordinator with \be
m ......... llne
horlson reference line.
horizon
3.
J. C.. utlo .... ly .ppl)'
Cautiously apply .1 ..... 1", back
elevator buk p IO .10
.......... to
pressure ....1)' reduce
slowly .oduoe the
lIIe
al"'~
airspeed to IO 70 KIAS.
KIAS.
~.
4. Ad..J
Adjust III~ eleva",.
.... 1 the "'iI"
elevator trim co"lmllo malnl.'""a 70 KIAS
control to maintain K IAS ,11"".
glide.
6.
5. K..... p b&lldo
Keep
alral.1II
hands ort the cooll'Ol
off Ihe
lIeadllllf.
control wllOflI
wheel,..... '"If
using rudder .. nlml to
",<Id., "control IO hold
hald a..
straight heading.
6. I\PI>I)' c.rburalO'
Apply carburetor Il ...
heat. 1.
7. Clear en~ne
Cre.r engine oocuioo.U)'.
occasionally, but avoid using
bUI ."old enough power
u.lni" ollough IO
"" "'., to
dlSlurb Ibe ttrimmed
disturb the rlmmod glide.
rllde.
8. bre... klnr OUI
Upon breaking out o,
of ..
clouds,
Ioud •. resume cruising flight.
'&II"m. normal "",15lnl flIgtlt.
"
INA D VERTENT FLl
INADVERTENT GHT INTO ICING CONDITIONS
FLIGHT
t'hghl In'o icing
Flight into ICIOIl" condltiona la prohibited.
conditions is proll lbitod. An Inadv.....",.neo"n"'r
inadvertent encounter
with these
w.lh IlIe conditions
... "" can boia'
.. d,U"n. C&ll best bo! handlad Il.Ini
be handled using the checklist
Ih. eh.ekll .. , procedures.
pmcedores
The best
TIle procedure,
b<:iIll>l"<JC1tdu course,
••. of ""u"' is to
•. i. lO turn
tura back or "h.nlf'l
b&ck Of change a1altitude to uc"pe
tilud. la escape
icing ",,"dIÙOII~.
ICÌIII conditions.
~
SPtNS
SPINS
Should an Inad"' I"<$'" .pln
inadvertent occur, III.
spin oooOf. the follo .. lne I"fICOvery
following recovery prooochu·e
procedure
.Ilould bo! IIIed:
should be used:
1.
I. PLACE AIW;;RONS
"!..ACE AILERONS IN NEUTRAL POSITION.
2.
Il RETARD THROTTLE TO IDLI!:
Rt:TAKO THRCl'ITLIi: IDLE f'OSmON
POSITION.
3.
3. APPLY AND HOLD l'UI.t.
FULL nUDCEI!
RUDDER OI'POSrn;
OPPOSITE TO THE DIREC.
DIREC- _
OF ROTATiON.
TION 01'" ROTATION.
3-12
3-11 I1 Jul)'
July 1m
1979

Cr.SSN"
CESSNA 3
SECTION 3
MODEL 152
MODEL U2 EMERGENCY
8M8ROENCY PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
4.
4. JUST AFTER
JUST AlfTIUt THE RUOOER REACHES
TH I!: RUDDER RE"CHES THE
THE STOP, MOVE THE
STOP. MOVE THE
- CONTROL WHEEL
CONTROL
oe"ter
WHEEL BRISKLY
BREAK THE STII.1.L.
BRISKLY FORWARD
F'ul.l <Iown
BREAK THE STALL. Full
rr.vlty loacll"","
center 0
FORWIl1\D FAR
F"R ENOUGH
down elevator may be
of1 gravity loadings to
ENOUGH TO
el .... lOr m.y
TG
requ1red a'
be required at aft
a!t
u ... optlm"", .-.co""rt......
assure optimum recoveries.
\o ...
5.
5. HOLD TI1ESE
HOLD THESE CONTROL INPUTS INMFT'S UNTIL ROTATION
ROT"TION STOPS.STOPS.
Pnom.tu.....
Premature ,.,..Ilon of
relaxation the ",,"tml
IIfthe control inputs "'aJ' .","'nd
l nputa may extend the
tha recov
nK;OV'
.ry.
ery.
6.
So "8 ROTATION
AS STOPS. NEUTRALIZE
ItOTATION STOPS, NE UTR.ALlZ& RUDDER,
RUOCER. AND
ANO MAKE
MII.KE A
THE RESULTING
SMOOTH RECOVERY FROM THE RESULTlNO DIVE.
DIVE.
NOTE
If dlsorlen",t"'n precludes
U disorientation p..aludH a• visual
'11.".1 """'rmln.tlon
determination of the
the
direction of rotation,
dlNello" 01 tOtalio ... the a)'lTlbollc
symbolic .Irplana
airplane in tu",
'n the turn u..
coordln.l-O' may
coordinator m.y be ru.-.cll-O
referred
ba .. lor this
to for Ulle information.
1" (onn.IIDI!..
FOt
For IlddLtionai \o/o...... tloll 011
additional information on .pial
spins .IMI rt«Ivery.
.pia recovery, se-e-lhe
and spin see the dlscus·
discus
aiOll. unde. SPINS in
sion under III Nnr",Ll Procedures (SeeUo"
Normal Prooedu,," (Section 4).
4).
ROUGH ENGINE OPERATION OR lOSS

LOSS OF
POWE
POWERR
- CARBURETOR ICI
ICING
l'L i(rwlu
A
NO
gradual .. llo~.
loss 01 of RPM .. ,,~ ~v~Ulu.l
and eventual ~"II"L" ruu]j"hnu"" may
engine roughness , ... "lt ["'m
mo.y result from
\he
the lermallon
formation 01 of e .. rburCl-Ot le
carburetor •. To elù"
ice. tb. leG
clear the ice,. apply lulllhroUlu a,,~ pull
full throttle and
Iho ot.!"burOlOr
the carburetor heat he.\ knob
kDOb fullfU1I out until \ho cnllln~
"IlIU the engine run. 'llIooll,ly: then
runs smoothly; IhcIl
rcmove
remove eerbUl'fllOr
carburetor h .... t and ."adju.'llle
heat readjust the throUle,
throttle. 11
If condltlons n-qulre the
conditions require tbc
conlln,,""
continued """ use 01 of "etbul'fIl-Or
carburetor hUll11heat in ornl" nll'hl. U"
cruise flight, Ihe minimum
use the ml"lmnm emonnl amount
of heat
01 ..... ~nry IO
Ilnl nnecessary to preven
preventt 101ice from forming ....
Ir<lm forml"l' andd llean mlxtnno ~1ll'btly
the mixture
..." Ihl slightly
lor .m""t~e.t
for smoothest '"gln. engine """.etlon.
operation.
FOULING
SPARK PLUG FOU lI NO
A aUi(hl
slight <l''lIlDl
engine "''' .. h ..... in Ili
roughness .. hl may
flight lnay ba be eaullOd
caused by o one... Dt
or IDO
more...
sp.rk
spark plup
plugs Ileool"iD]j"
becoming I""l..t
fouled by ".""'ILcarbon Or I~ad d"po.itw.
or lead deposits. Tbi.
This may ",ey be
verified by tunLl"ltlut
verltled turning the II1"lllo"
ignition ...switch momentarily lrom
l'''h m"mcnl&rUy from BOTH to lO~ilhet
either L
o,
or R po.llion.
position. An obvloue po_' loss
obvious power lo" in l" .iDllll l""ll1o" ope",.
single ignition operationI"" 15is
.vlde ...... 01
evidence of 'peri<
spark plUI m ..... eu. trouble.
plug or magneto trouble. Assumingthat
AuumLnlllbat $p .. rII plugs
spark plnlsere
are
'ne
the more likely
Uk.lycaulH.
cause, llean
..... ,h,
the ml ....u ... loti
mixture to "'O reoomme"ded lean
the recommended lu" .... mnl'lor
setting for
cruising ml"~l.
crui.inl" flight. II If "'.
the prollle",
problem do does.. 1\01
not el.a.
clear up in In .... ""..1 minu
several .....
minutes,
d.letmi"a
determine if LI ..a ""he.
richer mi"tn
mixture .... IUnli .,lI
setting will p ....... LLCOI _m"""'et
produce smoother DJMLl"UlmL.
operation. 11 If
- no~ p
not, ....... IO
proceed to "'e
the n....et .Irpon
nearest airport fo for... p.lra ...
repairs usinglnl' ULa HOTH po~itiOD
the BOTH position of
11 JuJy
July 1l17li
1979 3-13

SF.CTION 3J
SECTION CESSNA
CESSNA
EMER(;ENCY PROCEDURES
EMERGENCY PI!.OCEDURES MODEL
MODE!. 152
1.5t
the 1FI111""
!ho ignition switch
nrll<lh unless
"nl.... extreme
ulreme roughness dictates the
ro",lIne .. dlctaln ùw use
" ... of
Df a single
aingl.
19n1tlod po.llldn.
ignition position.
MAGNETO M Al FU N CTl ON
MALFUNCTION
A .udde"
A sudden en,l". rourh_ dr
engine roughness mlsfirln, is
or misfiring ~ usually
".,,&11)' e-vLokdC9
evidence dIof
m • .""lO problems.
magneto S .. I\ellln, from
protll"", • . Switching 80TH to
tn>nI BOTH lo elUla.
either L or R ignition
L. or lplllod swlleh
switch
poSl,lon will
position wlll identify
Id.dllt)' which
wlllell magneto
macne!<> is I. malfunctioning.
malfunetlonln,. Select
SelllCl different
dlff,,~dt
po_r ~Unl.
power settings and enrlellen
enrichen the tlle mixture
ml""'~ to de\ennlne if
lo determine U continued
DODllnued
o"" .. tlon on BOTH
operation nOTII magnetos
magna\.M is lo practicable.
praet\eab". If If not, switch
nOI. ... n,,11 to the good
'" Ule ,00II
magneto
m and
. . . .oo .. nd proceed 00 Ula
p ...... e<t to the nearest airport
n ......, .. lor repairs.
Irport for "'paL,...
LOW Cl
lOW OIL PRESSURE
l PR ESSU R E
If
Il low 011 p ....W"O is
oil pressure \ti accompanied
-.npronlood by normal lIorm&l oil temperature,
lempent"..,. Ille,..
there .. is
a possibility
poUlblllly III. the 011 prosa .. " ,aceOr
oil pressure gage or ,..Ilel
relief valve
yalva isLe malfunctioning.
mallUnctLolllnfr. A le leak
....
In Ille Ilne
in the line to00 the
Ule gage
,.~ is le not necessarily
_ ......tly .... u ... for
cause Immedla'"
lo. an immediate
preca"'lon .. ,y landing
precautionary l.. ndlng because
...., .... ". ..
an n orifice
o.lll.,. in ln this
IlIleUne .. HL prevent
line will p ..""nl .... <Iden
a sudden
..... Dr
lloss of DII
oil !rom engine a
the .n~n.
from lhoo .. mp. However,
sump. Ilo .........a landing
LandLn&" .. atIUle ne",..ol ..
the nearest lrport
airport
wDuld be
would bo! ad.yill&bl.
advisable to '" inspect
inapaçl the u. ...... ,...,. 01
source = .. IIL •.
of trouble.
II
If Il
a IOlal
total lo ... or
loss of 011 p ........... is
oil pressure l• ..,OOmpanlo<l
accompanied by •
a • In oLi
L"" in
rise oil
temperature,
lempe."'...... there is good reason
tll ... 18 to e
... aeon '" suspect an
.. opeot .. n ..engine
nlflne failure
I.. U..... is imminent.
l.lmmlnenl
IlMuoe .engine
Reduce ngln. power ImmodlaleL)'
immediately and .. l"",t a ...
select Ilabl" forcod
suitable landln&,
forced landing
f;~ld.
field.U... onl)'
Use only the mlnlm"m power required
'he minimum """,1,0<1 to
lo ,....,11
reach IlIe
the des!rod
desired
IDuchdnwn
touchdown opol
spot..
ElECTRICAl POWER SUPPLY

ELECTRICAL SUPPl Y SYSTEM
MAlFUNCTIONS
MALFUNCTIONS
Malfunctlode In
Malfunctions Ille .leotrl
in the ....1 power
electrical pply ,y'l/Im
supply
po ....... system .......
can be del<l<:l00
detected by
periodic
periodle monitoring
monlto. of Ih
llI&, 01 the..... "'.ler ~"
ammeter and low·YOllAie
low-voltage "'.mln&" Ii&"h~
warning light;
hDw"ver.
however, Ulethe c ...... olth
cause ... maUunctlone
of these malfunctions is I...... &lly "tnlcult
usually difficult '"
to determ1n~.
determine.
A broken
b,..,kon al
alternator drive ..,.1\
.. m ..",. drivo belt or "'Irln,
wiring lo is mool
most Hkel)' the ca
likely Ule ..... or
cause of
al"',..,.IO. lail ...... &11.110"111
alternator failures, although oUl .. factors
other '..,00.. co .. Ld ca,._
could cause th.
the prnblem.
problem. A
damaged or Impn>pad)'
dam&"ed improperly &dj
adjusted alternator
... I.... alle control unlt
......"'. COlIIn>! unit can alan
also c
cause
......
mallunell""
malfunctions. •. ProbIOIll.
Problems or this n.t
of Ulla .... con"it
nature constitute electrical eme~ocy
.. t<o an .1""ldeal emergency
~d
and ol>oshould dealt w\tII
.. ld be d&alt with ImmlldJ.lel)'.
immediately. E10Clrlcal mall .. ncliollil
Electrical power malfunctions
usually
... fall IlIlO
".lIy r.ll into 1"'0 categories: uooulye
two O&Ie&"Qrl-= excessive '.Ie
rate olcb&rJean4inwtticicDI
of charge and insufficient
....
rate of eha..,..
'" or charge. TII. p.r'4!".phl belO"
The paragraphs below deoscrlbo!
describe Ule recommended ffrnedy
the ~ndo<l remedy _
ro, each 8l1Uallon.
for .",,1> situation.
EXCESSIVE
EXCESSt\l CHARGE
E RATE OF C HARGE
...
After engine starting and heavy electrical usage at low engine speeds
3-14 I1 July 1979
For Flight Training Reference Only "

J
C~SSNA
CESSNA SECTION
SECTION 33
.J MODEL
MODEL 152
152 EMERGENCY
EMEROENCY PROCEDURES
PROCEOURES
(such
(.ucb as
lUI extended
uLel1dod taxiing) !.bit b&11.ery
'"",lI".1 the battery condition
ooodltlon will ~ low
wUl be cnough to
1_ enough \O
....,.,pt above
accept tobOve normal
nonn.1eharrl"l
charging during the""r1",
~h. initial p.n of
1n!tl.1 part fll~l However,
or aa flight. t1"",,,v,, •.
after
..ne. thirty
!bl"y minutes
mlnuloOB of c ... lstlll flight,
0 1 cruising u..
mlM. the ammeter
AfrImal<lr should
ab""ld be indicating
IHIlndlc"lng
less 11>"" ,.....
IMe than two needle
n_l ... widths
,d\h. of charging current.
orebUS"'1[I: cUrNnL If the charging rate
Itlbe"b.arJ{IDlJ rate were
... no
to rem •.!.. above
\O remain tb,.
o.b<>ve this value
val ... on
OQ a iWl' flight,
.. long mlbl. the ballery would
~ battery ...... ldovcmutarul
overheat and
&v .. pon.to. the
evaporate lhe .1",,11'01)'1<1
electrolyte at al ....
an u", re~.
. .!ve rate.
excessive
EIec1n>Dlc OGmpone,,1a
Electronic lo the
components in el...u1oal ayaUlm
lbe electrical system can be ..:ive"",l,.
<1&1\ be adversely
r.ttO'Cloed hlpe. than
affected by higher nonna' voltage.
lhan normal .. 01...... The
,.,.., aI"'",&t<>r
alternator ...... 1...1 unit
control unlt
includes
!nelud... an over-voltage sensor
o".... Yollalf'l .. which
".., ... hlch normally
IIOnnally will .ul.om~Uy .IIul
..ili automatically shut
down the
1.11•• ''''",alO'
alternator if the charge voltage
lllhechal'fla voI".. reaches
.....11. . approximately 31.5 volts.
appru.r.iIn .. I.lly31.3 vult&.
If u..
Il the """.·yolla
over-voltage • ., .. m.or malfunctions
sensor m.Uu .. Clloa. Or i. improperly
or is ,mproperl)' &dju~led.
adjusted, lUI
as
evlllc ...::ed by ....
evidenced an oiCOlSsLve rele of
excessive rate 01 ebu,e
charge ,bo." 00 the
shown on Ibe ammeter,
~""r. the \be
.11<: ..... 10. ahould
alternator should be lumed on
be turned off,.• Llarn."'. "circuit
alternator 1,,,..11 breaker
b... aker pulled,
puUfId. nones·
nones-
.... " 11.1 ol...::u1"
sential ... equipment
electrical equlpmeno turned
lumed o"."d !he flight
off and the nllh< "'""In.te<!
terminated lUI """" ...
as soon as
pr..rueal
practical.
INSU FFICIENT RATE OF

INSUFFICIENT OF CHARGE
CHAR GE
,,>'"
NOTE
llIumln ..Uon 01
Illumination Uli low-voltage
of the 1"",.YoUo.c- light
1I1hl .. noi ammeter
and ammelorc dis d!~·
eh .. r,e indications
charge !nd!e.. Unnl maymo.,y <lCeu. duri"l low
occur during lo ... RPM
RPM ""od,l!onK
conditions
... tlh .0
with an el .. tl'1ul load
electrical 10101 un Iho Iyllorm
on the system,....
suchch Ilas durlnl!.'
during a I low
lo ..
RPM taxi. t.'... Under
Unde, these conditions, the
11>... """dltlono. tho light
IIght will go out at
... LUgoDul.t
bl"hlc RPM. Tha
higher mu~r,wJlch
The master n..od not
switch need 0(11 be recycled .lnoo
ro<:yclod since
an nycr.yollAi\e
over-voltage oond!ttoll
condition hasb•• not ocou~
occurred to l<> de·.cUva\e
de-activate
tho
the .ltornMor
alternator oyltern.
system.
Il the oVlr.voltlg<l
If over-voltage Hn""r
sensor ohould
should o.hul
shut down Il•• altern.toT,
the alternator, DC Il the
or if Ula
~!
alternator circuit
... rnatnr elreu Il breaker should trip,
breako, ahould a dl..,lu"/f1
trop .• discharge rate
ralu will
.... 11 be shown on the
ahownon <h.
ammeter foHow.,!
amm.L1' followed by illumination lh~ low-voltage
.llumln.lioo of the low.yol!.ail~ warning
.... mlog light.
lighl. Sioc.
Since
this m ..y be
Ibla may boe _a "au,no""" t.lp·out, In
"nuisance" trip-out, an ll\empl should bo
attempt ,hOuld be mld<: l<> reactivate
made to Nac\lVlt.l
the alternator Iynom
t.bc l11ero.l<>r system.. To d.o do this,
lhl •. turn
tom lhothe radios
ridio. 0(1.off, Che<lk
check thltthat the
.1\eI'1l ..t(lr el!'O,,!t
alternator b.... ker is
circuit breaker I. Iin,
n, then both .t""~
!han turn booth sides of the mutoT .wl\l:"
<hl master switch 0(1
off
IOd
and th.n
then ....on "If.!n.
again. lf If <hl prGbllm no longer
the problem loog.r ...exists, DO ..... al alLlrnal<>C
1.10. normal alternator
charging w.1I
cha'8".n8" will .. ~"'" .nd
resume and the
\b. low-voltage light will
10.... vol1"1(it ligbl go off. Th.
... 111 ""uf:!. The radios may
rwlloo mo.,y
\beo
then be luruNturned back (IO. Il the
on. If \be light
h llhl llLumu.atl'll
illuminates AIIalo again,.• mMfuucuoD is
a malfunction IO
confirmed.
"" .. I.. med. In \l,II
this <>venl.
event, 11>0
the flight should be terminated
nilbtll!>ould and/ or the """
lermio_tod. ..,d/or current
...."
drlto
drain 00 on llle
the battery mtnlmt.ecl
minimized beQ.UM because the batterybau.ery Catlcan luppsupplyly Il>e
the
el...,tr!ca! system lor
electrical Iyltem for only •a Umlted
limited per!od
period or Urne. Il
of time. If tbeemerlenCYOl>Oun
the emergency occurs
uat nlCh
night, t. powe.
power mustmuJt be oonM,...od
conserved lor l.tor UM
for later use ollhe IlOdln, Urllt
of the landing light &Dd
and
napa
flaps dUMne
during 110<1111'
landing.
l1 July 1!1'711
1979 3-15/(3-16 blaok)
l-IS/(l-18 blank)

CESSNA
CESSNA SECTION
SI':CTI0N 4~
MODEL 152
MODt;t.1U NORMA t.PKOCEDURES
NORMAL PROCEDURES
4
SECTION 4
NORMAL PROCEDURES
- TABlE OF CONTENTS
TABLE
IJlI.l'Od ~cIIOJl.
Introduction • •••••.•••.
Page
4-3
- Speed .!'"or
Speeds NOTmal Operation
For Normal OperAlloli 4-3
1'.-.f1lgllllnapocuun
Preflight
Cab",
Cabin
Inspection
• • . • .
CH.I!CKLlST PROCEDURES
CHECKLIST
.....
PROC.l!OUttES
..,.,.
,-,
4-5
4-5
..
Empenn''1t
Empennage 4-5
n1Clll Wing,
Wlng. T,.,.mng Edg.
,.,.
Right Trailing Edge 4-5
mCIII Wing
Right WI .. C •.•. ,-o
4-5
No..
Nose . .. . 4-6
..,.
lAfI Wing
Left Wlnll ... . 4-6
tAli Wing,
Left t..oadinl Edge
W,nll. Leading Ed"" 4-6
I..<rll Wing,
Left Wln",. T Ed~
.... mnll Edge
Trailing 4-6
Belo .... S1II.rUnr
Before Enrtne
Starting Engine "4-6
SUor\lnc Fonrln. (Temperatu
Starting Engine
fler......
.... " Above
(Temperatures
.. ko<>ff ....
Abov. Freezing)
"reuln!) ,-,
4-7
,-,
Before "I"
Takeoff 4-7
TalodUft
Takeoff • • •
,-,
4-8
,",-,.
,-,
Non'I",1
Normal TOllwoff
Takeoff . 4-8
Sborl Fltld Taloooff
Short Field Takeoff 4-8
Enroute Cllmb
EnrtlUlb Climb • 4-8
Crulse
Cruise 4-8
De_II'
Descent
Ile/o
Before
......
... 1Landing
Landing
.......111111
mhnK • . . .
NOl"InN
Normal L.amI,ng
Sbor\
8a1ked
Landing
Field Landl"l
Short Flold
Balked ......
After ...... ndlnr
Landing
ndi.o>r
Landing
.
Landing
•
..
,-,
4-9
,-,
4-9
4-9
,-,
4-9
,-,
4-9
4-9
4-10
4·10
Seeurlnc
Securing Alrpl ....
Airplane 4-10
4·10
AMPLIFIED
AMI'LJ f'RO~.I!UUttJ:;S
I' Um PROCEDURES
Starting
8U01U"1 E"lIi,,~
Engine (TQll>peralures
(Temperatures Above F,.......lnl)
Freezing) 4-11
4·11
Tullnr
Taxiing . 4-11
4· !I
L
1 July \979
1979 ,- ,
4-1

-
■
SECTION 44
SECTION CESSNA
CI>SSN A —
NORNAL PROCEDURES
NORMAL I"'ROC KDUR ES I~
MODE L 152
MODEL
TABLE OF
OF CONTENTS (Continued)
(Continued )
,.~
Page
Il,,1,,,," Takeoff
Before Ta!<..,lr ••• 4-13
4·13
...
Wa<m_Up
Warm-Up 4·13
4-13 _
Magneto
M.I'M'O Check
Ch.ek 4-13
4·13
AI~rn.lo r Check
Alternator ChOoCk 4·13
4-13
Taktolf . . . . . .
Takeoff 4-14
ro .....
Chllt"k •••
Power Check 4-14
4·11
I>.'mjl Flap
Wing S~U1na:i
Plop Settings 4-14
4·14
Cro.. wlnd Takeoff
Crosswind To.Ilool! 4-15
4·1~
En"'''10 Clln,b
Enroute Climb 4-15
4·1S
CrolSG
Cruise 4-15
4 ·1~
lAanlnl' With
Leaning Wl th A c.••
A Cessna
na Economy
Econom y Mixture
M ' XL..... Indicator
lod",.",. (EO'!')
(EGT) . 4- 18
4-16
l"Uel Savings
Fuel S ... 'nlrl Procedures
l'roc:edu ..... For
Pu. Flight
Fllgbt Training
Trainin, Operati"n.
Operations .... 4·17
4-17
S.... Ll. • • ••
Stalls • ••• 4-18
4'18
SpIno . . . .
Spins
Landing
Ul.Dd.ng ._m
4-18
4·18
._m
4-20
SIIoM Fleltl Landing
Short Field Lo.ndlnl' 4-20
CTO$swlnd Landing
Crosswind (..ondine"
!.A.... lne
B.lk~ Landing
Balked
'_m
4-20
4-21
Coiti w ••
Cold Weather u. •• Operation
O.,. •• hon 4-21
Noise
No'" Abatement
Ab ..... 'n.OII
• •
,-a ~
'"
4-22
n
H
L
1 July
July 197'9
"
4-2

1979
CESSNA SECTION
S ECTION 44
MODEL
MODEL 152
1!>lI NORMAL
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PROCEDURES
INTRODUCTION
INTRODUCTION
Section 4
Sec.lo" provlde. checklltc~
4 provides checklist and
""d amplified
""'1'1111"" procedures
1'"-,,",,, for
lo. the
tII. conduct
cond" ..,
ot norma! o""r.~lon
of normal pto<ledure. .associated
operation. Normal procedures .oocla\ecl with
.. ttll optional
DptlDnal systems
")'5lem8
can fOUnd in
be found
ean be In Section
S<lCtlon 9.
g
SPEEDS FOR NORMAL

SPEEOS NORMAl OPERATION
Unl_ 0otherwise
Unless 111118<1, the
1Il00 ... ' . . noted, followin, .PHCb
tII. following speeds ano
are based
bue<! on ollelll&ltlmum
a maximum
W.~I ol
weight of 1670 _lido and
187'() pounds ud may ti. used
m..,. be lor any
u&ed for ...,. lesser
ItMer weight.
... tl&l:I,-
- T:ak..,II:
Takeoff:
Normal
Sbo
Climb Ou.
NOrDIal Cllmb
Short
... Field
Out
Fiold Takeoff,
• .•.•
TtoIIooN. Flaps
na"" 10°, Speed at
lO". SpHd 50 Feet
a':SO .......
65-75
~~KIAS
....·
KIAS
54 KIAS
~ !<IAS
CUmb. nep"
Climb, Flaps Up:
Up:
Normal
NOml.1 •.•...•.•.•..• ... 70-80 KIAS
KIAS
Best
Bee' Rate
n.,1e 0of1 Cllmb.
Climb, S
Sea
. . Level
!Ani . . . . . . . . 67
87 KIAS
Best
Be., Rate of Cllmb.
!tale 01 10.000 Feet
Climb, 10,000 ,...... 61
• Hl KIAS
KIAS
a.., Angl ...
Best Angle Climb. S
of, Climb, .. Level
Sea lAvtl thru
\1:11'\1 10.000 P'~t
10,000 Feet ....• !>5
55 KIAS
K IAS
Landing
J..a,ndlllg Approach:
Appro""b:
Normal Approach, Flaps Up
Appt<>Acl>.. "Iap" 60-70 KIAS
6().711
Normal Approach,
Nurmal l'lapa 30°
Approanl:l. Flaps 30" KIAS
55-65 KIAS
5:i.~
Short
Sito ... l'lold
Field Approach,
Ba!kod Lo.ndlnl':
Balked Landing:
Approanb. 1"1."" 30"
Flaps 30° 54 KIAS
~KIAS
Mulmum
Maximum Power, l'lape 30°
Po_er. Flaps 20° . . !<IAS
55 KIAS
M
Maximum 11.eoomm.n~.d Turb
Maxlmum Recommended Turbulent
.. Airl.".•
Alr Penetration Speed:
P, ,, •• utt,,,, 5"...d:
1670
lH711 Lbs
Lb. • • • • • • • •• ••••• 104
\04 KIAS
1500 Lbs
1&00 Lb. • • •••• 98 KIAS
9S KtAS
1350 Lbs
1360 Lbol . . . . . . . ...• 93 KIAS
MKW;
Maximum
Maxlmum Demonstrated Crosswind Ve""'''y
o..",ollalr.led Croaswlnd Velocity 12 KNOTS
12
I1 Jujy
July 1979 4-3

SECTION 4
SE!;TION CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES
NORMALPROCEDVRES 1~
I>IOOF.L 152
MODEL
n
n
n
n
NOTE
NO''"
Visually
Viau&lly check
check airplane
.irJIllolle for
for general
IWnet&l condition
oo"dillO!> during
duri",
w&lk •• round inspection.
walk-around 111 • .,..,llon. In
In cold
l'Old weather, ",movo even
wu!he •. remove
am&ll accumulations
small """,UW UI"liolll of lroll. ice
01 frost, Ice or
O' snow
IliO .. from
from wing,
wlll&. tail
wl
and oonlrol.ur!lC(lt.
LII<I control surfaces. Also, mu. "u"'
AlIKI. make sure that OOIlU'O\5ur!aeos
!h.l control surfaces
contain
"""11110110 lIItern"llC(lU.tllulallonl
no internal accumulations of 01 ice
Ice or
o. debris.
debrlo. Prior
Prlor to
IO
mahl. check
flight, 1h.lpllOl
cheol< that h •• Ie. (if
pitot heater (lflnsw.II.c1) 18 warm
installed) is ... rm to \OUch
IO touch
within
.. Ilhln 30
30 seconds
oeoondll with
wllh battery
balte,.,. and pllol heat
.nd pitot ~ •• I_II"h
switches DD.
•• on.
If
l fa. night
nl&l>l flight
ntrhllais planned, check operation
plLlln.cl. check 0!M' .1'Dn ofo/.n hllhta.
all lights,
and
LIId make
make sure
""","a flashlight
OullUpll. is available.
availabl •.
Figure 4-1. Preflight Inspection
~.4
4-4 Jul)' 1!7111
1I July 1979

CESSNA SJ,;CTION 44
SECTION
- MODEL
MOOP.L, 152
1M!
CHECKLIST
CHECKLlST PROCEDURES
PROCEDUAES
NORMAL PROCEDURES
NOKMAL?ROCEDURES
PAEFLlGHT INSPECTION
PREFLIGHT
(T)CABIN
(!) CABIN
I.
1. Pilot's H...,dbook·- AVAIW\Bt.E IN THE AIRPt.ANE.
Operating Handbook -- AVAILABLE IN THE AIRPLANE.
rU"'-.OptT.ll",
2.
!/. Con.FO! Wheel
Control WlMoIllA<:k
Lock --·· REMOVE.
REMOVE.
3.
3. I~,u"" Switch
Ignition Sw,LCh --
·· OFF.
OFF.
4.
4. M ..\er SwilCh
Master .• ON
Switch -- ON.o
I WARNING
When
Wben turning
lumini on
oa the
!he master switch,. ...
,..,..steT .....-ilCh using
inl an external
at ""'Ie....
poWOT ao
power source, OT pulling
.. roe. or pUlli"r the
ULe prop.ll •• through
propeller Ihrou!!,h by h.nd.
b)' hand,
treat the
'«Le' prop"IIIT as
1IL. propeller .. if
"Ihthe igniliou
ignition ... ilCh ..
switch Ino ono
were on. Do not
OU noI
stand,
I ... nd. nor allow
nOT .Uo anyone Il
.. ""')'_. else to 11&<Ld.
... IO wilhln .h
stand, within ......, ol!he
the arc of the
pmptU....
propeller, ,nge ea loose
since 100M Or brollon.wino. or.
or broken,wire, or a OODlpoueM
component
malio..ncllon. oould
malfunction, could cause the propeller
""u.. ULe propelleT to rotate.
\O TOt&le.
5.
11. Fuel
FUll Qua.nu')' indicatori"- CHECK Q
Quantity Indicators QUANTITY.
UANTITY.
6. M...... Switch
Master S wJtch --
.• OFF.
OFF .
7. Shutol! Valve
FUl l Shutoff
Fuel ONo
Vah'G"-- ON.
@EMPENNAGE
@) EMPENNAGE
1. !\ud<llT Ou.t
Rudder Gust Lock
!..<>tl< - REMOVE
•• REMOVE.
~.
2. T.il
Tail Tl.-U<lwIL'· DISCONNECT
Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.
3. Control Surl"""
Con.rol Surfaces •.•-- CHECK freedom o!
CHECK Ir.ldom mo .. ~m~IL'ILILd
of movement and ""uril)'.
security.
(3) RIGHTWINGT
@ RIGHT WING Trailing Edge
•• i1ingEdg.
1.
I Aileron -- Cltt:CK
Anemn·· CHECK freedom of mO
I.... dom 01 movement and
... men' "",d aa<:urj~.·
security. *
0(?) R1GHT
RIGHT WING
WING
I.
1. Wing T1I·OoWII'·
W'D&" Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.
2. Melo Tire -- CHECK lor
Wh",,1 TI...,··
Main Wheel for proper Inn.tlo".
inflation.
3. Beto
Before•• tlnil mlhl 01
first flight of the
!he day and al\.eT
:le)' end each l"CLfUeUnl.
after e..,b refueling, U$e use sempler
sampler
cup eod
"up and dnola small qu&.nth)'
drain amali quantity 01 of luellrom
fuel from fUel
fuel ..
tank
alt sumsump p qui""
quick-.
dr.la
drain ve'v. to <lh..,
valve 'LI check .. for leT. _Ime,>!
water,
IOT .... sediment, • •and
nd propeT
proper lUel;rade.
fuel grade.
44... Fuel Quandty .. CIlECI{ VISUALLY
Quantity--CHECK VISUALLY fOT for desl ..... Ilevel.
desired .... el
~5. JPueI P"1l1er Cap ··
Fuel Filler - SECUItl{
SECURE.
1• Jul)'
July 1979
1!1711 4-5

n
SECTION"
SECTION 4 C:ESSNA
CESSNA
NomllAL
NORMAL PROCEOURES
PROCEDURES MODEL 152
MODEL l&a
5)I\IOSE
@NOSE
••
1.
, ~,,;:::"' .•:':O:;.;':'ii::;,::' wllll lH' llIan lo." n

Engine Oil Level -- CHECK, do not operate with less than four
quarts. Fill to six quarts for extended flight.
2. Before first flight of the day and after each refueling, pull out
strainer drain knob for about four seconds to clear fuel strainer of
possible water and sediment. Check strainer drain closed. If water
is observed, the fuel system may contain additional water, and
further draining of the system at the strainer, fuel tank sumps, and
,,
3.
fuel line drain plug will be necessary.
Propeller and Spinner -- CHECK for nicks and security.
4. Carburetor Air Filter -- CHECK for restrictions by dust or other
,.
5.
foreign matter.
Landing Light(s) -- CHECK for condition and cleanliness.
_
,•,.
6. Nose Wheel Strut and Tire -- CHECK for proper inflation.
7. Nose Tie-Down -- DISCONNECT.
8. Static Source Opening (left side of fuselage) -- CIiECl< lO,
CHECK for
.lOppoge.
stoppage.
©LEFT
@ WING
LEFTWI NG
,.•
1.
2.
Main Wheel Tire -- CHECK for proper inflation.
Before first flight of day and after each refueling, use sampler cup
and drain small quantity of fuel from fuel tank sump quick-drain
'
,.,.
3.
valve to check for water, sediment and proper fuel grade.
Fuel Quantity -- CHECK VISUALLY for desired level.
4. Fuel Filler Cap - SECURE.
(?) LEFT WI
0LEFT WING Leading Edge
NG Leeding Edge
1.
I. p,,,,, Tube Covo,··
Pitot Tubo REMOVB iUld
Cover -- REMOVE "~.~k eponh'l
and check opening for lO' '",ppo.go_
stoppage.
3.
2. Slall
Stall Wamuli
Warning O~nln
Opening j[ ••
-- Cl/ECI<
CHECK lo'for ''''PI»IK't.
stoppage. "1"0 To ç_k , ....
check the
ayotem. piace a cl
system, place . ." han<lko",hiol
clean handkerchief ovo< Ilo. v.n'
over the vent 0""""'$
opening am;
and
...,1100, a""uDd
apply •suction; lrom the
a sound from wa mln~ 110m
th. warning IO llI """lInn
horn will confirm oyotem
system
Ol"'raUcn.
operation.
3. Pu.1 Tank V."'
Fuel Vent Opo"I"&"
Opening -- CHECI< fu" .toppap.
CHECK for stoppage.
4. Wlng Tlo·Down
Wing Tie-Down ·· -- DISCONNECT.
®
(?) LEFT
LEFT WI
WING Trailing Edg,
NG T,.illn9 Edge
I.
1. Alloro,,··
Aileron -- CHECI<
CHECK 1"-",
freedom 01 mov~mont and •
of movement ..,u,lty.
security.
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE

ENGINE
I.
1. p",milhl Inspection
Preflight [11'pecLlQI1 •.
-- COMPLE"TE.
COMPLETE.
Hl
4-6 1l July limi
1979

CII:6SNA
CESSNA SECTION 44
MODE!. 152
MODEL 1:12 NORMAL
NORMA!. PROCEDURES
PROCEOURES
~.
2. ~ .. ". Belts,
Seats, a~I". Shoulder
SlIoulde. Harnesses
[I .. m ..... --
0 0 ADJUST
AOJUST and !.OCK.
o.nd LOCK.
J.
3. ~'uol Shutoff
Fuel 511""'11 Valve
V .......--o ON.
ONo
..
4. Radio ..Electrl~o.1 Equipment o.
Radios, Electrical Eq"lpmllnl
-- 0f'F'.
OFF.
5.
5. Br ....." ·· TEST "",d BET.
Brakes -- TEST and SET.
6.
6. Cl",,,11
Circuit e ......
k.... --
Breakers ·· CHECK IN.
IN.
STARTING ENGINE (Temperatures Above Freezing)

STARTING
NOTE
NOTE
For cold weather starting procedures, refer to page 4-21.
l.
1. '-h1lI ...... ··
Mixture RiCH.
-- RICH.
~.
2. Ct.tb ....."'. Heat
Carburetor H •• lo. -- COLD.
3.
3. PTIm.
Prime -- ·· AS REQUIRED
REQUIREO ("p IO 3 Itroku
(up to nO" .. if
strokes - none
o .nli... is
U engine I" warm).
WLrm).
4
4. Tllroule·
Throttle --· OPEN 1/2 III !NCH (CI.QSED if
INCH (CLOSED enpn~ is
Il engine I••warm).
"mI).
5. f'1oopellerA
Propeller Area ........ CU:AR.
-- CLEAR.
I..
6. M.."te.
Master 6",",,11
Switch -- ONo
.0 ON.
7. 1IIIIIlon
Ignition S_IL"h··
Switch -- START ((release.... 1...... hon ."g1no
when engine starts).
_11..11).
6.
8. Throllie
Throttle --. AOJUST
ADJUST for lo. 1000 RPM or less.leu.
;9. Oil
Oli PrH~ ..... --
Pressure ·• CHECK.
10.
IO. Flashing
l' Beacon Uld
..... Mng Ou.oon and Navigation Lights --. ON
Nulla!!on !.llbts ON"as required.
tf>quircd.
11.
Il. Radio. o.
Radios -- ONo
ON.
TAKEOFF
BEFORE TAKEQFF
l.
1. [''''I<ing llrak"
Parking Brake --
o. S~:T.
SET.
2. CLI>in -- C
000' •••
Cabin Doors I .oS~:D and LATCHED.
CLOSED LATCIIBl>
3. FIiW-bl
Flight COI1II"OI
Controls ••• ~'RI!:I!: .nd
-- FREE and CORRECT.
4. Flight Instruments -- SET.
FUlhllllllrumonllo·o
55. Fuel Shutoff
F'uel Sh .. ",11 Valve
VaI" • •--o ONo
ON.
6. Mixture -- RICH (below 3000 feet).
"'1"lu ... ·· (belo" 3000 I",l.
7. EI~valO. Tr1m TAKEOn'.
Elevator Trim o.
-- TAKEOFF.
Il.
8. Tltro'tI.
Throttle o 1700 RPM.
--' 1700 III'M .
..
a. M.gD&lOo ••
Magnetos -- CHIi:CK
CHECK {HPM(RPM dl"Op.hould
drop should not noluc_
exceed 125 RPM on
either "'"'11"0&10
elth.r magneto or 11(150 RPM differential
RPM dlrl .... ntlal between
b.tw_n magnetos).
magn"_J.
b CubLirelOr
b. Carburetor H ..I··
Heat -- CHECK (lo.
(for RPM dl"Op).
drop).
e..
c. Engine Insuumen,..
Enlflne Instruments &nel
and Ammeto
Ammeter -- CHECK.
. ..
d. S"ellon
Suction Ollp
Gage "-- CHECK
CHECK.
e.
.. Throttle ..
Tltrollte -- 1000 RPM OR LESS.
'ODO HPM U:SS .
9. Radio.··
Radios -- S"-"T.
SET.
10.
lO. Strobe L.i"bu."
8lz01M Lights -- AS OESIREO.
DESIRED.
Il.
11. 1111""01\1& FriC\.Lon Loock
Throttle Friction Lock ..
-- ADJUST.
12..
12. Brali
Brakes ... o.
-- RE1.EASE.
RELEASE.
11 J"ly
July III?SI
1979 4-7

"
SECTION 4
SECTION CESSNA
PROCEDURES
NORMAL l'ROCEDURE8 MODEL1~
MODEL 152
TAKEOFF
NORMAL TAKEOFF
NORMAl
1. .... P1.po
Wing
l. Wi Flaps .--• 0".
0°- IO".
10°.
2.
2. Carburetor
C.rb ...... \.cIr Heat ··
-- COLO.
COLD.
3.
3. Throttle -
Thro!;\le !l'ULL OPEN.
" FULL OPEN.
(4.. Elevator
Elev .. \.cI. Control - •• LIFT NOSE WHEEL al
NOSF. WliEgL at SO
50 "IAS.
KIAS.
5.
5. CUmb
Climb Speed
Spee<I ·--· 65-75
lI!i.7!I KIAS.
KIAS.
SHORT FIELD
FIElD TAKEOFF P
1.
l.
2.
3.
3.
Wing
Wln, Flaps
Flap* "-- 10°.
Carburetor Heat
C.rbu.reto.
Brakes
IO" .
Hoat --
- APPLY.
8ralo.. ·• APPLY.
COLD.
·· COLO. -
n
4.
4. Throttle -
Tbro!II. · · FULL
FULL OPEN.
OPEN.
5.
5. Mixture -- RICH
MilulI ... •· (above 3000
RiCH (.t>ove 3000 feet, LEAN to
fee'-LEAN obtain madmum
\.cl oblaln maximum RPM).
RPM).
86.. S.un ··
Brakes -- RELEAS&'
RELEASE.
77.. Elevator
Eleva\.cl. Control
ConU"OI ··- SLIGHTLY
SLIOHTLY TAIL LOW..
l"AIL LOW
8.
(I.. Climb Speed
CUmb SpeoI>d --
•• 54
&4 KIAS
"IAS (until ali obalaCla
(IIOtU all obstacles ....
are 101 • ...-..1)-
cleared).
9.
iii. Wing napa --
Wl'" Flaps •• RETRACT
Rt."TJlACT slowly after
aln .. ll' aI1a . .reaching 60 KIAS.
..ebl". 50 KIAS.
ENROUTE
ENROUTE CLIMB
ClIMB
1.
lo Airspeed -- 70-80
Alnpee<1·· 7tJ..80 KIAS.
KIAS .
NOTE
NOTE
If
Il a maximum
m&Ximllm performance cUm~ is
p-orlonn ...."" climb il necessary,
noce..ary. use speeds
" I e.peedoo
shown
. hn .. n in
[n the
Utl Rate
Ralfl Of
Of Climb
CUmb chart
ehwt in Section 5.
In SOClIOll 3.
2.
2. Throttle
T broUlt·· - FULL
FULL OPEN.
OPBN.
3.
3. Mixture
Ml;r;!III"I —
· · RICH
RICH below
belo. 3000 ~ LEAN
3000 feet, Lt;;AN for maximum RPM
fDrm&xlmum RPM above
a_
3000 1_.
3000 feet.
CRUISE
CAUISE
I
1. Power
!'D..... -- UIOO·~ RPM
.. 1900-2550 (ne more
RPM (no mn .. than 7!lIIO).
th..., 75%).
~.
2. Elevator Trim -- ADJUST.
Elev .. \.cI.Trlm·· APJUST.
3.
J. Mixture -- LEAN.
Mb!u,...·· I.KAN .
,-,
4-8 July 1979
1l July 11179

CESSI'!"
CESSNA SECTION t4
I~~
MODEL 152 NOllJolI<L PROCEDURES
NORMAL PlIOCEOUlIES
OESCENT
DESCENT
'-
1. M'x'u""._
Mixture -- ADJUST forlor om.,.,.n
smooth OJ)e'.t!on (full rl<:n
operation (fu!! lor idle
rich for Idi. power).
power)
2. "' ... , ••
Power DI\S!lIED.
-- AS DESIRED.
3. C.rtlu,..I<I,
Carburetor Heat HOa< .. f'UL.L HEAT
-- FULL HEA T AS lIEQUillED.
Alj REQUIRED.
SEFORE
BEFORE LANDING
1. Soa ... Belts,
Seats, 0.1"'. Harn" ..... _ -- "I)JUST
Harnesses ADJUST and UlCK.
LOCK.
t.
2. Mixture -- RICH.
JoIixtu,",··
:I.
3. Carburetor Hu.
Corbu~, Heat _.
-- ON (opply lull b.o'
(apply full belo," Teductn,
heat before _'l,
reducing power).
LANDING
NORMAl
NORMAL LANOING
LANDING
I.
1. AlnPft<l -- (I()-'I'O
Airspeed 60-70 KiASKIAS (nop. DI'),
(flaps UP).
t.
2. WIDi l'la",,··
Wing Flaps OESUlEO ("'10"
-- AS DESIRED (below ~ KIAS).
85 KIAS),
3,
3. Al .. ~ __
Airspeed M·8Z KIAS
-- 55-65 KIAS (nop. UOWN~
(flaps DOWN).
t4.. ToucMo
Touchdown.. " __
-- MAIN WHEELS l'IRST.
FIRST.
5.
li. Landlng- Ro!! -- LQWf:lI
Landing Roll WHf:EI. G
LOWER NOSE WHEEL E!<."'T!. ....
GENTLY.
6.
8. B' .k'ng-.'
Braking REQUIRED,
-- MINIMUM REQUIRED.
S HO RT FIELO
SHORT LAN DING
FIELD LANDING
1.
I. AI .."",, -
Airspeed .. 1lO_?<l'KtAS
60-70'KIAS (flapo
(flaps Uf).
UP).
2. l't.po ..
WlnJi Flaps
Wing - 30" ... t.... 8lI
30° ((below KIASI,
85 KIAS).
3. "lnpoed
Airspeed ..- M"INTAIN
MAINTAIN 54 KIAS. KIAS,
t.
4. PQ,.e,.-
Power -- 1I8DOCE
REDUCE 1<1 idle a'
to l<Il, as obao.el. l, cl
obstacle is •• _
cleared.
5. Touchdown -- MAIN
TouohdoWB" WHEELS FIRST.
M"IN WH88!.S l'tIlST
e.
6. B,ok .. __
Brakes APPL'" HEAVILY.
-- APPLY _"VIL"'.
7. n.p. __
WIOK Flaps -- 1I.ETRACT.
Wing RETRACT.
BALKED LANDING
8AlKED
l1. Tn...,Ul*
Throttle ..-- FULL OI'EN.
OPEN.
t.
2. Carburetor
C .. TbUTOLO' Heat __ COLO.
H ... - COLD.
:I.
3. Wl"g Flaps
Wing l'lap ...
-- R!:TRACT
RETRACT to 20°.
1<1 20'.
•4. "',"po"" _. M55 KIAS.
Airspeed --
"5. Wing Flaps
Wl", -- RETRACT
l'lapo .. (slowly).
Rt."'TRACT (otowty ).
11 July limi
1979 ,-,
4-9

SI!:CT10N 44
SECTION CESSNA
Cl!:8SNA —
NORMAL PROCEDURES
NORMAL PROCEDURI!:8 MODEL
MOOEL 152
l~
AFTER LANDING
I.
1. Wln~ Flaps
Wing "1&~ -- .. UP.
UP
~
2. C ...bu.....,. Heat
Carburetor 11.... --
•• COLD.
COL.!).
SECURING AIRPLANE
1.
I. Parking
Parll1nC Brake -- SET.
Orale ••• St:T.
~
2. Radios,
Radl_ Electrical
Elee,rlcaJ Equipment -- O".
t:qutp"",at·· OFF.
3. Mixture -- IDLE
MI"''' .. •• (pull full
IPLE CUT-OFF (p~U out).
f ..ll OtIt).
4.
4. 19n>Llon Switcb
Ignition Switch ··01'1'.
-- OFF.
:\.
5. M&'lIe .. 8w!lch
Master Switch ··
-- O",
OFF.
6.
8. Locll: ··
Control Lock
Conlrol lNST .... LL.
-- INSTALL.
~
n
n
n
n
n
4- 10
4-10 I1 Jul)'
July Ill7ll
1979

C ESSNA
CESSNA SECTION 4
SECTION4
Lsa
MODEL 152 NORMALPROCEDURF~
NORMAL PROCEDURES
AMPLIFrEO PROCEOURES
AMPLIFIED PROCEDURES
.., ENGINE (Temperaturas

STARTING ENGrNE (Temperatures Above Freezing)
Freezi"g )
OU""g onglno
During engine ''''rtlng.
starting, opeo lIlo\l1ro'U
open the ••
throttle approximately L I~ I"cb.
wro~im.I<oLy 1/2 ID
inch. In
.... '" weather,
warm ",,'bo,. ODe stroke ol
one otroko u..
of the primer .hould be ."fflclonl.
prlmer should sufficient. lo •• mpera_
In tempera
'"n. Dnr [,""Oi". "p 1<13 .I«lk. . ollil. p,lmor m"y bo ...".,o"'l'. Aa \110
tures near freezing, up to 3 strokes of the primer may be necessary. As the
o"i"'''''o'uIo.
engine starts, olow
slowlyly adjust
od) ... , the 1Il ...>uI . .as. requlro<l
I.bo throttle lor 1000 RPM
required for RPloior
or 1_.
less. 11
If
lIlo onlJlM
the t. oUII
engine is w&rm from
still warm lrom previous
pnvlo",op".'l"n.lt
operation, it maymoy be .",ne.! w llb ,Ite
started with the
IhroUl. 010",""
throttle closed .n<l primi",.
and no priming.
WMk lntMm"'''o. "rlnll:

Weak intermittent firing lo!lo .... od by putlo
followed puffs Of b ,..,k o"'ok.
of black smoke from ,~.
Irom the
oxho".'
exhaust ...stack .... ovorp'I"'lng
indicates
..,k indie overpriming or f: ~ .... 1"01
nOOd!o,g. Excess
Or flooding. fuel e~ bo
can be
elu""
cleared 1m'"
from U.ocomb"otlo" ohmbon by Utelollow,ol"pn:>e..:I,u",
the combustion chambers the following procedure; set RII'"
the
m [x," re ""n
mixture '",I in
control u,. 1<11.
In the idle cui..,
cut-off _1110". the
ti position, !ho throttle
U,roIUolul!full open.
open, ood
and cro"k
crank
tho
the ."g;o. UuoulI"b ..
engine through
ot.orting
vo,o! revolutions
several
.. Itboul.ny
starting procedure without
""valullo,, . .. !h• •starter.
llil the
with
additional prlmlnlJ.
any oddJUOD.I priming.
Re_,
, ..... '. Repeat the
tho
11th.
If the ongLne
engine is u"d .. prlmed (mo",
lo underprimed IIkoly in
(most likely In ",,1<1
cold ", .. Ihor ..
weather lIh •a .,.,Id
with cold
engine) it
onlllne) l. will no'
w Lll not fire
Il .... .n.
at1 all, ...,<I
and oddl.
additional
loul priming
prlmllll" will necessary.
1'1'111 be D-.. ..ry
Ah"r
After slOrllng.lltho
starting, if the oU
oil Sogo
gage _ . no'
does begin ","o
not ,,"gin to show.. pressure
p ..... u ..... [lhln:JO
within 30
tMeOnd.
seconds In UI ••summertime
in the u"'''' ••lI'''O O"".()(Iul
and about h.Leo
twice lh.llonrin •• 'y ""Id
that long in very ..... h.r.
cold weather,
""p''''
stop the engine
ooglno and
Md (ovinvestigate. Loc~ O[
... I1' .... Lack of "il p~"uro u"
oil pressure o.~ . . .serious
can cause .,I"".
engine doml4['t.
oorl"" An.. OIO'''''g.
damage. After starting, ovOld
avoid the u .. o(
Ih. use of <ubu,OIo,
carburetor heatboa' uol ...
unless
lo,nll OQndillo".
icing conditions prevail.
provul
— NOTE
Detall. ocn~rnlng
Details cold "'."'~
concerning ""Id o ' ''''rli"'_Dd
weather starting and ope ••"'lon al
operation at
"'""po..
temperatures
I" .... below
bolo,. freezing
1..... mayIn'
moy be bo found under Cold
("uad "ndor
W~.Ih., Operation puunpho
Weather O"",,,UOn paragraphs In this ...,UOD.
in Iht. section.
TAXIING
Whon
mlnlm"m
Inll"Q:. it
When taxiing,
minimum .ad
Il is 1m"",.,...,.
I. important 1Il
all ooD'rolo
.hOl .11
and that
that ~ ."d
•••speed
be u'III09<1
controls Ilo utilized (uo
UN 01
and use
(see Tulln,
b ... 1<00 be held
of brakes
Taxiing Diagram,
IO"a
bol<! to
Dlo,ram. figure
Il,,,,,, 4·
4-
- Z) lO maintain
2) to molntaln dl
1 July 1979
... "'I,," ,,1 <:»nlml
directional Md b.I."
control and ...
balance.
4-11

~
4
S~:cr!ON 4
SECTION CESSNA
NO~~ALPROCEDURF.5
NORMAL PROCEDURES MODEL 152
MODEL l(;!!
USE UP AILERON USE UP AILERON

n
ON LH WTNG AND ON RH WING AND
NEUTRAL ELEVATOR NEUTRAL ELEVATOR
USE DOWN AILERON USE DOWN AILERON

B ON LH WING AND ON RH WING AND
DOWN ELEVATOR DOWN ELEVATOR
-n
n
n
_n
CODE NOTE
Strong
$1 quartering
.... "'.,1 • .-1 .. tail ..-I
'oli winds ,.,.01"' ....
.... require caution.
U ....
WIND DIRECTION
OIRECTION • Avoid
Il>'014 sudden bursts of "'.
"'.11. the ",
throttle
.....,)0"'" ......
and sharp
p
braking
.....
Il
Use
..
when the li
,'" .........
......
the "H,abI.
airplane
steerable _
1OI_n 41.ocUon.
maintain direction.
nose _
is In
....... I.
wheel
in "'l.
,and
this ,",'lIudo.
_.
attitude.
- , IO
rudder to n
Figure 4-2. Taxiing Diagram
n
4-12 ,1 JIII)'
July ,!1?11
1979

CESSNA
CE$$N A SECTlON
SECTION t4
MODEL 152
I~ N OIlMAL PROCEDURES
NORMAL PROCEDURK/l
n..
The CAl'M,..u.. boa ' oon<rollmob
carburetor heat control knob aJtoul<l
should ... pu.hod full in
be pushed lo dmlng
during all a"
",,"nd operations unI
ground op"u.uo'" ... heat
unless hoat is
l. oMel'u"ly Wbon 1M
" .....oH)'. When
absolutely necessary. the Imob
knob is ,O
_ puU
pulled out IO
... oat 'M heat
to the pooluon. a"
h." position, air ." .. rlng the
entering tno ,ng'no lo no'
engine is not f1I
filtered.
..,.....
Taxiing aver
TuU"S loose a-rovol
over 100M cinders ùou~~
gravel or el.o>\lon ~ don
should be done••at'10'"
low enll"'''''
engine
apeed
speed 10 avoid obr
to nold .. lon ond
abrasion stone d
and 010<1, .m.~ \o
damage 'he propeller
to the prol>"lIe, tips.
'II>".
n
The, m'3f,
nose wh .. l is
wheel ,. dUI,"
designed IO .ulOm.Uoally
... to .,.n""straight ahood
automatically center .'n.1l1ht ahead
when "'o
whon the n"""
nose otnll
strut isl. fully
lully .extended.
. .. ndod. In the n.n<"',
'he event the nose strut 1.
n""" "'"" is av
over-
.....
Inn ..... ona
inflated t""
and the "'l'luo.
airplane is lO loodod
loaded to a rearward
"'..... _""M"rolll'
center of gravity
... vity position,
po''''o''.
it may bo
be necessary partially ""'"
,,_...ry to ponlally compress
p ..... the strut to
"'O ."", IO permit steering.
",rm" .... "",. ThThis..
can bo
e&O be acoompllohod
accomplished priorpnor toIO [Un",
taxiing by d'l'noN'".,
depressing the [ho .l'l'l"".
airplane <>OH
nose (by
band) O'
hand) or durlDi'
during tul
taxi by .sharply
bo'l'ly opp.1yl"l1 brolr ....
applying brakes.
- BEFO RE TAKEOFF
BEFORE
WAA M·V P
WARM-UP
MOOi' 0.1
Most of the.ho warm·up
warm-up will.,Ill have _o "",,~uetod
bove been conducted <larln" lUI. a.nd
during taxi, and
oddUlon.1 .... rm·"p before
additional warm-up bol" .. I&.lroofl
takeoff ohould bo restricted
should be ... o"le,"", to
IO "'.
the chookll
checklist••
pl"OCMur .... Slnoo
procedures. ilio .engine
Since the "Eino isl. elo .. ly ""
closely .. lod for
cowled 'or e'llelon. In .n!i'ht
efficient in-flight
.""lIn" p...,ou"ono .hould
cooling, precautions should bebo tai"o
taken IO avoid OV
to nold ••I1eMIn, on ,bo
overheating (mond.
the ground.
MAGNETO CHECK
The magneto
Tb. m.",oto ob check should be
.." .1>ou16 bo made
m...... at 1700 RPM as
' I?OO follows. Move
.. lollo"'. Movo
ignition ,switch
l81'lUon ,"neh first
IIn' to
IO R position
_IUc" .od """"",V•....
""le RPM. Next move switch
and note iIob"..,,,
back toIO
aOT!!
BOTH to IO CIO .. "'e
clear other o"
the olbo, set 01 pl '4l'. no"
of plugs. mov' oswitch
Then move IO lho
... ll<b to the LL position,
_11100,
note RpM
no" RPM a.ndand relum I~ ••
return the "'!I<h to
switch IOI.hO BOTH _"100.
the BOT!! RPMdrop
position. RPM drop ohould no'
should not
oxe<!od
exceed ,2:1 125 RPM OD ."b.,
on either ",",,,,'10 .ho", ,.......,
magneto or show greater than ~ RPM
Ulo .. 50 Rl'M dlfl .... " ·
differen
tial bo'_"
\lo..! between magnetos.
"'.81''''''-. If
Il there
I.h.", is
l••a doubt concerning operation
rIoubt oo"""m'oll: of "'.
0110 ...10" 01 the
ignition oy
(11:";'\011 ... m. RPM C
system, ..... U ..
checks MlhO! '''I!'l1>&
at higher engine .po<dO
speeds willw!ll usually
"oool1y ""ofilm
confirm,
... h ......, .a d.liel.""y
whether U'-\e.
deficiency exists.
A" absence 01
An ollM""" of RPM drop may",",y bo
be u Ir>dleallon 01
an indication sround.l .. ., 01
laully grounding
of faulty of
ono
one .id. of \ho
side 01 the lpillon
ignition oY''''''
system o' or obo .. ld be
should bo .0 .... for
cause Ior ."p loloo 'h
suspicion • bo
•• the
that
- magnoto
magneto '''''in,
timing lO""
ALTERNATO R C
ALTERNATOR
l" odv
is set in
HEC K
CHECK
...... 01
advance of ,h.
the "'l\l"K
setting "p..:llio<!.
specified.
ptior IO
Prior ntghu where
to flights ... h..... verification
vo"lio"loD 01 of proper altorna..".
alternator .....
andd 'l"molOr
alternator
ooo'rol
control un" operation lis
unit ol>","t(o" ..... "Ilo..! {(such
essential ... Ch .. n; ..~' Or
as night nl .. h .. ~ •a
ln ..... m.". flights),
or instrument
PO'ltlvo
positive .... rlllo •• ;oo 0011
verification can bo be mad..
made by loading loa<!i"ir 'bo electrical oyolom
the .l.ottioa! system
n'om.nl>.rI[y
momentarily (3 to \o ~5 oocoll<lol
seconds) .. ilh tiro
with .li~b1 . o.
landl"" light,
the landing or by ol>"raUoB
operating the "' •
.,l.o>,. nOl'O durloi'
wing flaps during theu.. o"lIlno
engine ",0"1'
runup (1700 RPM), RPM). TheTh. &mm
ammeter.... will
.. 111 remain
",moln
1l July 19'7\1
1979 4·.3
4-13

~
SECTION 4 CESSNA
NOI\MAL PI\OCEDUHES
NORMAL PROCEDURES MOCEL 152
MODEL '!02
within
conw'
a
wilhi.n a needle
~_'o width
~nl' are
control unit
..
t~,~ <>l
of U.
U"o openllng
initial "".iU04
its ;mLlol
operating prol"'r'y.
properly.
Il the
position if 'ho olL.,..,O<or
alternator .od
and 0.1""'01<1'
alternator —
TA KEOFF
TAKEOFF
CHECK
POWER C HEC K
IL is
It IO trnponon'
important to '" ~b.~1r.
check full •• hrottl. ~ngt""
full-throttle engine "l' ....""" U,ly
operation In Lhe
early in the
takeoff run.
takoofl Any 01
N n. AIIy sign of ""'gli
... 01 rough ongtn.
engine operation
OPO"'''O" .".or olonl,h '"«m.
sluggish engine
_acceleration
o'..oLlo" "is .ro<>d
good c,u,.
cause fo.
for d
discontinuing 'u
'-oont.l..o oln r the takeoff.
takoofl. il 'h lo "",,uni.
If this occurs, y",o
you
are jWlUned
justified ,,,in maklnll"
making a IhO"'"
thorough LI"b full-throttle
lul'·'bn>ul. ota ,Ic nmup
static bolo .. ",n,h.,.
runup before another
..... oofll.
takeoff is ,attempted.
' .. mp"",,. Tbo ' "IfI""
The engine .shouldbould run
nI" .moo'hly
smoothly .od tu'" aapproxi
and turn ppro,l.
m ... ly USO
mately 2280 to '" 1!380
2380 RPM wllll
with ..carburetor ho"ott
",,,,"IO. heat off a nd mixture
and mb,u", leanedI.,nod to
'"
maximum RPM
mnlmum RPM.
F\,
Full 'bromo runups
il throttle Nn"pO 0"'"
over 100M
loose fIn",,1
gravel ....
are .especially
. ]»<:lo.Uy barmlul IO
harmful to
p,""poU.r tips.
propeller Ljpo. When ta Whon
takeoffs "'Wl' be
...... lf. must bo made
rna4<tovoro. "uvo'.uri..,.,.
il is
over a gravel surface, it l. very
vory
lmportan'
important 11>., that Lhe \brom. be
the throttle bo advanced
o.dvonced .Iowly.
slowly. n".
This olio ... the
allows LI•• airplane
,Irplo ... ",
to
.ta ... rollll'LI"
start bolo ... h1ih
rolling before high RPM is ta devoloped.
developed, and tbe gravel
ond the IOlU be
f'"'v OI will boblo"'"
blown
~
b..," 01
back of 1M p,..,pellu rather
the propeller ... IM, than
'han pulled
pulloll into
InlO it.
IL When
Wh<Ib unavoidable
u""""ldabl. omall small
d.n
dentsla .appear
ppo or In the propoUe,
in "'" bl ...... o. they
propeller blades, tboy oshould
ho" ld be
bo 'mmed' . .. ,y ",,""octo<L
immediately corrected
as """"
... described
... _ in Section 6
In S60""n 8 und.,
under Propeller
Propoll •• C Care.
....
p,,,,,
Prior \O
to takeoff
takOOfJ from fields &bo
rro", n.,,.. above 3000 foe'
.... :lOro feet 01'''01104
elevation,.• the
ho mixture
,,",'uro
.bo"1d
should be lo ... od \o
bo leaned to L!"lvo """im"1D HPM
give maximum RPM in iD'a fuU·'broUIo.
full-throttle, otaLlo "mup_
static runup.
After full,~,..,"l . Iis

AI .. , full throttle ppllod. ~Ju.'
••applied, adjust 111. f,!c"on
,,,,..,,,1. friction lock
the throttle lockç'""kwl ..
clockwise
IO prevent
to the ,,,,,,m.
P"''MnL Lhe throttle fr<>m
from o"",ptns" bo<>k fr<>m
creeping back from o a maximum po .....
muc,murn power
po","on. snu!lu
position. lock a.dJu.otmo
IJ1~Uon!o<k
Similar friction adjustment ....should
lU:mld be mode ......
bo made qulred in
as required In
other flight
011>0' conditions '"
m Ll"'" """dillO". to maintain
,,,..lnUlI,, a fixed
n xed throttle setting.
thromo oomq.
WI N G FLAP SETTINGS
WING
Normal takeoffs are accomplished with wing flaps 0°- 10°. Using 10°
wing flaps reduces the total distance over an obstacle by approximately
"
10%. Flap deflections greater than 10° are not approved for takeoff. If 10°
wing flaps are used for takeoff, they should be left down until all obstacles
are cleared and a safe flap retraction speed of 60 KIAS is reached.
o"
On a o"ort n.ld. 10°
short field, H)' wing
.. Ini flaps
nap' and
ud ....
an "b.""'l.
obstacle oleoran
clearance .. .speed 01 54
petd of
KIA
KIAS S sllould
should be bo "ood.
used. Thl
This••speed provid... the
peood provides ,bit best
bo. , ove , al] cllmb
overall climb op<H>d '"
speed to
clou
clear .,.,."""
"round
obstacles
lav ol.
ground level.
. . .when
.bon ,oktnS 'n", ..",.,"",
taking into turbulenco "Ilon
account turbulence !ound near
often found .,.u
Solt or """ib
Soft o, rough n.ld
field tokOC>ll
takeoff ..... porform.d wllI>
s are performed IO' ..
with 10° 1"11" flaps
wing n '1" by lifting
IIniDi
o. t<
4-14 I/u]y 1m
1 July 1979

CESSNA SECTION 4
MODEL 152
1(02 NORMAL PROCEDURES
NORMAL
the alrplan. ofI the

airplane off Ih. ground
Imunll ... IOOn ...
as soon Pf'&CUcal 1.0.
as practical in a alllilht.ly tall·low
slightly tail-low
Il no
attitude. If
atUluca. ,", obstacles
obwla<l. . . A ahoad.
are !be alrplano
ahead, the airplane should ho leveled
-'10\114 be oH
levoleod off
immediately
bnm.w.lAly to accelerate
IO &0<:01 ...'" to
IO.a blllln
higher climb speed.
ellmh ,poM<I.
CROSSWIND
CROSSWIN TAKEOFF
O TAKEOF F
To.lr;~rt.
Takeoffs into _troni crosswinds
InlO strong ol'Oll.w1Dd. normally are performed with
no""all)' &Te wlll> the
tlIe
ml.o.imum n.p ....
minimum flap n_ ....y for
tinl necessary
setting ler tlIo n.ld length,
the field l.n(tlt, to
IO minimize
mlnlmlae the drift
11>. drift
anlle
angle immediately
Immeodlatel, after
afle' takeoff.
laIl..,rt. With the an.renl
Wl.1I .... P,"lO.U,. doon_
ailerons partially tnID
deflected into
the wind,
th. the airplane
wlnd ....... is """"1
rpl .... I. accelerated
••• IM IO to •
a •speed h~lw. than
slightly higher
peed .h!lhll,.
- normal, and then

the
the runway
turn
I,,", into
11110 the
th.n pulled
lI>e wind
pulIM off
wbU. d.Utlll",
tuOw&)' while
ort &llnlpU,.
drifting. When
\l/Iod to
IO correct
abruptly to IO PA_t
clear of
Whill elou
00......,' for drift.
of!be
_.,hl ......
prevent possible
' ..... 001. make
the ground,
UiD& back
settling
a coord
m ....... coordinated
IO
baclt to
.... 1ed
ENROUTE
ENRQUTE CLIMB
ClIMB
Normal climI.- .....
Nonnal climbs perfonned with
are performed nape up and
wlth flaps ...,01 full
full throttle
throttl. and ot
uuI at
speeds 5 to
opaMloL S IO 10
IO knots
"""III higher
hlll"-' than
WII best
1.-.1 rate-of-climb
rata""f..,\lmb speeds
ope.da for
for the
Ibe best
ba.t
co ... b ..... loll of
combination 01 performance,
""rlorl""""', visibility lLJ1olleod .bove
be leaned 3000 feet
above 3000 fee, for
lor
lIIIlootller operation
smoother operatlno or or to ab",lll maximum
IO obtain mazimum RPM. RPM. Forl''or maximum
mox1nlum rate .. \ti of
01
cllmb,
climb, use u.... the
IlLe best rale",,'..,lImb speeds
bIt.1 rate-of-climb .pHd.•• lIoom in
shown In the na", Of
tho Rate or Climb
Cllmb chart
ob.tJ,rt
In Section
in Secllon 11. tr an obstruction
5. If dIetA"'. the
Obllln,,~tlon dictates l'''' use
u.. ofor a steep
..... p climb
c11mb angle,
..nel., the
tho
_ ba,t anlt"ltJ.of-cU
best angle-of-climb m b .pMCI IlLould be
speed should UHd with
be used n .. p.o up
wllh flaps up and "",ximum
anI! maximum
puw.r. Climbs
power. Climbe at .. , speeds 10\1/" than
1pHd.1 lower Ihanl""
the best rate..,t..,Umh.peed
be.1 rate-of-climb .lLould be
speed should be
or o.hort duration
of short du •• II" .. toIO improve o.. gin. cooling.
lmprovI engine coollllll.
CRUISE
CRU ISE
lo performed between
1emt,tnl
Nnnn .. cruising is
Normal perform.-t
bel\l/ •• 55% and 75% n!\Ml, ond
~% power.
po\l/or. The
Th.ona::1no
engine
AI'M and
RPM corre.pondlngluel
ood corresponding conaumpUnn for
fuel consumption lo . various
vo.!ouo altitudes
.. ltltud"" can
can be
be
dri.nnllled by
determined ua lng your Cessna
by using l'o\l/.r Computer
Co.. n .. Power Compute r or
nr the
\"-d !n Section
.... in
data So<:tlon~
5..
NOTE
NOTE
- CrulBlnc should
Cruising
a
.. total
IOta! of
should be
Dfllll""" .. has
25 hours
don. at
be done
al_biIL.OJd. O"" .. Uon al

stabilized. Operation at this
al ao minimum
m!nhnum of
Il ... accumulated
aoeumulOIM or
th,. higher power
Ol~ power until
75% power
oil consumption
0 .011
hill""
will
pn......iii ensure
unlll
"",..umptlnn has
Il ...
.D.U'"
proper
pro""r seating
"""liDI of tIIot rings
01 the _Dd is
rLn . . and opplieabl. to
i. applicable IO new
DIIW
ena:1nu.
engines, and ena:\no>I
engines In
in ..,.v!ce following
service folJo\l/lnlr C)'linder
cylinder
... pl ..... meDi or
replacement or top
IOp overhaul
overbaul of one or
oloDII o r more c)'lloders.
ma'" cylinders.
Tbe data
The d.... in Secllon 5& shows
ID Section tncrM.Md. range
lI>e increased
ab ..... the .anltl and Impl'OV'Od fuel
&Od improved f\Lol
economy that
economy lI>a, is
lo obtainable
obl&ln.&llie when opereUnl at lower
_11.0 operating I...... power et
pow\tl' settings.
.... ThLI
The r1n&'II.
u .. of
use Jower power
01 lower powar settings u..
....U01tI and the selection
aelectloo of erut ..altitude
01 cruise altttud.oo
on the
tbe basis
ho$iI
01 the
of !be most
moli favorable
' .."".&111. wind
orInd conditions
_diti ..... are
aA significant
.,"'trlc.... "..,..,
factors... that
th ..t should
.boull! be
be
considered
""".ld.nd on
on every
""T)' trip
trlp to
IO reduce
radUOl fuel
1\101 consumption.
conaump,lon,
1l July
JuJ.y 1979
IlrnI 4-15

SECTION 44
SECTION CESSNA
eESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES
MODEL 162
~~
ALT,nwe
ALTITUDE
Sea Level
~-
4000 Feet
~M
1hol'OWU
75%
KTAS
100
'00
103
'"
POWER
-- --
NMPG
,~
16.4
".
17.0
~
65%
KTAS
"M
94
"
97
POW~R
66" POWER
,,. "M
NMPG
17.8
,~
18.4
"
55% POWER
66'
KTAS
87
89
M
l'OWER
NMPG
-~
...
",
19.3
19.8 n
11.1 ,u N'
~-
8000 Feet
'"
107 17.6 100
'00 18.9 91
" 20.4
S...-.,Condo.-
Standard Conditions ~w~
Zero Wind
l''Ip... 4-3.
Figure 4·3 Cruise
erul .. Performance
PerlOmlll-DCe Table
'!'be
The erul""
Cruise PerlormaM&
Performance TalI11. ti", ... 4-3,
Table, figure 4-3. eho ..elh.
shows the true al ... peed and
Inle airspeed &Dd
naulleal miles per gallon
nautical mUo. Calloll durill.
during "rulM
cruise for various
varlo .. a altltu<lll.
altitudes anel pereelll
and percent
po"' ..... This
powers. Thls table ehou ld be
should u_ as
boI used u a pl<111.
guide, a"'lIl1' u.. available
wllh the
along with avallabl.
wlnda
winds alolt Il1fo ......1Ion. to
aloft information, le atennl
determine u.. most
... the II10el favorable
fa'Oo... blol allÌlu<lll o.a<I
altitude and
po",.r
power Mlllnll'
setting for Ci"'''
for.a given trip.
Irlp.
To """h ..... the
achieve lb. nco.nru ...cIe<Ilo
recommended mature fuel o-ont
.... mixture
lean .. mptlo.. figures
consumption tI~ ......
Mbo .. n in SoocU"D
shown Section 5 lbe mixture
5,. the ml:ltu ... ebould
should be le.nocI. tmtlleng1ne
bo leaned RPMpealu
until engine RPM peaks
.od
and drupa2ti-50RPM.
drops 25-50 RPM. At Allower po ... e .. it
lower powers m.ybe
11 may be " - ""ry to
necessary tho
eorlohe" the
Ic enrichen
Ol"'IU'"
mixture .lIl"hlly
slightly to obtain .moolb
\O ob\.Ain operadoll.
smooth operation.
eCarburetor
.. r bu ... tor ice, as o'O!denoed
1011. U evidenced by an unexplained
unexplalne<l drop in In RPM,
RPM. ,,&li
can be
.e .. lO'Ooxl by "ppUc"tlon
removed application 01 of tull
full ".rl>u ... lc. heat.
carburetor h... L Upon regaining
",c.. lnlnc III.
the
orlilnaJ.
original ItPM RPM (wlth
(with heatIl ... t olI).
off), u .. the
use II•• minimum
m.nlmu", ..amount
"'ounlol h ..1 (by trial
of heat l11al LIId
and
erro.
error)) IO to pre vlnI ice
prevent ICI from 'armj n~. S,ncoo
'",m forming. Since lha h .."'d aair
the heated l. ccauses
....... a .lch ••
richer
mhrt .. re ...
mixture, adj .. sllb.
readjust mi .. ! .......
the mixture 111011 when
setting wbiO carburetor be",
~&rb""'lOr heat is i8 to ullOd
\O be used
conllnllowoly
continuously in cruise fllabL
l .. cruiH flight. _
Th~ u ... at
The use of tull
full o"rburolcr bUlli
carburetor heat is reoomme .. ded dduring
recommended mr"lln
UMe flight in very
be.v)' n.ln
heavy rain IO
to a'Oold the poa:.lblllt)'
avoid thl possibility 01of Ingtne
engine 1I0ppag<l
stoppage dua
due IO
to ex.,. ..!""
excessive
... ate. mll"B1Inn.
water ne
ingestion. The mixture setting abould
mIXIU" Hllinl should be readjualad fo. amooth.1Jl
readjusted for smoothest
operaUon.
operation.
LEANING WITH A CESSNA ECONOMV

ECONOMY MIXTUR
MIXTUREE INDICATOR
(EGTI
(EGT)
Exhau" e'"
Exhaust gas ... mperalure ((EGT)
temperature shown on u..
EOD Uas abown the optional c."""aCessna
E"""am)'
Economy N!Xlurelndicator
Mixture Indicator may ma)' be .. _ ...
used an "'d
as &II aid tor mbl .. releaDinli
for mixture leaning in m
cruising mpt
Cnll8lns: flight al
at 7lI'!I.
75% ""wer
power or Iless. adjust
.... To Kj .. 11 the ",ixlu
mixture, using
........ aini: this
Indicator, l..." to .atabhab
indicator, lean lbe p"k
establish the peak EOT
EGT . . .a .reference
as .f~NQoe polnl
point o.a<Ilhto
and then
(·16
4-16 11 lul)'
July 11179
1979

CEsaNA
CESSNA SECTION
S"'CTION 44
1(!02
MODEL 152 NORMAL PROCEDURES
NORMAL PROCEDUru,;S
MIX1U~E
MIXTURE ~x"",u:rr GAS
EXHAUST tiA5
(l(5(:IIIPTIOH
DESCRIPTION TEWEAIiTUfI(
TEMPERATURE
_o.
II~COMMENot:D
RECOMMENDED LE
(Pilot's
_ _
LEAN
.....
Opor.d"l H&o
Operating
~I
•
Handbook
and Power Computer)
, Il;et. of
~F Rich
25°F 01 Peak
_ [G1
EGT
ECONOMY
BEST lCOHOlolV Peak
_EG1 EGT
Figure
"L(\I",44-4.
.4 EGT
&01' Table
T .. ble
en.l~hOft
enrichen the
Ihe mixture tho. dallAld
mlxIU", by the desired increment
Lac .. me"l based figu .. 4-4.
bued on figure 4_4_
As
A. noted
no," in In this
Ihl& table, operation
lfIblt. o". .. Uo .. "at peak
,",U EGTEOT provides
PI'OV'det the best fuel
Ihc beai
.-:ono
economy.m)'. This ..."lIa in "ppro:r.tm
Thb results .. tel)' 8'iIo
approximately ~e ..le ••
8% greater ange than
range shown in
th .... allo.."
this
thi. handbook accompanied by
b .... dboolr. IlCOOmpanle<l b)' .pproxlm.tel)'
approximately ... a 4 knot decrease in
knm """",aM speed.
In spe.ed.
Under some condlllonl.

Undo'lIQm. Inll"'" roughness
conditions, engine m"/(hn ... may
m~ occur
DCC'" while
",bll. operating
0p"raUng
at peak
et p"ak EGT.
"'OT. In this e.... Opl
,hla case, operate at"b.
. 11& .. the Recommended
R.co"u" ... ckKI Lean
lA .... mixture.
mi" I" ..... Any
A n)'
change in
chang1l In allllude
altitude o.
or throttle ... tU requLte
ponlUon will
thl'OlIle position require ..
a recheck
rOCbeck 01 of EGTEG1'
IndICUlon .
indication.
.J FUEL SAVINGS PROCEDURES FOR FLlGHT

FLIGHT
TRAINING OPERATIONS
FO' bMl
For best fuel economy du.l
l'ile i ..,onom)' nlf flight
during training "\>O',,,Uonll.
ntghllrllnlng operations, theIh. following
fo llowlng
p1'OO6d11
procedures..... aareAl recommended.
AlCommen<led.
1. Use M~
UN 55% ~to l!O'
60% ROwer while
!IIo power transitioning ~
.. hUe lran.monlng to ..
andod from the practice
fl'Om Ih. practi""
arol
area (Ipproltlm
(approximately ..tel)' 2200-2250
Il:2OO-UMI RPM).
FtPMj.
2. lAa" In.
Lean mi"I,,", for
the mixture lo. m ..",mum RPM
maximum durlnl!' cUmb~
FtPM during above 3000
climbs abo"e
tfeet. The mixture
.... L",., may be IdI
ml"I ...... m")'be left w.ntd
leaned for
lor practicing such ma"lu""
pracUeinl!'lIuch maneuvers ..
as 11IIUI.
al stalls.
3. Le .... lite
Lean the mh",,", m .."tmum IU'M
mixture for maximum RPM durlng
during oJlopt'nt.llona
all operations alan)'
at any
altitude, including
a'lIIudo. Includlng those below
thoee belo feet, whe"
.. 3000 18M. when uling
using 15'lt.or
75% or IeH
less
PO""
power.
·
NOTE
When etu"'''1
Wbo." cruising Ilat ~
75% or
or Le
less pO"" .
.. power, the mixture
Ihe mlalu may be
.. ""'1
further until the RPM pt'W
leaned UIIILl1be
lurthe. leaMd .. cI t1ropt:!5~
peaks land drops 25-50 RPM.
This I.
ntl.s is "ptoCI
especially applicable IO
.. Uy .ppUcable to "f'O
cross-country Inlnlng
. . -OOUII!.ry training
flights, buI
n1lhta. but ma)' "'IIQ
may also be p'lOll"""
practiced clur1llllran,lUon
during transition nigblll
flights
I1 Jl1ly
July 1m
1979 4·11
4-17

SECTION
SI>CTION 4 CESSNA
C:I:OSSNA
NORMAL
NORMAL PROCEDURES
PROCEDUJ!.I>S MOOI>L
MODEL ,~ 152
to ond from
\o and I""", the
'be practice
pncUce .. "..
area.
U8 1n~.""
Using .bo""
,....,.,,,,,,,*ndo<l. pr<>eo<l~
the above recommended procedures... o e.n
can p,""vido , ...1 "savings
provide fuel vln,> 01
of
up to
\o 13% when compared to
.. h&" comP'lTed typical training
\o 'ypl.,..' operations o"
l ... lnlnll" opo",'lon. at a Iull
full "'eh
rich
",'x'u ...
mixture. j-i
STAlLS
STALLS
Tho
The .,.n
stall oll<.n.clod,'lo,,,,,,
characteristics are conventional
convenlion.l for n.p" up
the flaps
lor I!w up ond
and n.""
flaps
down condition.
OO,,<lIUOB. Tlte ..11 warning
The .stall wunlni horn horo. produc.
produces ••a o!eody
steady ol",.o.l
signal 5 toIO 10
IO
kDO" before
knots "'*
bolo ... the &01"01
actual ol.O.ll I.....
stall is ."ho<1 ~<t
reached ... mol .. OD
and remains un.ll lbo
on until the .irpl ....
airplane
n l~ h, attitude
flight . .. hudo is changed. s<on
iii chonpd. speeds 10T
Stall ",pOod. various comb'n.lI"
for vaTI""," combinations... or
of n .p
flap
""<tlnll" ond b&nk
setting and bank an'l<!
angle ....
are summaTiZO<lln
summarized in SeellonSection 5.5.
SPINS
[olOnUon.l .pln ..... opprov..J in
In lIIlo
H
Intentional spins are approved this .Irplano
airplane ((see
.... See,lon
Section 2).1Ieloro
2). Before
aattempting
llom!>llnll" to
IO perform
porl"rm OpI no. however,
spins, ""_ver . .. ......1 ltomo
several items obonld
should bo be c ......!uUy
carefully
cono,do ..... to
considered IO .... u'" a
assure 0 .. 14 flight.
safe mrb~ No opino oMnl4 bo
spins should be . ' ' '... p'''' ",Uno",
attempted without
first having
lini hovlng received
reeelvod dual
<tual instruction
1n0'mcli"n inIn both spin o"ITI
botb Opi" entries and opin
... """ spin
"",",vorlH !rom
recoveries from ,a qu olillod instructor
qualified lnol""''''' who
... bo lo
is Ifamiliar
• ..,nl .... wllh
with III.
the oplnspin
ch"." .. ,I"U.. 01
characteristics 'h. c.ano
of the Cessna 152.
1S2.
The c.b'"
Tho cabin .bould bit ol
should be ... n ond
clean and al!
all 100 equipment ((including
.. oqulprnon'
loose lncludln~ <bo
the
microphone) ."",,1<1
m lO""p"""') should be
bo _ d . For
stowed. a ..,10
fI'o, .. solo flight In
in ..nlp'
Mcb aplna
which spins ...
will!lI be
bo
co"duclod.
conducted, the\be <><>pllO",
copilot's ....
seat1 belt
bol' and
ond tnoulder harness .hou'd
shoulder hun.,.o should IIft-,,1'«I.
be secured.
Spins ..
Spln with ""n'p \oo.<llD", or o«~plod
11,1> baggage loadings occupied ehUd
child's seat o'"
....... are not approved.
no' .pp"" .......
Tho
The ....
seat, belts
bollO and
ot>d ohoul<lllr
shoulder bar".
harnesses I>o"ld be
. . . . .should bo odj",,1od
adjusted IO p""vl<lo
to provide
_ 1... ln, dU'ln,
P"'~' restraint
proper during 011 ••"lolpo"'" flight
all anticipated nI,h< ""I><1Ulo .... Howev
conditions. .., Oorll
However, care
""""Id
should be .ken "'"M""
taken <ha' the
to ensure that <h. pilot can .""U~
pllo' oo.n ,. .ch \be
easily reach n,p' oontrol.
the flight controls
'
bIt .
nd produce
aand produ,," maximum
moxtmum ""ntrol ,,..,,,,10.
control travels.
:
~:".:i.~:-~:
I .•
~m;.:.:-:: Ib.1. wb ..... r...lblo. on,n..
It is recommended that, where feasible, entries
high enough altitude Iba' recoveries
that ...,.,voli.. ortIcomplo1od4000
l. At least 1000
ground level. HIDG feet
r.., <>I
of ..
are completed 4000 feet
lm~ 1.,..
altitude loss .should
bould bo
be accomplished at
11ft &CCOmpU.hO<! .,
r.. 'ormol'O
or more .bo>
be ollowod
allowed ror
above..
for 01·
a 1-
"' ...·C'·'.·. '

turn spin and recovery, while a 6-turn spin and recovery may require
somewhat more than twice that amount. For example, the recommended
entry altitude for a 6-turn spin would be 6000 feet above ground level. In
any case, entries should be planned so that recoveries are completed well
above the minimum 1500 feet above ground level required by FAR 91.71.
Another reason for using high altitudes for practicing spins is that a
greater field of view is provided which will assist in maintaining pilot
orientation.
4.'8
4-18 lJulyHl?1l
1 July 1979

CESSNA SECTlON 44
SECTION
MODEL 152
MODEL la2 NORMAL
NORMA!. PROCEDURES
PROCEOURES
1'1>8 nonnal entry

The normal Inl1)' isti made
m_ from lrom aI power-off .t.all. As
pOWiI . ·off stall. A.a theu., stall
.WI is la
appro""'bod.
approached, the
position.
pOlmo"- Just
tbl elevator
lllvalO. control
JU8' prior
prlo. to
co"u.;.llllould
lO reaching
reloOhln,1be
should be
the stall "_.11", ro_'
ImooU1l)' pulled
be smoothly pulled to
a\all "break", rudder control
1(1 the full aft
\be full
<>onlrol in ID the
UI
tbe
1'$&0_
_r .,
dNlrecl dlreootlOl'l
desired direction of thetlte spin
api" rotation
l'OI&llon should
lb<>uld be .... applied
appll..! ., tba' full rudder
so that .,,<Id••
denoodon is
deflection la reached alm almost
... ' simultaneously
olmul\aneOUlly with ",tb reaching
.."",bl,,« full
full aft
aft eleva
ol,va·
tor.
<O • • A
A slightly greater rate
11111>11)' ","alar of deceleration
..1a oleIICIl . .alion thanu..... for
lor normal stall entries or
"omllÙ.l&lLe",rin or
the
III. use
UN of
positive
of partial
paMiai power at the
entries to
pooolU .... Intrla u.. IPI4.
1(1 the spin. Both
'''Ir)'
\be entry will wUI assure
elevalOr &Dd
Bolli elevator
..11,lfe more consistent
and rudder
oonll.t\e"1 and aJ>d
81>o .. ld be
controls should
.,,&ler 001l1ro1e
held
b,1d full with the .pil!
wlllllbo spin until the spin
UIlW ili, lpill recovery
'''''''"''l''J' is
Il initiated.
Inlltalad. An inadvertent
An 1n"'''''''''''1
.. 1~ioJI of either
relaxation 01 these
elllle. of Ibo.. controls
000=1, couldoou.ld result
.... ull in
ID the .... 'op .......1 of
development
lhI do o! a
nose-down
"0 .....10"" spiral.
ep1l'a1.
NOTE
C""'ula'Ia"1kNl should bi
Careful attention ,bould be taken
\&UD to assure that
<O ....... the aileron
tbll\bleU'n>n
control is
ooolrOl ... uual duri",
la neutral &Il phases
during all pb_ of the Ipln since
llIe spin ~
,1""" any
-.lleroll deflection In
aileron detlooliOll U.e din<lllo;a
in the direction ofo! the epln may alw.
\bi spin u..
alter the
.pln OltuloOterlstt... by 1nc
spin characteristics ..... I"'lbe
increasing 'o\allo....
the rotation '" and
rate .... d
cllanl'lng the
changing pll<)lt .ttUu
III. pitch ....
attitude.
l'or the
For pu.".,.. DI
Ib. purpose I ... ,n,ng in
of training ,n spins
oplne and
.nd spin
opi" ,...,.,veri
recoveries, IO 2-turn
... a 1, to 2"um
opln lo.
spin ad_quala .n<!
is adequate should bi
and .huuld be ..
used. \O 221"rIIl.
Md. Up to turns, lIIe apin will
the spin wlll progress
prognou to
IO
lai.ly .apld
a fairly rapid ""n
rate 01
of rotation and •a ,,"p
n;J,allon o.n<;I I\UtUo:W. Application
steep attitude. Appllcallon o!
of recovery
"<:OV"1)'
controls ,,!li
conlrob prompl recoveries
will produce prompt reD<>V(!rles of
nllrom
from 1/4
lH to
IO 1/2 of a turn.
1/201. IUrll.
II 'h
If the••spin
pl" is
l. oo"",,ul<!
continued beyond the IO 3·tum
Ihe 2 to r.ngo .lIOm.
3-turn range, some ohance
change in
character of
cho.caclar nr the apln may be nOlflll.
Llle spin Rotation ral&~
noted. 1101&\lon m.y vary
rates may and
v .........<I IIOme
some
add,Llo .. a! oldnlip
additional sideslip may be bo 1,,11. N.. rma! recoveries
felt. Normal lrom 2uch
,,",,overl. . from such u~nd&d
extended
~pln" m ..y take
spins may \O"a full
I"kn up to \u'u or moN.
lull turn more.
Regardless of how
ltoS'ardlu8 01 bo" many turns
m.ny tu ms the spin 18
Ille apln is held
It.. ld or how It
it is
l, entered,
emerod. the
\he
following l''ICOv.1)'
lollowing technique .hou
recovery 1000bnlque I~ be used:
should "Md,
l.
1. VERITY THAT AIL.ERONS
VERIFY AILERONS ARE NEUTRA!. ANDTHROTTLE
NEUTRAL AND THROTTLE 15
IS
ID!.E POSITION.
IN IDLE POSIT10N .
~.
2. APPLY AND
ANO HOLD
HOL.D P'Ut.L
FULL RlJDDEROPPOSITE
RUDDER OPPOSITE TO THE DIREC
DIREe.
TION OJ> IIOTAT10N.
OF ROTATION.
3. JUST Ali'TIUl
AFTER THB RUDOER REACHES THE STOP.
THE RUDDER MOVE THE
STOP, MOVE
CONTROL WHEE!. WHEEL BRlSK1.Y
BRISKLY FORWARD FAR ENOUGH TO
BREAK THE STAU.. STALL. Full dowu elevator m.)'
down eLov.\Or may bo requlred SI
be required at af\
aft
center
"",II of '''''''\y
... o! gravity loadl"p
loadings \O
to a .. u... opUnllun
assure optimum ~~rles.
recoveries.
4. HOLO
HOLD THESE CONTRO!. CONTROL INPUTS UNTIL UNTI!. ROTATION STOPS.
l''remaru
Premature ... rel."alloa
relaxation 01
of \bi control '''pulii
the """Irol ma)' uWnd
inputs may reeo .. -
extend the recov
5.
3.
.".
ery.
AS ROTATION &TOPS.
STOPS, NEUTRA!.I?E
NEUTRALIZE 'tUDDEI\,
RUDDER, AND
ANO MAKE A
SMOOTII
SMOOTH RKCQVEIIY
RECOVERY P'ROM
FROM TUE
THE RESULT!N(; DIVE.
RESULTING DIVE.
11 July 1l17li
1979 4-19

SECTION 4
SEC'TION CESSNA
CESSNA
NORMA!..
MODE!..
NOTE
If dleOrle
disorientation pr..:lud.. I.a >'I8Ul.I
..... lio .. precludes visual """'rmt ..., lnn 'II
determination of Ihe
the
dtroelion
direction of ........ tton. the
rotation, symbolic .I<pl.ne
,bit Iyn.bollc airplane tn
in l''''
the turo
turn
coordinator
coonli m.l' be
.... I0< may referred
bo refen IO lor
...d to for lhilo
this InlormaUnn.
information.
Variations
V.daUon. tnin basic o.Il1'Lanl rigging
buie airplane rigglng or In
in weight I.nd ,...Iahl
balance due IO
and balanoe to
,n.I.U." .qulpman\
installed o. """Ilpil
equipment or cockpit o<:<:up&DC:y
occupancy c.n
can ca" .. "m
cause .... n".. tn
differences in ""hA'"
behav
ior,
lor. particularly
panleuiarly In
result in variations
uwnded api"".
in extended spins. TboThese "1ft"f"II,,.,... ....
normal .n~
... differences are norm.l and "'111
will
rolUU In ".rtaUon. in
III the spin ebaraercrbUc'
.ha splll characteristics flnd
and III
in the recovery lengths
\b~ fOCev,ry langth.
for aptnl
lor spins 01
of more
more than
th.n 33 turns.
turni. However, the above recovery
Ho"'ever. lhe .1>0""
rooovcry procedure
pr<J<:'8dure
should .l"'.l'.
$houl" always be used
"end .nd ",m result
and will ,..,sullin Iho mo.l
in the most expedll
expeditious recovery
loul l'OCOve<y
from any spin.
ITom opln .
Inlentlon.l .plnl
Intentional spins with n.. p ••extended
",Ilh flaps " .... <!ed ano
are p"'lIlbH
prohibited, since the
.... slnee IItlll
III.. high
speeds which
.JM&d1 ..... l' <><,<,u.durlng
"'hleh may occur during recovery
recmr.'}' ...are potentially damaging to the
polenll.Uydan"'llnrlolbe
flap/wing structure.
n.pl"""g .lnIel ..... .
LANDING
Norm •• landing
Normal .pp.....,_ can
la.rwttnC approaches CIon be m .... with
bo made _1111 power-on
pOWer..on nr
or power-off po_r-o"
.., speed. or11010
at speeds of 60 KI AS with
70 KIAS
to 70 n.»I up ... noi
••Il> flaps up, and M
55 10M KIAS with
to 65 KIAS n.PIIcio ......
wllll flaps down.
Suri. . . .winds
Surface . inclo. and
.nd air
.1. turbulence
turbul.""" are
.... usually
u.".Il)" the pl"1m.ry factors
th. primary 'acto.. in
In
determining
<I<Il<!nnlnlng the mOlli comfortable
Ibl most e<unlortahltl approach speeds.
o.pproac:b IpndI.
Actual lOuehdowlI
AClual touchdown should
.bould be
be made
",ade with power-off
power·off end wUb
and on the main on lbu m.ln
wheels first.
wheels Tbe nose
fi ..l. The sho"l" be
wh~1 should
ROM wheel htllowered.
lowered 5"'00Ibl)"
smoothly to u
lbe runway as
t.o the ,unw.y
speed
spee<l is
ta diminished.
"tmlnlahed.
SHORT
SHORT HELD
H ELD LANDING
LANDING
"
u.
l'o ... ohon
For a short field
Il.ld landing In .moolbalr
landlng in smooth air conditions,
""ndIUon •• make an
an approach at m.k. ""p"'&l'h .'
54 KIAS with
!14 KIAS .. \lb 30°
30" flaps ".i"lJ enough
na"" using I n""!th powerpowlr to IO control the 1I1Id&
conll'Clllb, glide path. Ali.. ,
palb. After
"pp",..,h obstacles
.LI approach
all ab.,...,I •• are cleared, prog ....... lveJy reduce
cl .......". progressively pow~r and
reduo:-. power ...,d
maintain
m.ln'.io 54 M KIAS
KIAS by by lowering
lo ..... ri.t:tll" the
tbu nose rJrpl ... ~. Touchdown
of the airplane.
""",,, ottbco Toucb<lown should
aho"l"
mad. with
bo made
be w"h power-off
po",.,-olf and lUld on Oli the
lhc main
m..tn wheels f1~ Immediately
",b"lo first. Immedi_ty after 1M.
touchdown,
IOUclldowu. lower the nose
lowerth, IIOM_hMIwheel and .... d apply
.. pply heavy
he.YJ' braking
bnllinS" as required.
,""utnd. For
Fo.
moxtmum brake
maximum bralla effectiveness,
ef1ee&lve ........ retract
re.,...,1 the!han .."". hold
flaps, hold full no_up elevator,
full nose-up .lev.to••
and
• nd apply
..pply maximum
m ..!dmum brake
Il....10:. pressure
l' ....." ... without
"lIhoul sliding the
1IIdlll,'II ••tires.
i .....
SlIlfhtly higher
Slightly
conditions.
coodltlon •.
hlah. . approach
. pproac:lI speeds
1 - "•• ho"ld be
should Wl"" under turbulent
bo used .urbul.M air un"', .t. —
CROGSWIND
CROSSWINO LANDING
LANO iN G
Whan landing
When l.n"lnl in Itron~ crosswind,
In a• strong ol"ÒSswlnd. use
w;e the mlnlmum flap
lbe minimum n.p setting
•• utng
,.»
4-20 1L July 1m
July 1979

CESSNA BEC'l'lON 4
SECTION
MODEL 1~
152 PROCEDU R ES
NORMAL PROCEDURES
required
<eqUI ...... for the 1
lo. "'. field IOD~b . Use
.. ld length. a wing
U..... low, crab, or
IDl"low.ol"&b.o • •a ...,mb",."oD
combination method
"'"""'"
of ~"'ft
CI drift OO..-.e"<>D.n<!
correction and land!&Dd in 118&'~ level
ID.a nearly Iovol."''''''".
attitude.
LANDING
BALKED LANDING
In •a balked
In
_uoecl
reduced '"to 3D"
...dlnK ~·
ballooclllanding
immediately .ne.
20° lmm..u..IoLy
... oun<!l ,,11mb.
(go-around)
full ""
after full
lIMo ..
climb, the
..... is
power
wing Il.,,..
lnl< flap setting
111 applied.
1IIn1I should
opplied. Upon
obou.ld be
1>0
....cbID, a
U""D reaching
safe all"&P"d
1011 airspeed,. "'"
the D.po
flaps lshould
bould be olo",ly
slowly retracted
... 11"0010<1 to
'" the
"'o full up position.
"""ltIon.
COLO
COLD WEATHER QPERATIQN
OPERATION
P ..... '"
Prior to ow-t \o, ..
starting l'" temperatures
with Iompo,alu",o bol.,..
below l,ORIni". ilIo
freezing, it o.<!v\ ...ble to
is advisable IO
l'ull ..... propen
pull the propeller ... through
'101"<>01110 .. vel"&' 11m
several .. by hand
times h.nd to
'" ··h 100M" or
...... loose"
"break
··Umbe
"limber" ..•• .....
the oll. thu. 00"
oil, thus ...... '''11 battery
conserving ba""'Y o"O'a:Y.
energy.
NOTE
Wbon pollini"
When pulling "'" propeno, .hrougb
the propeller b&Dd.lI"o.,lIuU
by hand,
through by treat it as if
the 11"'"0"
"'o ignition aw'Ioh
switch isLa 'urnod
turned OD.
on. A loou
loose o
or.. broken llround
broko" ground
wl .... 0<>
wire on .1 .... ' mop.'"
either magneto ""old
could oao .. "'.
cause the 0"111"0
engine to lo fire.
Il .....
J>uMOI IO Ir""
Preheat is ..... lly ~u
generally l ...... "with
required ilio o"lSl""
outside 01
air........ p" ... 'u...,. below
temperatures belo ..
·,e'
-18°Cc (O'FI and III
(0°F) &Dd is ,...,.,mmo"dOd
recommended .. ho" temperatures
when IOmperOlur •••are ro. below -7°C·.,..C 13D"P).
(20°F).
Cn'd
Cold ... .'h ... o!&rlloll
weather pn><>edur. . .
starting procedures are as loLlowo
ro. •• follows:
WlIh P ... h • • ~
With Preheat:
-- on·
OFF..
••
1. IglIlUon SSwitch
Ignition w lloh··
••
2.
3.
Tbrolllo··
Throttle -- CLOSED.
MI .. u ... ·--· IDLE
Mixture IDLEClIT·OPF".
CUT-OFF.
•'.
4. ParlllnK
Parking a ... k . ·--· SET.
Brake
5. Pnme
Prime •. to 4 STROKES &3
-- !2 '" ,bo propeller
as the propoLl ... is
lo bel"l" tumo<! cv",
being turned over by
h.nd. RECHAROE ,,,
hand. RECHARGE for pr"lm'''1" alto
.. priming after "gln • .un.
...engine start.
- CouUaD
Caution obauld
should be oood lo
be used
NOTE
to en.ur.
ensure "'" br_keo.,..
the brakes are ...
set c. o
or a
'10ourlod
qualified perso"
person I.
is Il .100 "",,'rolo.
at the controls.
6. Mlxlu""
Mixture -, RICH.
?7. Throttle -- OPEN 1/2 lO
ThrnlU.·· to 3/
3/44 INCH.
INCll.
8.
8. ?topo""'
Propeller Area -- CLE
A ....... AR.
CLEAR.
1I J"IJ'
July 1!mI
1979 4-21

'
SECTION 4t CESSNA
NORMAL PROCEDURES MOOEL 152
MODEL l!02
tu8wl"'b ,.
n
D.
9. M ...
Master Switch -- ON.
lO.
10. linlUo"
Ignition Swltcb" BTART ((release
Switch -- START .. I..... when
wbon oortno
engine $ustarts).
..... )
l!.
11. hi",.
Prime ,--. AS
AB REQURIED
RF.QUIIIEO until th. onil."
~n,11 the engine ",no
runs om",,'bly
smoothly.
l~.
12. TIl",,,1.,,
Throttle -- AOJUST
ADJUST forto< 1200
1000 to
IO 1'lOO
1500 RPM lo. approximately one
for ~pprnl[!ma"'!l'
miop", .flo,
minute .ohlcll.no
after which RPM C""
the RPM can be Iow.n>d to
bo lowered '000 0<
IO 1000 l .....
or less.
13.
13.
14.
14.
OH
Oil P .... u'"" "-- CHECK.
Pressure
Primer
Pdmor"-- LOCK.
LOCK, n
Wlt.bou'P rehea1:
Without Preheat: —
Tho
uoop'
except th
the
p""""."
The procedure 10r
••
for ....
n)l"i no ohould
engine
wl"'"", preheat
rtlni without
starting
should ,,",primo<!
be primed ab
pro"'''' is
an oddl"<>1Ial
1.1),
additional two
the.... m....
same
'''''' .'",ko.
as .ollb p,..,b.a,
with preheat
wb,l. pulling
strokes while pull'nl"
propeller through by hand.
the prop"'llertb~
,ne ba"". Ca,bureto, h ....should
Carburetor heat hould ""' oppllO(! ..
be applied te, the
after 'h. —
oort""
engine ... ,..... Leave
starts. lAav. "'.
the c",bul"Ot.>r h •• , 00
carburetor heat Un'" ,the
on until ....engine
O!Jln. runs smoothly.
nluomO<lthly
NOTE
11 'hO On)l"1nO
If the engine 11 ... but does
fires _ . 00' aI.rt or continue
not start eon,ln~. ru,,")"I<.
running,
''')><l''
repeat 111.
the ,bavo
above ...
starting procodu, olHl
rtl"1I procedure lllnnln~ with
beginning step 6.
wlth .'epe.
If "'.
l' the e"!Jl""
engine _ does not start during "'.
"'" our<d.clnl the first
n ... , few
la ....attempts,
t ... mpts. or
o,
if ong1n.
,1 ' '"i"1I"
engine firing d,rn\!".hM
diminishes tn in .tr&n!Jlb.
strength, iti'10 is possible
po>uibl.'ha' that
the "po,k
spark p1uCO
plugs "'00
have boon frosted 0VtI,.
been lroatad over, In in which case
.. hle" ....
p,..,hea, must
preheat mu", bebo.se<! bIIlo ....
used before no'''or star<
another start 1. is a"omptod.
attempted.
Durin,
During e<>ld
cold .... "' •• operAnon
weather operations,•. no Ind,,,,,,ion
indication will wlll be
bo oPP."''''o.
apparent on the,""
oil ..
oi1 temperature
cold. Alte,
cald.
' 'CO
m.,.'''~'''' gage p,IO.
After "a suitable
prior to
ni,.bl. warm-up
,""""a
IO takeoff if
period (~
",arm,,,p t>t,",0<1
outside
ti ou .. ,de air
(2 IO
01. temperatures are very
tempo",'""", ......
to 5 minutes
m,nu'u a' at 1000
very
.000 RPM),
RPIoI) •
accelerate
.....,.1 "'" .n
...... the ... ~. several
engine leverai times IO bl.~OT
tim •• to higher .nrtn.
engine RPM.
RPIoi. If the ~n
"the engine
... n.
accelerates
""".1 smoothly an~
....... amoo""y and oli p"''''''"
oil pressure remains normal .od
,..,moin. no,m,,) and ....
steady, the
"'y. 'h.
airplane 1.
"1'1'1."" is ready
",.dl' for
lo' takeoff.
takooa.
When ope
Whon operating
... 'h', in temperatures
In .. mp"''''"'''' below
belo", -18°C, avoid using
"S'C. avold ".In&" partial
portl.1
carburo"', b .... Parti,,)
carburetor heat. Partial Il ..., mal'
heat may 'ne ..... th.
increase carburetor air '''''')><l'''u",
the c-"",,,,,",,, temperature
IO the
to "'" O' lo Il'C
0° to 21°C rango
range,. where I<lo&" lo
""b .... icing is c,IU.,,1
critical una.,
under con","
certain .'mOOphOr!e
atmospheric
condhlon ..
conditions.
NOISE ABATEMENT "

["croaoe<! emph
Increased •• i. 00
emphasis Improvl"g the
on improving ,~. qualuy
quality of ou,
our .n v!ronm"n'
environment
~"I ... renewed
requires effort oo.n.
ronowo<leffor! P.,t 01
on the part of "II
all pUntO
pilots to
IO minimize the .freet
m'n'm',., tbc effect 01
of
,,1.,,1".0 n"l .. 00
airplane noise on Ute poblle.
the public.
We, a.
W,. as pilots, can ~nlOn"ro'"
pUota. ca" our con"",o
demonstrate 00' concern (", ."v"onnIonUI
for environmental
imp<o'... rn.n,. ~y
improvement, by appliOAtlon
application 01
of the 1011o"'lol."~
,ho following suggested
.. d procedures, and
pn><:e<!UTOa. """
, .•
thereby
'''e«by tend
4-22
I.od to
IO buUd pu~"e .upponlo.
build public support for avl.,lo,,:
aviation:

1'.I u1 l' 1979
July ,~
r
- CESSNA SECTION 4~
MODEL
MOln:L 152
I~ NORMAL
NORMAI.. PROCEDURES
l'fIOCEDURES
I.
1. PU""" operating
Pilots Ope •• ' I", aircraft
all'<)l'att under VI'n over
\ln<le. VFR OvtlT outdoor
ouldooor ....... mbU .. of
assemblies or
""'11(1"'. ....., ...
- persons, recreational
areas
........ •should
the
Ula surface,
Uon.. l and
ho.,l" make
&ul1"" .. weather
ma.,y be
may
&nel park
mali. every
pari< areas,
_<h • • permitting,
boI consistent
....... and
aver)' effort
Iflon to
alici other
IO fly
tly not
even though
IM""IUI"II".......
oo"ai.oWII' with
wilb the
Iba provisions
provi,lonl or
<lUI •• noise-sensitive
"," less
lUUb""
1110",,11 flight
..a1 __ ..n.,Li" •
than 2000
2000 feet
""" above
at a lower level
OIabl.lalo",erlevel
~pl •• Ion ...
1O".......,ent regulations.
of government
abo".
2.
2. During
0"'1011" departure
d ..,,_ .... from or
Il'OlII or approach
.pp~b to a"
IO an airport,
alrpon. climb
cllmh after
r.tI<Ir
I&lteoll ..
takeoff andnel cSe.oenl lo. landing
descent for I...,din .. ehould m&do so
boI made
should be 110 ... .., avoid
as to a ... old
prolon~ flight
prolonged mlll ••at1 low altitude near
lo. altltu&o oear noise-sensitive areas..
nol_· ... naiUvtI .......
NOTE
T~
The .bo
above
.... recommended proo;oedute' <lo
noeommondod procedures BOt .ppl),
do not apply where
wlle ..
u...
y would
they ooDnlcl with
_Ld conflict .. lUi Air
AI. T ...fli<> Conlrol
Traffic Control cln • .."..... or
clearances
instructions,
lnalnlc!.lollL or where,
.. I>c! .... in
In the
III. pilot's
pllor. judgment, an altltudoo
Judpenl. An altitude
01 le ... t.b
of less than.... 2000 ree< is
tooO feet l. necessary
nee ....... ry 'or hlm to
for him ad.q ... t.L)'
lo adequately
eexercise
•• ..,IM his duty to
III. dIII)' see and
IO .... &/Id avoid other ai",
avold Olbu aircraft.
..11.
TIuI
The c.rtlftcaled noi . . level
certificated noise 1.....1 lor Il•• Model
for the M_11M! 152 .Ilero poU.. dM maximum
at 1670 pounds muimum
.... we'lhI '"
weight is M.a
64.8 dstA).
dB(A). No dalUnUn.Uoo
determination has 11 .... been
_ .. made
m~ by the Ihe Federal
Federai
AviaUo.il AdrninIatraUOIl1h
Aviation Administration .. , the
that Ula noise
1101... levels
La ... allol ibis oUrpl"".
of this ~orshould
airplane are or should
be &CCoOp!.ab\o
acceptable Ot un_plabl, for
or unacceptable lo. Open.UOll
operation al. into, o'
at, 1n1O. or out of,
of. &Il)' alrpon..
any airport.
1 J,,1y
July 1979 4-23/(4-24 bi
4-:/3/(4'2'1 blank)
.... )
u For Flight Training Reference Only
CESSNA 5
SECTION S
MODEL
MOOEL 152 PERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCE
SECTION 5
5
PERFORMANCE
TABLE OF CQNTENTS
TABlE CONTENTS
IntroducI;"" __ . _ . • .
Introduction
'-,.,
Page
5-3
Use
Ute of
01 Performance eh
Charts
.......
,.,
5-j
"
Sample
Sunplfl Problem
ProI;>lem .
Takeoff
TalIeo"
Cruise
Yu.lllMJulnod
Fuel Required
Landl "lf
Landing .. _
Oem",,_U·"i.t!d Operating
Demonstrated Opoor"liag Temperature
T.mpooralure
•
..,.,,."
5-3
5-4
'"
5-!>
!I- ~
5-5
5-7
5-7
Figure 5·1. Airspeed
f'i(fUre 5-1,
Figure
Y1gure 5-3,
Figure
~·Igu ... 5-4,
Figure
AinP<l<ld Calibration
5·2. Temperature
n(fUre 5-2,
C.. hb . .. Uon
S.aU Sp<ted.
~-3 . Stall Speeds
s ..... Takeoff
Conyon!on Chart
T""'peralure Conversion
Tak eoff Distance

llIalane..
..
CI>UI
. .... , ..
,.,
5-8
5-9
5-10
5_11
5-11
~". [{U .. 5-5,
Figure 5""', Rate
nata Of ClimI>·- Maximum
01 Climb Mnlmum . . 5-12
,.~
Figu .... 5-6,

Figure 5-ll, Time,
T'mI. Fuel, AlldO'.lan
~·u.l. And Distance ... To
TO Climb
CHmb 5-13
~_ 1 3
Filfu .... 5-7,
Figure 5_7. Cruise I· • • r".m .... c • .
Crui.. Performance 5_14
5-14
Figuro 5-8,
Figure R",,"~ Profile
&·8. Range p",m.·- 24.5 CaUun. Fuel
24.11 Gallons t'"el . 5-15
5 _1~
Range prom.·- 37.5
Rangu Profile 37.0 Gallons ~'".I
Oa.ilon. Fuel 5_16
5-16
FI(fU 1"e 5-9.
Figure Endurou'co Profile
5-9, Endurance Profll, -- 24.5 t"u.1
Oa.il"n. Fuel
~4,0 Gallons 5_11
5-17
End"""0<1 Profile
Endurance Pr<;IlUO -_ 37.5
37.1i Gallons
OoJlon. Fuel
FUll 5-18
~_18
Figure Landlng Distance

5-1G, Landing
Figure 5-10. Ols'anO<l . . . . . . . . 5-19
~_19
11 July
JIII)' 1979
18'79 5-1/(5-2 blank)

CESSNA SECTION ~5
lIIIOO!!:!.. 152
MODEL 1li2 PERP'ORlIIIANCE
PERFORMANCE
INTRODUCTION
p ..for", ... ot data
Performance ~h~ o,,!ho
dlllll charts lollowlnl pages
on the following p.1rM An p......,,,\e'd 80
are presented Ih.~
so that
yo
you......
may y Imow
know whatwhlll '" upoc\ from
to expect fTom the
II>, 1li."1,.,,, u"IIe. various
airplane under ".rlone oondltlo"s.
conditions,
and .180.
also, '"
to facilitate the planning
f..,lllllll.e !h, or flights
plllnnlnl of in d'lall
fill"".11I detail ."d
and with reasonable
wllh ... uoo"bl,
accuracy. Th,
AOO\lrM\)'
with the
",IlII
The data in the e"".".
d"la 11I1lI.
airplane o.od
lhA all'plan. and ""81
charts has
engine
" ... been
In lJood
... in
_II computed
eomp"llMI from
good co",lllio"
condition &Dd
fTom actual
_u.1 flight
... l.D.K average
and using
"".\5
nlgt\l tests
o.veBll" piloting
piLoting
techniques.
_Il"[qu ...
It
It slIould be noted
should be _ Ula''''.
that pettorm.""" 11110rm.UolI
the performance preMnled in
information presented 111 the
the
..... p and endurance
range
Ih • •
end .. rance
peclfllM1 cruise
profile
power. Fuel
enol.. power.
o".""
p ....ft1. charts allows
.[[ow. for 45
Fu.1 flow
n .... date
4!1 minutes
minute .......
lor cruise
" ....1... is
I"Y.
reserve fuel
le based
_
a,
fU.l at
u..
"" the
the specified data for on
racomm ... _ lean
recommended te... mixture
n.blllA setting.
... utnl'.
Bo.... indeterminate
Some "ari.bl.....
iAdele""!".'" variables such
wuch ...
as
-
mbtu,.. leaning
mixture wctutlq .....
1.... 1"1( technique, 11.101
fuel metering ebr.r_rlflle•.•
... elerial' characteristics, ''l'\ne and
engine &Od
prv~lIor cond.llion
propeller condition,. ,,<><I
and airal. turbulence "'.7 _
lu.bul.""" may n t for variations
account .. "rl",IO'" of
01 10%
109b
moro in
or more
or range
In .... ..,d ...
" and d ......."". Therefore,
endurance. n..rofOA. itIt is Imponanl to
Il important IO utilize
,,1m ... all
All
.""1I,,bI8 information
available WonnaUon to "tlm"" the
IO estimate th. fuel
tuel required
re.qU;rwI for u.. particular
'o. the panlCUlar
flight.
file h \..
USE
USE OF PERFORMANCE CHARTS
P~rlo.m.nC9 data
Performance d"ta is p.innle<! in
ili presented In tabular
!.ab.. l•• oror graphical
Ilraphi".1 form IO illus
lo"" to lllus·
trate Ihe effect
trate the effOOI ofor different "arl.bles. Sufficiently
dlffe"'''1 variables. Sullielently detailed
dellliled information
Info.matl"" is t..
provldod in
provided ln the
II>. tables
labl" so
"" that
IhM conservative .. " I"el can
"""M.vali"e values o.n be
bo selected IUld used
SOlocted and ... ed
_ to
lo determine
do"'nn! ... the
the particular perlonn"n"" figure
p •• U""l. r performance li", .. with reuoMblo accuracy.
wlth reasonable """,u."cy.
SAMPLE PROBLEM
Tbe following
The tollowlnl( sample
.ampie flight
ml'hI problem ulll!ze~ information
p .... bl.m utilizes Inform"tio" from
from the u..
v .... iou. charts
various ch."'. to dolermi". the
\O determine \be predicted
prtd1cted performance
performa.nce data Iyplco.!
for a typical
d.llIlor.
mllh~ The following information is known:
flight. Imo.,,:
n.loUO ..1nlllnfonn.llolll.
AIRPLANE
AIRPLANE CONFIGURATION
CONP'IOURATION
Tateon _,I>I
Takeoff weight Pound8
lelO Pounds
1610
Usable
U""",[e fuel
fu.1 24.5 Oallone
14 . ~ Gallons
TAKEOFF
TAKEOFF CONDITIONS
CONOITIONS
pNflwro altitude
Plold pressure
Field alt\ludt' IfIOO Feet
1500 P_I
Temperature
Temper" ture 28°
28"CC (16°C abon
( lS"C above standard)
&ta.n4atd)
Wind
Wl"" component
oompo ...... ' along
aloIIe runway
.........,. 12 Knot
12 K"", Headwind
HncI",1nd
Field &'111
P'te141length
....
"""~
3500 Feet
1I July
July 1979
1m 5-3

SECTtON&
SECTION 5 CESSNA —
PERI"ORMANCE
PERFORMANCE MODEL 152
lr.ll
CRU ISE CONDITIOSS

CRUISE CONDITIONS
Tol&!
Total dl8l&Deo
distance
"""ou", "nuude
Pressure altitude
*MoOONou\I",,1 M!lo.
265 Nautical Miles
5500 Feet
F.... '
Tempera.u,.
Temperature eooc
20° C (1$'
(16°CC .bov
above..... nd.nI)
standard)
Es"",,tod w'nd
Expected wind onrouto
enroute lO Knot
10 Kno' Headwind
H ..,h.lnd
LA ~'OlNG COl'/J)lTlONS
LANDING CONDITIONS
Field
l'leld pressure
P"'''''"''' .altitude
I, i'udo 2000 Feet
T.mpe ..... ure
Temperature 25°C
FI~ld length
Field lengtll 3000 Feet
TAKEOFF
The ,.keofl
takeoff dl ... n,," obut.
distance chart, Il,,,,.
figure ~·t. obauld
5-4, bo con.ulta<!.
should be _plnJ in
consulted, keeping lo'
mlod Ut.,
mind Uto dloa.>"
that the distances .. oho","
shown U<o are based
_ on the
Ut. oho ... field
short flold technique.
_nn;qu ..
Con""rv .. ,lvo dla
Conservative .... n ... c~
distances can bo
be ... ' . blla hod by ",.dlng
established reading tho
the cha .... .at' .bo
chart n.,"
the next
hlgller valuo 01
higher value of aU!tud
altitude•• nd temperature.
and toM"" ..... U..... For
1'<>< eumple.
example, In Ut •• particular
in this portlou' o,
"""ple
sample problom.
problem, tMthe wc .. " dl
takeoff .. on.,. .nformatton
distance lo, ..a pressure
p,... nted for
information presented p ..... u ...
•altitude
lt ltu~o 01
of 0000
2000 le"
feet ,,"d
and ..
a ton, poro 'u .... 01
temperature of :IO"'C
30°C oboald bo used
should be aood ......
and '.oal"
results in In
Ut.lollo"", ",,,
the following:
_ ..... t
Ground roll
GrouDd 980 Feet
Total d'''.''.,.
To'" distance teto ~l
clear
•• r •a &0-'00'
50-foot oW'""I
obstacle
. 1820_.
1820 Feet
n
The
These... dl, ' arn:a .no
distances are w oll wltblo
well within 'ho
the "voll.h .. takeoff
available tak..,rI field
I .. ,d length. H<>wov·
10"S'h. Howev
.r
er,.•a oo,n ••"lon lo,
correction 'ho ori"".
for the effect 01 wlnd may
of wind be made
m.~ be m&do based
_ On No ... 3 01110
on Note of the•
... kooff ono
takeoff chart...... Th.
The e<l'nICt\on lo,.a 12
correction for 13 kno. heodwlnd is:
knot headwind ilo:
12 Knots
9 Knots
.,.,.
10% = ':l'lIo
13% o.. "'....
Decrease
This results in the following distances, corrected for wind: n

Oround
Ground ",n.
roll, zero .. lnd
wind 980
OeoTO&ll<! ." ""und roll

Decrease in ground ",Il
(980 feet '* la%)
(geO!Od 13%) 127
Corrected fT""Uod
Co,"",_ ground roll
TOII 853 Feet
■
Total dJo""",
TOI&! distance te
to clear a
01 ..... ' ..
Dee,
~Ioot
50-foot obo""';
.... In
Decrease in te
•• ..,rn
obstacle,
..1 dio'
total
(1820 feet
zero ..
...".
distance
, ... .x \a%)
13%)
lnd
wind 1820
237
n
Corrected toI&J
Cor.-..:te<\ d',,,,,,,,....,i.
total distance
.... :11)·1_
te <:l
to clear 5G-foot "b •
obstacle 1:-83
1583 F ... ,
Feet
,.,
5-4 1 July 1979

CESSNA l':r.CTION
SECTION & 5
MODI':L l~
MODEL 152 PERl'ORMANCE
PERFORMANCE
CRUIS
CRUISEE
The enH.'nl"
no o""ud. aMuld
cruising altitude should "" be ", _ based
selected _ oro" on a ec""d.r.lI""
consideration o, of
trlp
trip lo "gtb, winds
length, ... I"do .10"
aloft,.....
and d ,.".
the ''l'l'I.DO·
airplane's o performance.
po-rlo,moo"". A typical
.ypleo' e", 10;011
cruising
oll1'udo and t~
altitude oad the ~ ~ wind
expected
•• wln~ 00<00"
enroute h"" Ji~.n for
","Il given
have been .hl. sample
lor this oample
,.
proble",. How.~."
problem. However, Uto the IK"'"
power .. \llnli' selection
setting ...1..,Uoo for
lo, ecruise
... l.. must
mua' "" be <1<110'_
deter
mlMd _
mined based on .. ~.,al ~1<leraU<>n
several considerations. •. Th
These Inelud. the
... include III. ertll
cruise porlor-
.. perfor
m."""
mance eh .. "",leri.,l.. presented
characteristics pr...."..., in lo figure
fil"ra &_7.
5-7, the ""ne. profile
!.h. range prom. ehanchart
p""",n,",,- In
presented in fil"'"
figure a-II. r.nd,.".
5-8, and the eodun"OII pr<>lIIe oba
endurance profile chart.. presented
p", ... nl<ld in
l" figure
Ilgu'"
5-9.
Th
The. .relationship
oh".
profll. chart. COn.,d
""'w".
. I.. .,on.hlp between 1K'",.,
power ...
..... bl. '"01
'knp is
d range
and '" illustrated
UlulT.tod byb~ Ut. T1>lp
the range
. . . l"np' ronp
profile Considerable fuel •• ~Ine and
savings d longer range result
_uh .. h ••
when
10"0' IK'''' ' ..
lower power settings uoed. For
'dnp _are used. Fo, ,Ma
this ...mpl. problem,
sample problom ...a o",I".IK''''o,
cruise power of01
'pprox'm.""y
approximately &%..tU bo u_.
65% will be used.
The cruise performance chart, figure 5-7, is entered at 6000 feet altitude
and 20°C above standard temperature. These values most nearly corres
lo
-
pond to the planned altitude and expected temperature conditions. The
engine speed chosen is 2400 RPM, which results in the following:
Po",o,
Power 64%
T .... o.ln"",,
True airspeed 99 Knot.
lI\1 Knots
erul .. ",.,
Cruise no..
fuel flow ~.~ GPH
5.2 OPlI
no IK''''.' "","pUIO'
The power computer may bo nMd le
be used to d.tonnln. power and fuel
determine P"W0' tuoI e>noump
consump _
tion !nO"
1100 accurately dnrlne
more accuratoly the mehL
during lIto flight.
FUE
FUELl REQUIRED
TIto
The I<>1&IIu&
total fuel "",ul",moM
requirement for lo, 'h.
the m,hl
flight moy may "" e."m.,od using
be estimated ",Ine thetho
performance
porlonn information
..... lnlo"", .""" in 'n figures 5-6 and
Ilgu .... 5--tI 5-7. For
""d ti-7. Por this
thlo •sample
..."pl. problem,
problom.
"1JII"
figure 6-3
5-6 oho".
shows lIt that
o, •a eli
climb
DI b from
Irom 2000 Ifeet... to 6000 feet
I<> eooo requires
foel 'oqn l "'. 11 gallon of
~,,1.I00 or
I~ol. The corre
fuel. Tb. 'lK'~dlni di.'
corresponding distance during the
....,. dnrlog climb lo
tho cllmb is 9
D nautical
ooulleol mU miles.
••.
Tho
These.. vo.l ... o &re
values lo, •a standard
are for ""'poo..
OIondan:l temperature 'u ... (U shown on 1It.
(as .bO"'B ollmb ohan)
the climb chart)
.nd
and ...
are oul1lclonUy
sufficiently """ ....... 10'
accurate for mo.'
most flight planDlni purposes.
flleh. planning Il''.... v.r.
purpo""" However,
oa lunlte,
further ""......,1100
correction lor for .h.
the ofIoo'
effect 01of tempero,"",
temperature may bo be m ..... o.
made as no_
noted on
the o
"'.
'ne
climb
11mb ob
increase
temperature,
'.mpo'
chart.
...... "'.
ut. Tho
the "mo.
due IO
•• n .... dn.
.PP"" ~'m .... .noc,
The approximate
time, luol.
fuel, &Dd
to 1It.
and dW....,.
the lower
effect 01
of •a non-standard
distance by 10')1,
lo .. u rate
,.to 01
Bon_o. ""d.n:I ..
10% lo,
of ",1mb.
for •each
climb. In this
.bov.
temperature
mpe ..... u'" is
1000C above OI""d.",
..,b 10°C
case, assuming
thio ........
l. to
standard
urnlni •a
I<>
'_pe,.'uro 16°C
temperature above otand''''.lho
,e' c obov. standard, the OO""","OD
correction would woold be:bo<
JqJ£ * 10% = 16% Increase
l1 Jnly 1!1n
July 1979
••
5-5

SECTION
SECTION 5~
PERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCE
CESSNA
CP;SS
MODEL
NA
MODE!. 152
1.">lI -
_
With
WIlh this
Ihl. factor
faclO. included,
inc1ndod. the
lhe fuel
fuei estimate would be ctoIculatod
e~[male _nld calculated ..
as follows:
fOllo",.,
hellO
Fuel
Increase
,,11mb ••
to climb,
In .. ~ due
dII. to
tandard temperature
standard lem~ralnre
IO non-standard
nOIl·atand ud temperature
Iemp"'Telnre
,.
1.0
(1.0
(1.0·x 16%)
l"') OJL
1
Co."",,1e climb
11mb results in 10
rMlllIOI In IO nautical
nantlcal
-
The resultant cruise distance is:
Tol&! di,1ADCI
Total distance 265
~
Climb
C1irnb distance -10
'"
dl.lance
CrulH distance
Cruise dleance 255 Nautical
2M Miles
Nautlcal NHee
Wllh
With an _>; pec_ 10
.." expected IO knot !\u.dw;n<:. \he
il"o' headwind, the ground -v-d
«""und speed for eroI ... 18
cruise is
predIC_ to
predicted IO be:
be:
.".
99
-10
89 Knots
Kno",
Therefo .... the

Therefore, \ha time
Urne required
requi ... d for
lor!.he c, .. i.., ""rllon
the cruise portion ol
of ille
the Irip
trip 18:
is:
~ Nautical
255
BlI
N" .. Uc ..1 Miles
Knoll
89 Knots
Milo ••= 22.9U Hours
.
H .....
o
-n
The fuel ... qulred for
fUe' required lor cruise io;
crui.. is:
The
hou...* 52
2.9 hours
2.9 5.2 ,e!lon,. bour '= I~.
gallons/hour 15.1I Oallone
Gallons -r
IOlel ulunal«l
TIIe total
The Inel required
estimated fuel requlred is
Il ..
as followe:
follows:
Enrlne .<arI. 1&,<1. end ...

ileoff
Engine start, taxi, and takeoff o0.8
.• n
Cllmb
Climb U
1.2
'ru~
Cruise 16.\
15.1
n
""lal
Total 1...1 required
fuel reqolred i1.i
17.1 Oellona
Gallons
01101 u., flight

Once the High! io und,rway. grouadlpHd
is underway, ground speed clleelul
checks wlU
will providotemo
provide a more...
a.ceu ..'" basis
accurate
requ.red to
required
ba.tI •• for .,Imu.... the
lor .estimating
la compI.",
complete the u.. trip
..Ip with
c.unttnrou"
!be time enroute l.IId
wltb a.tnplt
and lh,
ample toMI'YO.
reserve.
corresponding luel
the oorretlporullnll fuel
-
5-6 I1 J\lly
July 1&79
1979

CESSNA SECTION 5&
SECTION
MODEL
MODEL 152
1511 PERFORMANCE
LANDING
LANOING
A procedure
A pn><*lur$ s1mUu IO takeoff
similar to IalltoOtl should
lIhould be UM for
bo used for .. Um.&tl.ag the
estimating u..
l.an<ll.ac&
d.lS1.&o>00 at
landing distance u..
cluU".t1o:a airport.
&I the destination airpol'\. Figure
l'I", ... 5-10
$-10 presents
p ....... nta 1...d.l1I1I:
landing
clWI.&DOU lo. various
distances for vuiou&airpol1.llItuoSe Iempenru ... oomblnat1o".
... cI temperature
airport altitude and combinations usingn.I"1l
!be short
the tleld technique.
.11011 field toobnlque. The
n.e distances
d'...." ...... corresponding
oo"""poncli ne to
lo 2000
1l1OOO feet
le<d and 30°C
3O"C
ue al
are follo ... e:
as follows:
Orouod
Ground roll 535 Feet
To1.aI dlllt&Jl
Total distance IO clear
... to cl. .. .a SOoloot _Ude
50-foot obstacle 1300 Feet
A correction
00 .......11011 for
fo. the
lbe ef1eot
effect 01
of wlod ma, be
wind may be made based
_ 00 Note 2I oofl lbe
on Note the
landing
I:tu>dirlr chart
eh.It.l1 using the
usinI' III ....... p~u"' ...
same procedure as OtIl11ned
outlined 101"
for tal<eoff.
takeoff.
DEMONSTRATED OPERATING TEMPERATURE

Satisfactory enrlne
Satlllfaeooty engine cooHnl
cooling has
Il.. been demonstrated for
baen d..-nonstral<:d lo. this airplane
!bi. alrpl..,e
",1111 en
with an outalde
outside .1.
air 18m""
temperature 23°C
rah.... 23' C above standard. This is
Itandard. Tltls not to bo
I. 110\10 be
considered as
""n.'d,.'" an operating
•• sn limitation. Reference
"!Mn.tinll lllnltUIOIl. should be made to
Roleronoe .honld IO
s.<:Uon
Section 2 for
far ,olfine
engine OP\l.aUllr
operating llmltaUo ....
limitations.
l1 July 1m
1979 5-7

SECTION 5
SECTION 5 CESSNA
PERP'OllMANCE
PERFORMANCE MODEL
NODE t. 152
lli2
AIRSPEED
AIRSPE ED CALIBRATION
CALIBRATION
ctlf'lDlTIONS
CONDITIONS:
_
Power Iot _
required for
~ I\ltfn ""
level flight or _ ........ '"""
maximum RI'M d,,",.
rated RPM dive.
,~~
FLAPS UP
"
• " '"'" ,,, '"
,,~
KIAS ~
40 ~
50 ~
60 ~
70 ~
80 90
~ 100
,~ 110 120
,~ 130
,~ 140
,~
,~
KCAS
•
46 U
53 ~
60 569 n
78 88 97 107 117 127 136
,~
FLAPS 10°
HAPSlo"
... . .. . . . . . .
"M
KIAS ~
40
•
50 ~
60 ~
70 ~
80
•
• • ..
· ..
· ..
"
,~ ~
,~".
KCAS ~
44
" "
52 61 70 80 CM
FLAPS 30°
,,~
KIAS ~
40
~
• "•
50
•• "•
60 ~
70 80 PR ·.
. . . . . . . . . . .. · ..
"
,~ 61 82 07
KCAS 43
"
51 71
P'!F're
Figure $
5-1.
- L. A!r.peed Callbrallon
Airspeed Calibration
n
n
n
n
5-8 I1 Jull'
July 111'19
1979

CESSNA SECTION 5
MODEL 152 PERFORMANCE
TEMPERATURE
TEMPERATURE CONVERSION
CONVERSION CHART
CHART
- 120
100
80
(30
, 40
i
• 20
-20
-40 e
-40 -20 0 20 40
DEGREES - CELSIUS
Figure 5-2. Temperature Conversion Chart
l1 Jul)'
July une
1979

SECTION ~
SECT!ON 5 CESSNA
PERFORMANCE MODEl..l~
MODEL 152
STALL SPEEDS
CONDITIONS:
Power Off
NO"IU,
, _ _...
NOTES:
1.
2.
_ _.....,--. .................
.. ___ .. _,10)_ _ .... ,.;.. _"".
Altitude loss during a stall recovery may be as much as 160 feet.
~ ,A!i_
2. KIAS values are approximate and are based or airspeed calibration data with power off.
MOST REARWARD
REARWARO CENTER
CENTER OF GRAVITY
AN<llEO'
.'
ANGLE OF a.N~
BANK
WE'GIIT
WEIGHT
W
LBS
M
FLAP
O€flEcr'ON
DEFLECTION
". . . .
•
0°
".
• • • • .. •
KIAS ~
KCAS
"
KIAS
".
30°
~
KCAS
"" KIAS
45°
. ~
KCAS .KIAS
'.9
~
60°
KCAS
....
1670
~
UP
••
10°
36
•
36 ....
46
43
39
• • "
39 .. " •
.. ..
49
46
43
43
55
51
51
51
65
61
".
30°
"
31 41
" • " • • •
33 44 37 49 44 58
MOST FORWARO CENTER OF GRAV!TY

FORWARD CENTER GRAVITY ~
ANGUOf
ANGLE OF IANK
BANK
WE'OHT
WEIGHT .~.
FLAP
• . ..'
• • " " • . ".
CO,
LBS DEniCTIOH
DEFLECTION
0° " .
30° 45° ~
60°
". "" ". "

. . • ~
KIAS KCAS KIAS KCAS KIAS .~,
KCAS KIAS .~
KCAS
....
1670
~
UP
10°
40
• • " • •
40
48
46
43
43
52
49
48
. .. ..
.. .. .. ..
48
57
55
57
57
68
65
".
30°
• " • •
35 43 38 46 42 51 49 61
... P
Figure 5-3. Stall Speeds
5-10 1 J~ly
1 July 1979
1!1?9

CESSNA SECTION 5~
SECTION
MODEL
MODEL 152
1~2 ^' PERFORMANCE
PERFORM ANCE
WIND COMPQNENTS
WIND COMPONENTS
.,,,
NOTE:
..........
Maximum '" _OVltl<1<t_ - ... lo
demonstrated crosswind velocity 12 _""
is 12 ..
knots !_. nm.,,_1
(not a limitation).
•••
o
<
•
••~
o
,•
<
•
z
2
LJJ
~
8
c
u
oQ
•
•
Z
i
o
•i
,•"
5 10 15 20 25 30
CROSSWIND COMPONENT - KNOTS
Figure $·4
Fl"". 5-4. Wllld
Wind Compontnts
Components
20 AprIll\lSI
2(1 April 1982 5-10A (S- IOB BLAHK)
(5-10B BLANK)

•
-
-
I I [
-
TAKEOFF DISTANCE
ra
CONDITIONS: SHORT FIELD
i
ct:SSNA
Flaps 10°
'July '8'7\1
Full Throttle Prior to Brake Release
,",OOJ;;L t!j2
to
Paved, Level, Dry Runway

Zero Wind
NOTES:
1. Short field technique as specified in Section 4.
2. Prior to takeoff from fields above 3000 feet elevation, the mixture should be leaned to give maximum RPM in a full throttle,
static runup.
3. Decrease distances 10% for each 9 knots headwind. For operation with tailwinds up to 10 knots, increase distances by 10%
for each 2 knots.
4. For operation on a dry, grass runway, increase distances by 15% of the "ground roll" figure.
TAKEOFF 0°C 50*F io°c ?0°C c. '•-, 30°C 40°C

SPEED PRESS
WEIGHT
KIAS ALT TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL TOTAL
LBS TOTAL
FT GRND TO CLEAR GRND TO CLEAR GRND TO CLEAR GRND TO CLEAR GRND TO CLEAR
LIFT AT
OFF SOFT ROLL 50 FT OBS ROLL 50 FT OBS ROLL 50 FT OBS ROLL 50 FT OBS ROLL 50 FT OBS
1670 50 54 S.L. 640 1190 695 1290 755 1390 810 1495 875 1605
1000 705 1310 765 1420 825 1530 890 1645 960 1770
2000 775 1445 840 1565 910 1690 980 1820 1055 1960

3000 855 1600 925 1730 1000 1870 1080 2020 1165 2185
4000 940 1775 1020 1920 1100 2080 1190 2250 1285 2440
1040 1970 1125 2140 1215 2320 1315 2525 1420 2750 3
5000
S
6000 1145 2200 1245 2395 1345 2610 1455 2855 1570 3125
7000 1270 2470 1375 2705 1490 2960 1615 3255 1745 3590
8000 1405 2800 1525 3080 1655 3395 1795 3765 1940 4195
a si
i
o
PI':RI"ORMANCI':
SECTlON~
" Figure 5-4. Takeoff Distance S)

,,
J
I8
J
n
SECTION 5~
SECTION CESSNA
CESSNA
PERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCE MODEL 152
MODEL 1511
RATE OF
RATE OF CLIMB
CLlMB
-
...
CONDltlOftS
CONDITIONS:
~
Flaps Up
~_.
Full Throttle
IMAXIMUMI
MAXIMUM
n
NOTE.
NOTE:
"'"'!or ............
n
MI,,,, .. leaned
Mixture _ . . . 3000
above 3000 feet for maximum RPM.
"PM.
n
.. -
,"W
PRESS Cll ..
CLIMB a !\AH OF
RATE Df CLIMB
Cl/Me -_ FPM
fPM
MIlO"'
WEIGHT
C" ."
ALT
~"
SPEED
LBS
"' L
FT "M
KIAS
-"'"
-20°C
., '"
0°C
"'" ""
20°C 40°C
--
,,~
1670 S.L.
= "
67
M
.,
'"
835
.ro
765
,ro
670
~
700
600
630
~
••
.,
535
--
2000 66 735
4000
••
65 635
~
535
570
".
475
~
505
415
445
355
~,
6000
8000
ID.IDI
10,000
63
""
62
61
440
~
340
380
285
'"
m
320
m
230
265
~
175
,,~
12,000
•
60
"'
245 'M
190 135
'" '"
85
U
Figure ~II.
l'tp'' 5-5. R.'" of Cl!mb
Rate Climb
'"
5-12

I1 July
July 1979
1979
-
CESSNA ECTION ~5
8SECTION
MODEL I~
MOOEI. 152 PEflI"ORMANCE
PERFORMANCE
TIME
TIME,, FUEL,
FUEl, AND
ANO OISTANCE
DISTANCE TO ClIMB
CLIMB
|MAXIMUM RATE
IMAXIMUM RATE OF
OF cLiMa
CLIMB]l
CONDlTlQHS,
CONDITIONS:
- ""''''
Flaps Up
~-~
Full Throttle
~l_
Standard ·_
Temperature
NOTES
NOTES:
'.
1. _o..eol.~l1o"oI",",
Add .... _ - . . ...
0.8 of a gallon of fuel for engine start, taxii and
_takeoff I.
_ allowance. _
2.
2. Ni ...... leaned
Mixture __ 3000 feet
above 3000 ....................
for maximum RPM. R....
3.
3. Increase ti
.....- ..... fuel
time, "'"' and
.... distance
_ bi' lo< -
10lI0 for
by 10% " 10°C
each IO"(; above
_standard
__ .......
temperature.
..
4. 00-- _
Distances shown ... _
are based "" ..twt.
.... wind.
on zero
.
AlIfE OF FROM SEA
FROM SE .... LEVEL
LtVtL
PIIESSURE
PRESSURE ,,~
CI.l~1
CLIMB RATE
WEIGHT
Wt:1 .. HT TEMP
ALTITUO[
ALTITUDE
~"
SPEED CLIMB
CL''''''
LBS
~,
"
°C
KIAS T'ME
TIME FUELVSEO
FUEL USED
,
O,srANCE
DISTANCE
"
..
"" ""o
FT KIAS FPM
MIN ...... UONS
GALLONS NM
""
1670 Le
"
15 67 ", ,
715 0 o0 o
,
0
•"
S.L.
,-
--"""
1000
2000
3000
"
13
"•
11
,
•
66
66
•
65
675
~
630
~
590
,
,
3
,
1
5
o.,
0.2
O,
0.4
.,"
0.7
,
2
,
5
,
-,--
•
3Si Id % 65
4000
,
7
•
65 ~
550 6 0.9 7
5000
55OC
6000
5
l
3
,
••
64
c
63 .,
o:"
505
4?5
465 ...,I
1
10
8
: .~
1.2
Ii3
,'.'
1.4
•
9
.."
12
-- - ..,
5
• "•5 1,55 13
- 7000
8000
9000
1
,
-1
.,
.,
-3
~
.,
63
.,
62
62
425
'"
380
~
340
13
"
15
18
"
1.7
,.,"
2.0
2.3
,.
14
"
17
"a
21
10,000
10.0lIl
., "
-5 61 ~
300
"a
21 2.6
,. 25
•
11,000
11.0lIl
"....
12,000 ., •"
-7
-9
61
60
~
255
,,,
215
25
•
29
3.0
"
3.4
29
•
34
Figure 5-6. Time, Fuel, and Distance to Climb
11 July
July 1979
19?a $ · 13
5-13

~
S~CTION ~
SECTION 5 CESS NA
CESSNA
PEHI'ORMANCE
PERFORMANCE M OO!;;L 152
MODEL
CRUISE
CR UI S E PERFORMANCE
PERF ORM ANC E
cQNOITIONS
CONDITIONS:
n
1870_"'"
1670 Pounds
~OCOi" i .""'d t.o.1
Recommended Lean Mixture (See SootIO<\
MI" u.. ISo< Section 4.
4, Cruise)
Ctuiool
NOT
NOTE: E:
Cruise
en.i .. _speeds ...
are """""
shown lo< an .UpI
for an airplane _'~ ",irll
..... equipped with _
speed foitlngo
fairings ""''''' increase the ~
which """- speeds
"" ....,
_o,i",ot"~ two knotL
by approximately knots.
PRESSURE
20°C BELOW
STANDARD FEMP
STANDARD
TEMPERATURE
20°C ABOVE
STANDARD TEMP
n
A I TITI I PlP
ML I M U L/C
ROM
nrlvl
% % %
FT
""
,,~
KTAS KTAS ,,~
GPH GPH KTAS
2400
BHP BHP BHP
""
GPH
2000
,., 75 101 6.1 70 101 5.7
.
'.7
"" """
2300 71 97 5.7 66 96 5.4 63 95 5.1
2200 62 92
•••.,
5.1 59 91 4.8 56 90 4.6
4000
2100
2000
2450
~
55
49
,,,"
"" ." ..
87
81
.,
4.5 53
47
75
86
80
103
4.3
3.9
6.1
51
•.,., "" ,,,'" •,..,, "ro '" ""u

4.1 46
70
85
79
102
4.2
3.8
5.7
-
.. . .. ,..
2400 76 102 6.1 71 101 5.7 67 100
' 00 5.4
." "
~
2300 67 96 5.4 63
"• " .,•• • •" •.,•••••
95 5.1 00
60 95 4.9
••• .." •
2200 00
60 91 4.8 56 00
90 4.6 54 89 4.4
2100 53 86 4.4 51 85 4.2 49 84 4.0
" " ..,

..
2000 48 81 3.9 46 80 3.8 45 78 3.7
6000 2500
2400
."" '".•
72 101
. . •••
5.8
75
67
•• "" 105
100
'00'" "
"•••• "" "" ..,..,•••
6.1
5.4
71
64
104
99
5.7
5.2
n
." ,.•"
2300 64 96 5.2 00
60 95 4.9 94
••••• • 57 4.7
••• "" "" .."•••, .." """ ..,...

,.
2200 57 90 4.6 54 ~
89 4.4 52 88 4.3
8000
2100
2000
2550
2500
51
46
76
-
85
80
."." .• . .
105
_
,.
_
4.2
3.8
.
49
45
84
79
4.0
3.7
••• "" '" " "" ''" ,.••

75 107 6.1
"" • " •..,"., "" " '.'

6.2 71 104 5.8
48
44
71
67
u 83
77
106
103
3.9
3.6
5.7
5.4
.. . .
2400 68 '00
100 5.5 64 99 5.2 61 98 4.9
2300
2200
61
55
95
90
•.•••, " ,,,"" ,. " ,,,"" ••••••
5.0
4.5
58
52
94
89
4.7
4.3
55
51
93
87
4.5
4.2
n
10.000
10,000
2100
2500
""• '"."
49
72
84
105
... .
4.1
5.8
..,
48
••• ""..
•• 68
83
103
3.9 46
•••
"'" " " •••••
...5.5 64
• .." " u••• ".. ".. ••

82
103
3.8
5.2
...".." """
2400 65 99 5.3 61 98 5.0 58 97 4.8
n
2300 58 94 4.7 56 93 4.5 53 92 4.4
" ...
2200
2100
53
48
89
83
••
. . ...
4.3
•••
51 88
••'.'... ....•"
4.0 46 82
4.2
" '" ".. " "

3.9
49
45
86
81
4.0
3.8
.
12,000 2450 65 101 5.3 62 100 5.0 59 99 4.8
2400 62 99 5.0 59 97
••
.. 4.8 56
••, " " "••
96 4.6
"" ...
2300 56 93 4.6 54 92 4.4 52 91 4.3
2200 51
"" 88
••
4.2 49 87 4.1 48 85 4.0
2100 47 82
"
3.9 45 81
" 3.8 44 79 3.7
...
Figure ~·7 .
Figure 5-7. Crul~. P.rlom1l\noo
Cruise Performance
5-14 1l July 1979

11179

CESSNA SECTION 65
MODEL 152
152 PEHYO RM Io.NCE
PERFORMANCE
PROFILE
RANGE PROFllE
45 MINUTES RES ER\lE
RESERVE
24.6 GALLONS USASLE
24.5 USABLE FUEL
CONDITIONS:
1670 Pounds
Recommended Lean Mixture for Cruise
Standard Temperature
Zero Wind
1.z. ,...,....-10
NOTES:
NOTES
1. n... ........._10<
This chart allows
_
distance ........
during d
_
.... fuel
for the
_ as
climb
,... used
_ for"" engine
_;"r_5-6
.................
.. shown in figure 5-6.
~...-
start, taxi,
Io! .. _ _ _ _ ,"""",,""" _ _
..... climb, and the
takeoff and d_._ . . .
2. Performance
,ho CNioo _ is shownW _ for ,an _airplane
_ equipped
_ . with speed fairings which increase
the cruise speeds by approximately two knots.
12,000 T~
i 8( ) _^
i 102
c
Sj
y S
K TAQ-
9' in
10,000
A K TAS
■s/
1
i
••• 8000 f
M 07
• K TAS
- •
!
<
6000
i_ M05
KTAS
s
_J
98
.KTAS
30 L79
<TAS1 KTAS
- 4000
LL
O
Q_
cC
Iu
<
2000 -
i
<o
- *
S.L.
i 100
"KTA S"
34
KTAS"
61
a A
II
300 350 400 450 500
RANGE kA.U1'Ic.A~ MILES

R..... GE - NAUTICAL MILES
Figure 5-8. Range Profile (Sheet 1 of 2)
11 July
July 1979
11179 5-15

n
SECTION 5& CESSNA
PERFORMANCE MODEL
MODE L 152
152
RANGE PROFILE
PRQFllE
37.5
45 MINUTES
45 MINUTES RESERVE
RES ERVE
37 .5 GALLONS USABLE
USAB LE FUEL
FUEL n
COND,nQHS,
CONDITIONS: n
--
,~-
1670 Pounds
Recommended
"'" .... _ ~ ..
Lean Mixture
:. ..... for Cruise
lo< 0\01.
-~,--
Standard Temperature
Zero Wind
HOTI:S:
NOTES:
1. TM
1 This .......
chart allows
_ lo< "'"
for the .....
fuel _ '''' engine
used for .......... ..... takeoff
start, taxi, ....... " and
_ dclimb,
...... and
_ the
"'"
do"'" _ •......
_ ...,.,...._1
distance during climb as shown In
~_
, ,__ tMInao_m.-
H.
"" .. 5-6.
in figure
2.
2.
_~_
"'"
the cn.- _
cruise speeds by _0._,"", _. . . . .
Performance is shown for an airplane equipped with speed fairings which increase
by approximately two knots.
n
12,000
94 p80
n
02
KTAS]"KTAS
nV <ta:
<->
10,000
11
n
\,
8000 /I
,,
1X1
M07
-KTAS
i 1 1
LJJ
g 6000
r 105 ■98 lL 179
I -n
KTAS KTAS _KTAS KTAS
5 /
<
4000
1 If
5
cc
u
1
■«
_
-C
a. 1 (
— 5
-
2000
/ c
-i
s
n
I
a u
r "77
_
TA S
8 7TAS" ;ktas
1 /KTAS
S.L.
n
500 550 600 650 700 750
RANGE - NAUTICAL MILES
Figure 5-8. Range Profile (Sheet 2 of 2)

n
~_16
5-16 I1 JIliy
July 1979

- C~SSNA
CESSNA SECTION &
5
MODEL 152
MODl:Llli:! PERFORMANCE
ENDURANCE PROFllE
PROFILE
45 MINUTES RESERVE
24,5 GALLONS USABLE FUEL
24.5
CONDITIONS:
COHOIllONS
1810_
1670 Pounds
P ..... _
Recommended
~ _ ......... ç,...,.
Lean Mixture for Cruise
Standard
~T_",r. Temperature
NOn:
NOTE:
n.;, dIon
This _
chart allows to. ....tuoi used
for the fuel _ "" engine
for _ _ start,
_ ....... "",..II ....
taxi, takeoff and climb, and the .-c...... ...
..... durint cIImb _ _ .. fi9Itt K
time during climb as shown in figure 5-6.
,.
12,000
I
>
10,000
k
(
/
L
I
II
8000
LU 6000 I
|
Q
kf
3
cc
4000
11 [
2000
i
S.L.
3 4 5
(NOURIoNCE·- 1tOU1I$
ENDURANCE HOURS
1I July
luly 1979
1!I7V
Fll\lre 5-9.
Figure 5·9. Endurance
Endll_ Profile
PO'OlUe (Sile«

(Sheet 1I of
or 2)
a)
..,
5-17
n
SECl'ION 5
SECTION o CESSNA
CESSNA
PERFORMANCE
PERFORMANCE MODEL
MOOEL 152
1&2
ENDURANCE PROFILE
ENDURANCE
4 5 MINUTES
45 M INUTE S RESERVE
37. 5 GALLONS
37.5
RES ER VE
G ALLONS USABLE
USABLE FUEL
FUEL n
COfIDlTIONS;
CONDITIONS:
I U Pounds
1670 O_
n
~ Mixture
I!oc " ,. , _ Lean
Recommended MI. ..... for
lo< Cruise
CPuI.
S<>n<Iorl1owo for
' - the ~ used
"" fuel "'"" for
fop engine
....... start,
".". taxi,
la><L takeoff and cl_.
,"ho" ond climb, ond
and the
....
n
time <k>rlnI c.l1~ ..
dmo during climb _
as shown n,.n.
In figure 5-6.
in !>-6 .
12,000
i
j
f
10,000
< n
k
I- 8000
y
n
LU
U.
a 6000
II
i
|
n
c D ccl_
u Jj
n
1 L
< 4000 — l; — <
( r
( (
SI —
nl
<*]
2000
1
|
S.L.
• 7 8
ENDURANCE - HOURS
9 10
n
n
Figure &.11.
ngur. 5-9. Endu
Endurance Profile (Sh
rance Proflle (Sheet
..' l2 011)
of 2)
~·18
5-18 l1 July
July 19"79
1979

~
Z
-z
z
u
_:I
w
"
LANDING DISTANCE
>- "c
" •"o
" ••
"•
SHORT FIELD
- -'" "
SECTION
~
CONDITIONS:
Flaps 30°
E~5
Power Off
_ PERFORMA.... CE
Maximum Braking
l
!
1&
Paved, Level, Dry Runway
Zero Wind
"~~"W
NOTES:
1. Short field technique as specified in Section 4.
•
•
!
.Ii"
ii
"l
2. Decrease distances 10% for each 9 knots headwind. For operation with tailwinds up to 10 knots, increase
,
distances by 10% for each 2 knots.
"
"i .. !l~
'.
3. For operation on a dry, grass runway, increase distances by 45% of the "ground roll" figure.
"
,,I j~I
"
,; 'l ;"''lI
'" ~ 8 ~ i
.'"
&- - --
W'l
,., '.
;1
~l Il.1
~~
"~ _s
• f
;u~ ~
.~~·~i
i- ii ~";
;1
4. If a landing with flaps up is necessary, increase the approach speed by 7 KIAS and allow for 35% longer
ii
Wll! L ••
.., .. _."
E!i .;.;!l~ &; "~
, l- '1lil!
distances.
0°C t ""' 10°C 20°C y, P 30°C 40°C

SPEED 3t\ IO-{f
PRESS
WEIGHT AT
ALT GRND TOTAL FT GRND TOTAL FT GRND TOTAL FT GRND TOTAL FT GRND TOTAL FT
LBS 50 FT
FT ROLL TO CLEAR ROLL TO CLEAR ROLL TO CLEAR ROLL TO CLEAR ROLL TO CLEAR
KIAS
FT 50 FTOBS FT 50 FT OBS FT 50 FT OBS FT 50 FT OBS FT 50 FT OBS
,•
•
..
1670 54 S.L. 450 1160 465 1185 485 1215 500 1240 515 1265
•
Cn
__
NN
"'_
I 1000 465 1185 485 1215 500 1240 520 1270 535 1295
...
2000 485 1215 500 1240 520 1270 535 1300 555 1330
"
~
.;;::1::::;:;
3000 500 1240 520 1275 540 1305 560 1335 575 1360
4000 520 1275 540 1305 560 1335 580 1370 600 1400

..., .. "' .. ~lil
5000 540 1305 560 1335 580 1370 600 1400 620 1435
ro
o 6000 560 1340 580 1370 605 1410 625 1440 645 1475
... -
7000 585 1375 605 1410 625 1440 650 1480 670 1515
CO
~mnm
S~~'i~S'i~~
~~~8~~:o::o::o:
:!!i:;:?"'~~~'i!il
~_:o::o::o:~~
::~~~_~~:o::!:
"'''<)'''~:!!'''':iI
§!!~n~~~
i:i<~)!l:;!8i:i>l
U~~8)!l:!!::!~
---------
---------
-- ........ ..,..,., ...

",;",$
1lI!i!"'<D
.. :;:?'"
..........
!!§!UUI
!!!§!ml
·I!U····
I— 8000 605 1410 630 1450 650 1480 675 1520 695 1555
33.
z
j
5- 19(5-20 BLANK)
Q
CESSNA
MOOEL 152
•
,••
,, •
Figure 5-11. Landing Distance
<
-,
•
-
CESSNA
CESSNA SECTION 86
MODEL
MODEL 152
162 WEIGHT
WE & BALANCEI
!OHT '" BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT L1ST
LIST
SECTION 6
WEIGHT & BALANCEI
BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LlST
LIST
TABLE
TA8LE OF
QF CONTENTS
CQNTENTS
Introduction
IntToduclio n . . . . • • • • •
'-
Page
. 6·3
6-3
Airplane
Airpla ... Weighing
Weight
W.iplns Procedures
W. '1{1It And
An<l Balance
Prooed" ..... ••6-3
6-6
Equ;plDea! List
Equipment
tlaUU.""
L;~\ •......
•
.6-"13
6-13
11 July
July 1979
1m 6.1 /(8.2 blank)
6-1/(6-2 bl&.l:tkJ

CESSNA SECTION
6ECTION 68
MODEL
MODEL 152
I~ WEIGHT & BALANCE/
WEIOHT,. BALANCE/
EQUIPMENT LIST
EQUIPMENT LIST
INTRODUCTION
TIII. section
This _I"" desor1bM
describes the p..-..... for
Ula procedure fo. establishing
alJlabUablq the lba basic
b ....1c empty
amplJ'
mOmant or
wel(tbt and moment
weight of the UI. &l'pl ...... Sample
airplane. S_pl. forms
lo.nu are pro~l_ for
&re provided (or
referen .... Procedures
reference. P..-" ... for' .... cale"l.UIl.
calculating the U.a weight IUId moment
.allhl and m01llt1l1 for ~a.rio ...
lo. various
operations
ope are also
•• Uon ...... 1_ provided. oomp ...h~"o list
pl'OYid-"-. A comprehensive Il.1 of
or all
• CeCessna
..". equip .u
equip'
manO .vallable
ment fo. this
available for IbUl .Irpl .... o is
airplane I. included
lDOhKIec1.1 lba back
at the or this
bacli: of ibis section.
"""Ilo<>.
It abould
Il should be noted lb"
ba oo!ed that lpeoltlc
specific information
Inlcnn,"lon regarding
.... U'dIDIUIthe weight,
.... anno
tlhl, arm,
motOe,"
moment &Dd 1D.atallecl equlpment
and installed un for
equipment list I"..lbl. drpl.,.,."""
this airplane nnly be
can only In
ba found in
- lbe approprl~
the appropriate .el,,"
Il 1& the
It is
weight and balance records
tb . .responsibility
. . ponatbUlty olUl.
bal.,.,.,. .....
n:I. carried
pllol to
of the pilot
cani..:! in
ensure
\O ...... N that
u.. airplane.
I.. the
lbal the
airpl .....
UI .... 'pl.... is
airplane 'a loaded
loo.ded
proper!,..
properly.
AIRPLANE
AIAPLANE WEIGHING PROCEDUAES
PROCEDURES
I1.. Prep ....
tIO" :
Preparation:
a. Innate
Inflate ti
tires
..... to reoomm~lIded. operating
\O recommended OP'l,alin&, pressures.
pf'llllWl1te11.
b. Remove
fUmo"e the tba (fuel
...1 tank sump quick-drain
tanli: tump qulck ·dn.lll fittings and fuel
HUlIIIIS end line
fUolllno
drain plug
d.dn plulillO to dn.ln
drain all
.11 fuel.
fU.1.
e.
c. Remo".
Remove oil oll lump
sump dr.LD
drain plugplu, to drain 1111
\O draln all otl.
oil.
d. Move sliding seats to the
Movll slldlllilleats most forward
Ilio molli lonorard position.
"""IUon .
e. Raise
RaI ... flaps
n.p. to the full
\O Iho fully re"ao\ec1 position.
y retracted pa.ltlon .
t.f. Place
PI""".II all oon l rol ,urfaoes
control surfaces In noul.&1 position.
in neutral poRtllan.
2. LoveUnlr.
Leveling:
a.
R. Place ""al
1'\."" scales under
. . und . . .each
",,11 wheel
wllu l (&OlIO(500# mlnlmum
minimum capaci'.)'
capacity for fn.
scales).
""al . . ).
b. D_f!a\Ol nO.~
Deflate Uro .nd/or
nose tire lowo. Or
and/ or lower ,al.o the
or raise Ih. no
nose•• strut
olrullO canlu
to center
- bubble
bubblo on 10".1 level (He(see figure
fl,uro e· 6-1).
I ).
a.3. W.'lIhing:
Weighing:
La. w.lb
With Ilio
the .Irplano
airplane 10".1level and brallubrakes released,
NlLelo.Mld. record the weight we!glH
shown on 0",,11
abown each 10.10.
scale. Deduct
DedUQI the tare, if eny
tbc tare.1f any,.trom
from tr.ch
each reading.
",OI.ding.
4.
4 Measuring:
Me .....!"1r.
La. Oblaln
Obtain m ... u •• ",.nl /I.
measurement A by me . . urlnll I>orl~ntally
measuring horizontally (.lonllll>e
(along the
airplane ""nle.
0.1'1'1.". center lIne)
line) lrom
from •a line stretched bel
lIne .I",teh..:! between the m
.... ..., lI>e main
..!n
wheel ""nlenl<>.
",1>"1 centers to a plumb pluml> bob dmppe<ldropped !lvrn!h.
from the firewall.
n",waU.
II.
b. Obtain m
ObC&.ln ........"'.nI8
measurement B by b)' m ..... rln,; horizontally
measuring bori:oont&lly and paral p • ...t.
I.l to u..
lel I<> the aI",lan.
airplane Unlar Iln •. (rom
center line, from OInlcr
center 01 of "u_
nose ",b_1
wheel &.d axle,
•.
left side, 1<>.
le(lalde. to a plumb bobdroppeo:!
bob dropped lrom from thetb~ lin. bootw .... n \be
line between the main
molO
wheel ""nleN.
wboel centers. Repeat On on r right side end
llllt .ide and aveRlI'
average tbe the me measure
........
menlL
ments.
S5. Using ..
U.lna weights
elahle lrom from luomitem 3 and moas measurements
.. nnnen" fmm from itemltem 4. 4, \be
the
airplane
.Irpl weight and C.O.
.... ",elahl C.G. O""
can ba be de1.ermlned..
determined.
86.. Basic .:mpl)'
I/.a8!Q Empty W.I&,hl
Weight mRy may be detormlnec1
determined by oompleUnli completing fI figure
.... re8.6-1.
1.
l1 JJuly
.. ly limi
1979 6-3

SECTION
SECTION 6 e CESSNA
WEIGHT
WE!GliT &
"" BALANCE/
BJI,.LANCE/ MODEL
MODEL 152
152
..
P.QUU·);\ENT LIST
EQUIPMENT WST
Datum m._. ~ ."'" Face)

Do ...... (Firewall, Front
~ 0.0
Sta.
fo.. !
Level on Leveling Screws

(Left Side of Tailcone)
N l ."
"
N L & R
--,-
Scale Position
-......
Scale Reading ,-
Tare
-Symbol
, --,
Net Weight
~
..--'-_., _'
~-
Left Wheel
Right Wheel
Nose Wheel
............ ....
Sum of Net Weights (As Weighed)
L
,•
R
•
W
X ·= ....
X ARM= (A)-(N)
·(.t.I·I
-•x (B) ;. X
~)."I
W
• =· ,( ",---:--,-')xC',,( --;_"., , I) IN.
IN.
'- ,
Item Weight Iltlo.l
(Lbs.) X
li c.a."m
C.G. Arm Il
(In.)
• .1 = , ,
Moment/1000
(Lbs.-ln.)
Airplane Weight (From Item 5, page 6-3)
Qi~
Add Oil:
No Oil Fil,..
""::. (6 Ott
Filter " Qts ..
at 7.5
1.$ Lbs/Gal) ~011 -14.7 "
" '"
With Oil Filter (7 Qts at 7.5 Lbs/Gal) -14.7
Add Unusable Fuel:

,
~
Std.
,~ Tanks (1.5 Gal at 6 Lbs/Gal) 40.0
L.R. Tanks (1.5 Gal at 6 Lbs/Gal) 40.0
lift.T~
Equipment Changes
Airplane Basic Empty Weight
Figure 6-1. Sample Airplane Weighing

n
6-4 July 18'111
1 Jul)' 1979

-
-
I
Z
~
~
~
00
z
o
o
~
~
~
~
~
00
<
<
W
W
w
SAMPLE WEIGHT AND BALANCE RECORD
l
l
I
·
Continuous History of Changes in Structure or Equipment Affecting Weight and Balance
!
•
u •
,< l
J•
CESS N ~
•
j
•
••
<
<
•
•
AIRPLANE MODEL SERIAL NUMBER PAGE NUMBER
~
,
~
,-
l Ju11' 1979
an
MOOt.:L 1 ~ 2
to
,•• • •
WEIGHT CHANGE
•
< f ! -
RUNNIN G BASIC
-
ITEM NO.
"
~,
••• H
EMPTY V HEIGHT
o
o
•
,
ADDED (+) REMOVED (-)
,
DESCRIPTION
,•
• -
DATE
•o
•<
i ~
•
OF ARTICLE OR MODIFICATION
,, !.
.
g
Wt. Arm Moment Wt. Arm Moment Wt. Moment
.
,, ,.-
- , -,
In Out
-I• ,,• ,
"
~!
.," Il
.-.
- uw l -ì• n
• - li
~
-
Il
- • ,-
(Ib.) /1000
• ,.
(Ib.) (In.) /1000 (Ib.) (In.) /1000
M 0

0 a
i—i
8°
S W Cfi
M
z
?* ^
r
n^
SECTION
a;
W!':TGlfT .lo DALANCEI
••
EQUlPMENT 1.1ST
~- en
e
Figure 6-2. Sample Weight and Balance Record
<
:,
•
SECTION 6 CESSNA
WEIGHT & BALANCE/
WEIOHT '" IIA!.ANCE,;/ MODEL 152
k:QU1PMENT LIST
EQUIPMENT UST
WEIGHT
WE IGHT AND
ANO BALANCE
The following
1'he lollo ... hll information
InIOM .. tlO" will enable
.. m ... you .0
IObI" .vOl1 to ope
operate your Ce
.... "" ),OU. Cessna
...""
within ,II ..
.. i!.hl .. the prescribed
preaeribed .. "lrM and
weight .. nd eenter
center of r 01
....vh.v IIml""lIolla.
gravity Ilru.-e
limitations. To figure
'...!ghl.nd
weight l>&I.n"".
u .. the
and balance, use ilio S""'pl. f'rt>bl.m. !.<>Mlnr
Sample Problem, Loading Onph.
Graph, and Center c .......".
01 O .. Mom.,,1
"ity Moment Envelope
of Gravity a. 1011_.:
E"v.lope as follows:
T.ko
Take the
!ho basic
buIe empty
omp'.v weight and moment
wollbllnd ..omf", from appropriate weight IUld
lrom "pprop"at.wo'l!'ht and
balance reoord, carried
ballUlC'e records curie<! in .vou ••
In your Itp:..... &Dd
airplane, IIIcm in
..Il". them
and ,enter !be colwna
lo the column
titled YOUR AIRPLANE
IiUIIICI YOUR AlRI'LANE on !be S
OD the Sample Loadllli Probl,,1Il.
..... ple Loading Problem.
No'n:
NOTE
In
lo addition
addllion to
\O the b1aiclmpty
U.I basic ... II!'M and moment
empty weight mnmenl noted
nOled on
u. .....
these ....,.,rd •. the
records, l1Ie C.G. arm (fu
c.a. arm . . l~ ltallonl
(fuselage l. also
station) is al""
1OI..'w .... but
shown, bu, need noi be
need not u_ on 1111
1M used the S.mple !.oadinl!'
Sample Loading
Problem. Tlle
ProblclIl. The moment
mOm."" which
wh;ch" .hown must be
is shown mu.'
d;vided by
boo divided by
IOOOa.nd
1000 ,lIil value
and this vll..e used
uOlC'd as
•• the
u.o moment/1000
~,om.ntlloooDn u..
loadiDK
on the loading
problem.
probl" ....
U... the
Use Ihe Loading
additi"nal item
additional
!.oadlns Graph
ilom to
G'"ph to
lM carried;
\O be
IO determine
"-tum,nl the
clrr,"": then
thln list
th. moment/1000
III: these
mnmlnt/looo for
Ih ... oonn the
lo r each
Ihe loading
.""h
loading problem.
prnhl .. m. -
NO'TE
NOTE
Loading
LoAdlnr Graph
O •• ph information
Inlor", ..!!on for
for the
'he pilot,
pUOI. passengers
PassenllCrs and
baggage
bariap is
l. based
baud on
on seats
Hai. positioned
poshloned for average
.ver.ie occu
oco,,·
p~n", and
pants .. nd baggage
baH.... loaded
10ad"" in
In the center of
'he oenl4lr baii~
III" baggage
01 the
areas
...... &11 as
U Il,,,_ on
shown on the
Ih. Loading Arra.nge",enl. diagram.
!.o""l~i Arrangements dl", ...m.
"
loadlngR which
~'or loadings
For wh lch may
m.. )' differ IMm these,
~11I. r from .h•••. the
'h. Sample
Slmple
!.oadlng Problem
Loading P",blom lists
Ila'" fuselage
111.81.8'1 stations
.'aUonl for
lor these
'h ... items
i'eml to
'"
indicate u.."
lndl.,.lo their forward
I"rw .. rd and
.nd aft
alt C.G. range
c.a .... n8'" limitation
lim!""'!"n (seat
\ ....,
travel and
travel a.nd baggage
baggag ....... Umilolion). Additional
area limitation). Add!Ucno.l moment
m"ment
calculaUon •. based
calculations, bued on
on the
u.. actual
IoOlual weight
w.'ll:hl and
ond c.a
C.G.... nn
arm
(fuselage
(fu_I.". station)
ola,i",,) of
01 the
III. item
h.m being
bIIin" loaded,
loadod. must be made
muollM made if
jl
III, position
the _h.lo" of01the
!hl load i.
10.<1 is different
dlll~r~">llroLD IlI ..1shown
from that thow<I on
Oli the
!hc
Loading
Lo"di,.. Graph.
Or."b.
Total the weights
TotallM welihlG and
IUld moments/1000
mome"IS/ IOOO and
a.nd plot
,,101 these
.hese values
v.lllM on
on the
Ih.
01 Gravity
~n",r of
Center Ornt1y Moment
Momecl Envelope
Envelope to
IO del4lrml", wh.,M, the
determine whether 111. point
potol falls
lall.
within
wilhln the
Ih. envelope,
""""lopa••and
nd if
Il the
Ih. loading
loadlnr is
l, acceptable.
a.eeep""bie
n
il
6-6 Ju!y 1979
1I July 1919 -
n
CESSN A
CESSNA SECT10N
SECTION 8
6
MODEl.l~
MODEL 152 WE1GHT "& BALANCE/
WEIGHT BALANC1=: /
__ _-_
EQU1PMENT LIST
EQUIPMENT 1.1ST
._
I.
- . _._. . .- . .---"'-'''--''--
..... . ........
.... .....• -- .... _- _-
LOADING ARRANGEMENTS
ARRANGEMENTS
... I
*Pilot or passenger center of gravity on adjustable seats positioned for average occupant.
.__ . . . _.1-
Numbers in parenthesis indicate forward and aft limits of occupant center of gravity range.
,
-_ ......... .... _.. _---
"Arms measured to the center of the areas shown.
.... _ ... e. ... _ .. _ ......... _ .. _"" ..... "".
""'lO
NOTES: 1. The usable fuel C.G. arm for standard tanks is located at station 42.0; the C.G.
,
2.
arm for usable fuel in long range tanks is station 39.5.
"" .. _ _ _ ..'"-_Nl ..... _ ... _ _ ...
The aft baggage wall (approximate station 94} can be used as a convenient interior
reference point for determining the location of baggage area fuselage stations.
su,"'"
STATION
C.G. ARM) "'-
STATION
(C.G.. ....
1<.0 ARM)'
I<. ... " .'"
".-
JL JL
•39
""c."
(33 TO 41) - -Il. ".
,."0"1 -Il.
•39 —
(33 TO 41)
".- ...,., • _~"o ...,

:hild seat
- A'" ,
_ AREA 1
.....,
"64 64 ■
" .• -
"84
94
- AREA 2
.STANDARD SEATING
, ........ 0 .... """
"".-
**84-
•94-
- AREA 2
<TP1t<WA'_H""
OPTIONAL SEATING
l'',cu'''
8-'1.
Figure 6-3. 1.O",,'ng ........ ng.mon ••
Loading Arrangements
8AGGAGE
BAGGAGE LOADING and
A I E-DOWN
TIE-DOWN
ND T
lAG GAGI U
BAGGAGE lA
AREA
MU ' MUM .ALLOWABLE
MAXIMUM "O W ABL< LO"ol
LOADS
..<D •
AREA
I ... ® = Ilo
120 'OU
POUNDS
.. al
..... CD
AREA © <= <o40 .DU
POUNDS
NOI
."01
AREAS 0'
Q + CD© •=120
Ilo POUNDS
MU ND'
TIE-DOWN NET ATTACH POINTS

: A cargo tie-down net is provided to secure baggage in the baggage area.
The net attaches to six tie-down rings. Two rings are located on the floor
just aft of the seat backs and one ring is located two inches above the floor
on each cabin wall at the aft end of area (T) . Two additional rings are
located at the top, aft end of area (2) . At least four rings should be used
to restrain the maximum baggage load of 120tf.
Figure 6-4. Baggage Loading and Tie-Down
1L J"ly
July 19'>9
1979

.'
6-7
SECTION
SECl'I ON G6 CES$NA
CESSNA _
WEIGHT
WEIO HT ...& SAl.ANCEI
BALANCE/ MOOEL
MODEL 1&
152
EQUIPMENT \..1ST
EQUlPMENT LIST
CCABIN HEIGHT Me
.... SIN HElGHT MEASUREMENTS
.... SUREMENTS
•
--
1i
" ,. 1
FIREWALL^
n
flU""An
----.-- --_.'
-FACE OFf H<lSIIUMIIII
INSTRUMENT PAlln
PANEL
.. ."
56°
......--1
n
n
rACi O lUI
REAR "" ... n or
WALL OF CA 'III
CABIN-
DOOR
DOO R OPENING DIMENSIONS
WIDTH _ "" 101101 _
(TOP)
I WIDTH
"" 101 11
(BOTTOM)
II0nOM )
HEIGHT
HIIGHI
I(FRONT)
fIOIlT )
1011 10111
HEIGHT
I·' ....)
(REAR) • LWR
•
WIDTH
( Wl WINDOW
WIIIDO"" LINE
Il '''
31"
Il'' 33'/4" 31'/2"
111'0 " 31"
* C .... III FLOOR
* CABIN flOOI
CABIN
CABIN WIDTH
WIDTH MEASUREMENTS
MEASUREMENTS
• /1'~1' tlNOS (6)
DO""N RINGS
TIE DOWN (. ,
-
• 27'/2"
*24'/2"
CABIN
CAB1I<
STATIONS
H AIIO NS 0.0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 9094
(C.G.
IC D ARMS)
AlMI) 560
•
..
6-8
Figure 6-5. Internal Cabin Dimensions

Jul)'1979
1 IJuly 1m
-
••
"<z
••"
>
<
•
z"
<
,•
O
w
<
SAMPLE AIRPLANE YOUR AIRPLANE §8
<C
-'
I)l
-
SAMPLE
Moment Moment
CESSNA
al
<C
D
""'-'
"- '"-"
Weight (Ib. -ins. Weight (Ib.-ins.
wo
LOADING PROBLEM
••< ,j,"""'!
l Juty H/79
01
~-
.,
IH
Bg
- l'C,-
(lbs.) /1000) (lbs.) /1000)
MODF.I, 1M.
to
-
«
1. Basic Empty Weight (Use the data pertaining to your
n
rl
~u
"
.,!!
,.
" "-z c!l<

airplane as it is presently equipped. Includes unusable
oIl·- ,
o r'
••
,-
-' ''1
"SoL
fuel and full oil) 1136 34.0
•
•
!." ~ ~
•
2. Usable Fuel (At 6 Lbs./Gal.)
i
•"
•"
H. r
.~
- -<3
Standard Tanks (24.5 Gal. Maximum) 147 6.2
~ ., §
"li
!l
Long Range Tanks (37.5 Gal. Maximum)
j
.... .::! • -
.. Ii ... "
~~ ~ ,
~_
o:
ì!~ ~ ~
.... ~"ll
! ~
0-
Il!
~
,
Reduced Fuel (As limited by maximum weight) ....
•,
"
~
~
,
3. Pilot and Passenqer (Station 33 to 41) 340 13.3
•,
•
•
,
4. * Baggage - Area 1 (Or passenger on child's seat)
•
•
,"
,-
'"
~
Il
O!§
(Station 50 to 76, 120 Lbs. Max.) 52 3.3
l
l
o
5. * Baggage - Area 2 (Station 76 to 94, 40 Lbs. Max.)
•, l-. •
,
•
- o
•
;
, •• •
.-.. f.i:l ! -js- ,", ,•••
~ ., • ,
• ,
• • •, ,•
~
;.:
• •
6. RAMP WEIGHT AND MOMENT 1675 56.8
••
l
,
"
,-,•
~
<
7. Fuel allowance for engine start, taxi, and runup -5 -.2

h2
<
~
8. TAKEOFF WEIGHT AND MOMENT £>
a
<c
,-
~ii
, • l .,
~ì
!, .,
..
(Subtract Step 7 from Step 6) 1670 56.6
•• ,t -
'.
:
"
~
W CM
• •
,
9. Locate this point (1670 at 56.6) on the Center of Gravity Moment Envelope,
H > H
'. ;~
Q!'
".
~€
li
and since this point falls within the envelope, the loading is acceptable. J
,
-
SI tr1 O
i
, l! I • ,•• "•• "r•• '

<
, l, -,I
~ ~
~: ~
~
,- !
III
••
- , -j!,
" " l,
~·i .(
- "I
•• l"•
* The maximum allowable combined weight capacity for baggage areas 1 and 2 is 120 pounds.
r
en
n^
CO
WI! IGHT '" BALANCEI
EQU IPMENT LlST
,-o
SECTION 6
< •
Figure 6-6. Sample Loading Problem
•,- 'I !, ~
,! •
LOAD MOMENT/1000 (KILOGRAM-MILLIMETERS) H m
0
<"
50 75 100 125 a
I (
0
- 200
o
H
H
SEC'l'JON ~
400 CD
PILOT. PASSENGER AND
FUEL ILONG RANGE TANKS} Ltt- 175 trJ
@ 6«/GAL. [0 72 KG/LITERI
1—I tr1
FUEL (STANDARD TANKS!
816./GAL [0 72 KG/LITERI
EQUlf'MENT LIST
r-H-H-- 150 7R H
BAGGAGE IN AREA ® 1OR O
PASSENGER ON CHILD'S SEAT)
cr
M
120» MAX [51 4 KG MAXI
WE1GHT" HALANCIi:/
ID
: -125 .■■
BAGGAGE IN AREA @ 4CU MAX
118 1 KG MAXI
- 100 1-
37.5 GAL. (141 liters) max:;; X
<3
- 75
(92.7 LITERS) MAX

LOADING GRAPH - 50
- 25
12 I 3 14 I 5

LOAD MOMENT/1000 (POUND-INCHES)
Line representing adjustable seats shows the pilot or passenger center of gravity on adjustable
••
NOTES:
,
seats positioned for an average occupant. Refer to the Loading Arrangements Diagram for
forward and aft limits of occupant C.G. range.
8^
CESSNA
MODEL1~
•
Figure 6-7. Loading Graph
l July 1979
•,•
-
-
l
J~ly
CESSNA
,,l
l•
••>
I
,•
!•
•
,8•
•
o
••
••<
LOADED AIRPLANE MOMENT/1000 (KILOGRAM-MILLIMETERS)
!
,
li79
MODEL l~
350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700

l i i , I
r800
_ 1700 r775 SQ.

to
D r 750
Z CENTER OF GRAVITY
1600 MOMENT ENVELOPE 725
O
^700
1500
^675
r 650 lu
1400
E-625
600
1300
-575 &■
Q
UJ ^-550
Q
1200
< r 525 I
O
1!I'f\IW!lO'I ~1 .I.tI~I", J NV'l.w,~ " . "~Ql

1100 500
1000
30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65
•;
I
•
••
o
<
LOADED AIRPLANE MOMENT/1000 (POUND-INCHES)
,
;
,• !
>
• o••
,
•• •••
• ,•
>
>
~ •
l ~
Figure 6-8.
, ,,
Center of Gravity Moment Envelope
,,,
, ••
,
l ,
WEIOHT 40 BALANCEI
SECTION 8
EQUIPMENT LIIIT
SI::CTION 6G
SECTION CESSNA
WE!CHT"
WEIGHT BA LANCEI
& BALANCE/ MODEL
MODEL 152
152
UST
EQUIPMENT LIST
EQUIPMENT
!Sl'{YIIOO ', ~ 1 1HDI3M

(SIAIVH9O1IX) !Htl'JM 3NVldHIV
iNV101W'''' Q3QVOT
OUl"'O'
(D L •> cd ir C3
r475 mit
/2rb
CD LT c_ ) IS _>
5 CM L "i
in
]
C c) r- C
co i p» u: c3 tD LT L 1
11 < 1 I i 11
••
•
Ln
CM
en
-
_
- -
"1—•"
"""
f n
•
o
n
o
D
<
■ :
•
•• ,
o
li
~
D
1
f 1 LO
CO
~
~
-
-
—
•o
O j_Q a•
a
J
eH ••CO
—
<
••
<j-
co
r-. J LL
o
o
••
LL.
<
,
>
>
a
oa
-,•
cr
••
Ln
",•"
^~
LU
o
5 o g
X
o
-IN
h
=1 °°
•
2
<D
■
,
ro
~
o
5
~
o
~ ••,
CO H
-
—
2 09
•
<
d
O CD
,• "
s
• "
1
~• od
-
«
■ v
••
o
—i
d
s
od _
•• •
CM LU
CO
uCJ s
s
LU
_J
< \ 0-
H \
<
<
•
H
s
•
*^-
v
LD
a
n
o o o o
n
o o o o
CO CM
1HDI3M 3NV1dUIV
."
6-12

July 1il7'9
I1 July 1979
CESSNA
CEsaNA 8ECTION
SECTION 6
MODEL 152
11>2 WEIGHT a.
WEIOHT & 8ALANCE
BALANCE/I
J!:QUIPMENT LlST
EQUIPMENT LIST
EQU IPMENT LlST

EQUIPMENT LIST
- 'ho Jo/IowIns
The
.....
following equipment
~ for
available
..,..cI1Ic"~
.... ""_ ..
oqu","",m list
,... this
rhil.if!>Io"".
"P'_In_'
airplane. A
is a comprehensive
h, .........
A _" . _
......
separate equipment
~ Hio.
specific airplane is provided in your aircraft
....... _00_,,1\10>'..
list 01
"'.......... Iioo
, _ , III
of 011
list 01
of kitems
_n. .
Cessna ~
all C-...
.... ''''
equipment
.. Ded linn
installed
, ... following list ,11<1
file. The
~ have a similar order of listing.
list for your airplane
your
_
and ,,,"<pOriIIc
the specific
n... ...
""'~, list ",ov;w.
This equipment provides the
the following information:
IdIowInllnfomo.>lI<wo-
IUI-... ............ I_ ....
!'"'lo-! .......a Id,
prefixed with letter
_lic.'_"""""""",he~
An item number gives the identification
.... hot/o .....
which
number for the item. lodo
identifies .... ....
,,~ the
Each .........
ipoi.c ,
descriptive
number ..
, _ le
grouping
is
......
(exam
ple:
pio; A.
identify
_pI,o ... &" Accessories)
A. Powerplant
..... ~,
_ i l } ' the
Actwoo<oeol ........
equipment as ... "",_od M
a required
_
under which
item,
.......
it is listed.
,d ~item
a standard
..............
s../r..: letters
od. Suffix
.n
or an optional
.... Of _ODN!
""<n
item. Suffix
......
-R
!ouIU.. letters
••• = required
I<t!"_'
lenm are as follows:
~ items k..... of
01 equipment
*'101_,.. Ifor
... IFAA
AA ctmflCMion
certification
·s • "......'" equIpoMnI .......
-S = standard equipment items
-O
-O =- optional ~ items
op< ....... equipment ~"'" ,op/A<1""NfoI"Mlo<
replacing required or standard
.. _ . 4
items
il .....
-A
•11 =. optional equ..,....... ....... ......." ...
"",..,.,..1 equipment items which are lo ><Idi •.,.. to
in addition lO
,."",,«1
required or >I. n<!.I,d "emi
O< standard items
",.1#<...............,. <OIu..." ~,00'Id00 ,ho dt.~nl numlle< "" ,ho ;~m.

A reference drawing column provides the drawing number for the item.
Non
NOTE
If
Il additional f<lUI~''';'
...w,h(>n'] equipment is la be In".I~,
to be installed, it must be done
k mu" _In in
accordance
.«o,d,n," withw,,), the
'ho reference d"",",.
,~Ic","'. drawing, accessory ~il instruc
K<....... , kit "'","""
"""'.01' fM ."",g.,I.
"PO"'~ FAA approval.
tions, or a separate
Columns ,""wl", ...

Colu mn. showing weight
",hl (in
(In pounds) and ....
P0 equipment.
.qul"",."",
NOTE
Un"'" otherwise
Unless ,,,,,,,,.-..d,
......, ..,.. indicated, true values
"Ole .. ,"'" (notl''''' _ th>n~
net change
- •• 1~110l
values) for thetll(, weight
r,ol the
dr. ..........aft of
distances
ces forward"d of
... i", ...
."j .'''' "e "-'"
_,h, and arm are shown. Positive
."pIo~ d."~,,,;
,II(, airplane
ol the ... (~"'
'ho datum.
datum; negative
...... >1, . . arms e
arms are
""""I.-e .......
are distan
.' ..... dò" ....
e
NOIl
NOTE
Asterisks (*) after the item weight and arm indicate complete
assembly installations. Some major components of the assem
bly are listed on the lines immediately following. The summa
tion of these major components does not necessarily equal the
complete assembly installation.
1l July
JuJy 1979
\limI 6-13

O
z
O
•••
o
•
" ~
~
!Z
~
~
~
~
~
~
Z>l
6·)4
in
~
'ITEM NO
5'1
ARM INS
-•
EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION REF DRAWING WT LBS
•
u
••
•
••
,••
•
,;"
A. POWERPLANT £ ACCESSORIES
,
SECTION B
•
••
•
O
••
•
•
••,
AOl-R ENGINE, LYCOMING O-235-L2C (INCLUDES 0450371 243.5 -13.2
STARTER, CARBJRETOR, SPARK PLJGS AND
,
ALTERNATOR BRACKETS) tn t"1
,
A"-R FILTER, CARBURETOR AIR C294510-02Cl 0.5 -16.3
EQUIPMENT !..IST
"
,,
409-R ^TFRNATOR, 60 AM', ?3 \I31T (BELT DRIVE) 3 611503-0102 10.7 -27.5
•,, •••
• , ..
A17-R 'TIL COOLER INSTALLATION 0453^71 3.6 -2 4.0* 3S
.. a
1.9 -27.4
TIL COOLER (STEWART WARNER) 3406J OR 8406M
.........
,
··•
,,-"h~
Wr.!GHT" 8ALANCE I
A21-A C450412 -6.0

,
OIL FILTFR INSTALLATION (SPIN-JN ELEMENT) 2.5
J T M f- T r u A M r c
s •
..--.- -••, ••",,

"
?8.2* -36.5*
"
433-R PROPELLER INSTALLATION 0450077
--.
"KDPELLER, MCCAULEY
FIXED 3ITCH C 161001-3501 26.6 -36.5
1A103/TCM6958
..
••
•,,
A4 1 - R SPINNER INSTALLATION, PROPELLER 0450 377 2.4* -38.6*
SPINNER DOME C450073-1 0.3 -33.4
AFT BULKHEAD (BACK SIDE OF PRl)P) -38.3
. .. . . • • ..,_
0453372-1 1 .1
"..,0.
.....
"..,......,
.-..........
... """"'
"-, . ""-"
FWO BULKHEAD (FWD SIDE OF PROP) '1450076-1 0.3 -37.4
•,
..
...........
••
Abl-A VACUUM SYSTEM, ENGINE iRIVEN 0413466 2 .8* -5.2
- .
VACUUM PU"P OR C431003-T101 1.8 -7.5
'" .......
... ....
•• , , , , , ,
VACUUM PUMP C431003-01 (H .., ., 1 .8 -7. 5
- - <"-<"
~""...,
....
QU, ....
VACJJM RELIEF VALVE C4B2001-0401 0.5 1.5
"
... _-<>,,
0.5
............
A73-S ENGINE PRIMING SYSTEM 3.1
_
" ........ .,..,... "
u
•o
.. ... _...., ........... 0
••
••
_ —
.-.
o
..._~~-~_.
•
•
" ' - " ' _ . . <>
' " ...
"'<'" ...
A73-A VALVF, ENGINE OIL QUIC< DRAIN (NET CHANGE! 1701Olb 0.0
•,
......
----
. .
•
••
u
•
"
•
•
•
•
-• ·-~
,
B. LANDING GEAR £ ACCESSORIES
,
,
••
·•,,
•
,
BO1-R-1 WHFEL, BRAKE S TIRE ASSY, 6.00X6 MAIN (2) C163019-0201 40.3* 46.8*
·
WHEEL ASSEMBLY, MCCAULEY (FACH) C163006-3101 7.4 47. 1
"'--
w ....
~##
.........."'
3RAKE ASSEMBLY, ^CCAJLEY (LEFT) 43.7

-_
C163332-0111 1.7
-- _-- -.. -_
'"
.",,,,,,,,
..........
...".,,,
""'-"
43.7
·,---
BRAKE ASSEMBLY, MCCAULtY (RIGHT) C163032-0112 1.7

• "'_ ....
........ w
.. ·.. '-"H
" ,
"" ..."-
,• =:::0:
..""" :-;
• ,",,'
--_
TIRE, .+ -PLY BLACKWALL (EACH) C262 303-0101 8.5 47. 1
.........
_

"' >:~~"-
___ N _ N
~,
TUflP (EACH) C2S2023-D10Z 1.8 47. 1
·••
••
•,
.,
......
.........
BO1-R-? •IHEELi 3R4KE i Tint ASSY, 6.00X6 MAIN (2) 1241156-iO 37.6* 46.8*
~_
.,- "' "
_...................
~ ~,, ~
~
J...:..!.:..l,.:.~.!.
.,-~- -
WHEEL ASSY, CLEVELAND M-1I3 (EACH) C 163 001-310 1 6.2 47. 1
,
BRAKE ASSY, CLEVELAND 30-75A (LEFT) C163033-01 11 1.9 43.7 o o
............................
............-
",,,,'
....
•••_ _ ,.-.,.,
~'-'''''
-..
...-
•~-- 0 ' -
...-- .--
..-.--
BRAKE ASSY, CLEVELAND 30-75A (RIGHT) C 163033-31 12 1.9 43.7
.......... "
........... " '"...-"""-....
..........
=':::~.;
~j;: ;: :::::~;:
-- ~ %
, .. ... ,..........
• ...........
"
.':';."i:~
"'-..,,-
- ...........
"'--....,,= ...
8.5 47. 1
.................
TIRE, 4-PLY BLACKWALL (EACH) C262003-0101

~-<" •
................ #
......... . . . .
, .. ~" ... """._ ........ n
..:::n'~ ":::~t:;'
. ' ' ' ' . _ -, ... T,. ...... ' '
... ::: -..-
,'" ....--,. ....... --

,. . ....
............ ..
_ ~ ~,.,...,.,.
--........,.... ........
........... ... ....',.:..:.
_ .... _ ..
...............-"''''... '''..
--_...........,,-----
TUBE (EACH) 1.8 47. 1

"'............
:262023-0102
----.
. ..-
l JUly 1m
ro
CESSNA
MODE!.. 1(12
-
-
CESSNA
CESSNA SECTION
SECTION 6
MODEt. L~
MODEL 152 WEIO & IIAt.ANCE
HT ...
WEIGHT BALANCE//
_
EQUIPMENT WST LIST
.,._ -• . .. ............
·........ - -
• • • ...,....
•
... .... - ' -... .. .. .. ......
CO * * *
••
._",,,,,"-
SE COCOcOCOODCOaOCCrOirtlALn Lninin o» in 0 m 0 f"— fN cr^opinin
• oe
•
- ---_
ooooot-
" " " "

1 1
.....
<>0"""""_"<> 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 1
--
-.".,. "...-..
_.....- -_.. ..-............-... -·

~
rnunn
••
1-*
£££££ 1
COO)
••
1
••
1
•
_CO
CD
►—
#
... ...............
.......
corn j-—:a>rr
*
-... ...,
r--*ar\lt—i- OlMO—I(T>-O
- mino
... •
^n in r\j ro ro ^1
..."O<:'~o....,
rvoocOHOoociON
-tf-
•
■»
LTvtNJ--tPsJrO
..
••
oco
• •
-0
"
0
---"""<"---.... ..", ... - ,

cc
••
•o•
r\i—t CNJf\J f*-f\l
CO
COCO
.—iryp-t^-1
OOOOtNJ — oo
oo
r\ i—t*-t
--- OOOO
1^^^
':?'i''i'
0000
I\ 1 i 1
..
r-J 1—tf~
--
C:C5
p~*
~<;'
O —IOO
OO
-J^t
;'i'<;'
0
0
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 III
...... •
1
---'" ,
mnmfnN ~~~~~ " _N ■J-
~O~~_NO~ ~ ~~'
cooo?
0
OOOO—I — OOMOMN in 1 000 <,.. 0
•
!!_ ~ .. ~:~::;~
1 i 1
rsj^r^r^or\
.. 4. • •
On
r-i—*r\)(\J<Nt\ CvJ f\J Lf^ LA l/^ >J" ~~~ .. ........ .. .. 4~ ■0
..,..........,<>0"""0 ..............
,.. -
OU( H 1^ — ( H.JOOOO ljoooo 00 w
0
Uj LL
0
<r
t—
r-i|i
CO S!
•
n
UJ
Z
—
fMt—
a
••
_j
_IO O LU 3cD
Z
- • ••
M J ^ C 3 il. LO CD |
o
52 •
..
XLU O •—' UJ LUGO
• •
---- ,_
f>X < <r ccy—m •J
le
Q_ •
1/] CDUJ \— CZiUCL
••
<_5—)
••
~
_
U
CO
~
_
,
lu
•...
•
oo
Q
, ••
lup-
oor^
o 1 -
,•
LLj
)—
•
CO
••
>-
>
k-
=)
X
XO
LU
_1
-iO
~Z)~ LU<
1
CC
X
►-
LL
<
I— — t—
L/l
az
—5
<yio
1
t
•••
1 •
•
•• .
UJ
~ vt" LJ h- w-)— <2l-Jfl. z
••
0. O 2* LL >- i-«
.-• •-•• •
o LT\ LT ■-• "^ O"3 T li-LJ k- 00 □ i- LLJ
..........
C
• • ,.~" .' •
X _l XC
••
_l ccn o_) (_)I5>—(- ouu
••
. .. •••
0_' " ~-
t;; OLU< O< < LL (_! w QC
—J
~
1— ...•O<t
~.
-.
~:
<O >
••UJ «3
LJ >->- i-i —
LUo; c^ -•
•
w
u
«"5Oa.
1
UOX
uj
1
_JUJ
O
LUX
^ 1 c^^ ~z.
O»-
IjIGZ1-'00
_j
..••.. •
à
<rx
h- CD
••
z
MM
Q
••
LU
.....
...•• _. •
>-t_) _J >- 1 _j !/:»-•»—'oo UJ C1QLU (_ a_c — on LU
UJ ,
ooSIcq
,~
o0c_ m ■■-»■< <O
LLU_2"
•
LU
1
-J_ji—<
ono. »— 2-J a
•
... ...
OO (/> LLJ LLJ l— 1— ^J •
00
• o
-.. .- •••
- OO »—" OOZ LU >~<3:c
CC
LUt/l
an h-i— X
(JC-l- a.
<J
-1—
_j»—q.
-^ <r _i ••
x<
LLJ
1—
U-"
_J ■■
111 <y cc
|—
UJ
_J
lL
-
^'tE^Lo — «
Mr5_Jn<fY
<
LU
" LU
CUUJ
- •'t—UJl/J
lulu ctiac:^ >-
I— Wh-
CDh~
UJh-OOLUIJJ
Xuo^cax
UO_JJ~U_ -JLUh-k-_J — w"

X CE
C 1— LO (_} CL C.D
22
Z7
- Q-
O
h—
•
LJ
O
X X - ^<t _J cC 2!
^ "3: dJCO< O CLCL5" 7" _t «J_J •—
o o
• 1 1
-=
1 1
s
LU • a.
i
<■
o
a.
i
^"
o
<
1
e
_
o£Oc£
til
■—j,—1 ^-
ore
•< <t«a <r <i<£
0
1 1 I 1
r*- sOO-JLH 00 rn
1 1 |
<»-
1 1
Cm
O
1
CO CO a: 000 oouooo U
1l July
July 1979
limi ...
6-15

-
SECTION ft CEsaNA
CD
Z ^ O5
WEIOHT .. BAl.ANCE I MODEL 152
>
a
-- ------ --
EQUlPMENT LlST
CD
-•• ·• -.•
· .. •· •· •• ••• ....
... .... ..........
_ .. n• " , •
.. . --··
14.4*
12.5*
14.4*
13.0*
--- - ............. ''''''''"NO
n ••
ARM INS
18.0
17.0
2.0
18.0
18.0
9.0
17.4
14.7
5.2
17.0
17.2
17.2
18.0
17.6
17.0
20.0
18.6
15.3
22.0
45.2
17.6
18.1
45.2
17.6
18. 1
17.3
•
- -• - ---
n
_ _ "" .. n ... . . . . . . . .
••
- ---· · -• · · · .....................
.. .. .. .. ·....... ..... • • •• •
0.4*
• ..00.,,,• • _"'co
................
--
6.3*
1.0*
0.4*
0.4
0.7
··
8:4-
1.0
1.5
0.7
0.6
1.3
0.7
2.9
2.9
0.5
0.3
0.3
0.5
2.5
0.6
0.1
1.3
17.0
0.7
2.2
0.7
0.7
11.1
· ... = 0 _ _
WT LBS
_.
• • • • oQ( -00000
"
-_. ._-
· -
.- - • -
.- __ .. ••
C669537~01C4
C669537-0105
C661003-0505
C 664508-0102
C660501-0102
C668020-0120
C661003-0506
C661065-0105
0 ...... -
C661080-0101
C661071-01G2
C664511-0101
C669535-0101
--
C661025-0102
C661071-0101
_ - ..-
O O
"•
REF DRAWING
---_. ·-•- ·• -- ..----,---

•
• , , , •, , , , , , , , , , , """,,,,
........... ......
,, ,,
.......... - ..........._._-
........
~ 0401028-1
0470426-1
0413466-1
•
-
S-1320-5
C668507-
•O• • •• • " ....... .....,..."""'.
0414084
0401019
C661075
C661076
0401017
0400500
0401013
0400335
0400341
0414085
0401013
.....
•- '" • • , -~-
0-
• • • "
..
-••••
""" ..... o<"co"O<>Oo"'" ....,.".
• • ••• • ,,:~UU ~~:;:~~::::

"~
• n .......,."'.~
-•· --
.. INDICATOR, TURN COORDINATOR (24 VOLT ONLY)
£ OIL TEMP.)
•
-" -•• ,-•• ..••• ••• , _. • -•,
-
REQUIRE
• .n
--
V3LT)
.
(USED
O O
(INCLUDES RELOCATION
GYRO INSTALLATION (REQUIRES ITEM A61-A)

ENCOiD I)JG ALTI M jET'ER , -rf fi|Tr,& r ^N\7ENt I ^NAI
"•
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (LH FJEL £ RH FUEL)
MARKINGS)
• .- •• , • , " •
WITH G92-O, LONG RANGE WINGS ONLY)
MARKINGS)
• n .> n ->
..----.
O
-
Z
-
EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION
-- • -•
,
----.-
~
CLOCK INSTALLATION, DIGITAL READOUT
O
-
•- ••• • ••• - •, ••• ••,. •• •.. . •• -
--
(10-30
VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE, PILOT

n
"
..
(0513279)
- ~ O ~
NOT
OUTSIOE AH TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
ACCOMMODATIONS
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (LH £ RH FUEL)
- · .- ,•• •• , •- -- ,-• • - -• •
ENGINE
ECONCMY MIXTURE INDICATOR (EGTI
n
PILOT INDIVIDUAL SLIDING
ii ••- --
~ .- ~
DOES
• ••• - -- ........
O
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER (OIL PRES.
ALTIMETER)
• • -
-
~ ~
•, • • ...
FT.
"'............ , - 6;: ...,,,., ---

~- :~3
ENGINE HOUR METER
RECORDING TACH INDICATOR

FT
TURN COORDINATOR
• -.
--
C" ....... n.
· ". -
- . " ••-
W n .. ...... 0
-. ..
VERTICAL SPEED
-
O
•
-
~ "'_ ... _ u _ _
DIRECTIONAL INDICATOR
....
ALTIMETER, SENSITIVE (20
(50
•
INDICATOR, TRUE AIRSPE€O
O
ENCODER (BLIND,
TACHOMETER INSTALLATION,
..
• "'''' -..... -
,.,.!i~
,,~"'
DIGITAL
•• .,
(FEET A«0 MILLIBARS)
MILLIBARSI
...... .. ..
. _-_ .....................,- --
•
• ..
._~
........ .,_ "> nn ...
INDICATOR
~ ~-
",.,. ,. •• -" .... -;;:!~à'::!:~~
SENSITIVE
'G' METER
SENSITIVE
O
~
----,. •• .-=
-.-....
- '"
•• ..
," ,"-
~
o .. ""'" ""...
INSTALLATION
ELECTRIC
CABIN
",.", .. ,."'_7a "'_ ---

ENCODING ALTIMETER
OF CONVENTIONAL
MOUNTING)
... ", .. %_
=-'i'.5!.::!.... ...
z .. •• .........
:;;;:;;=:;;=:!~ ............
......... ....
,,= .=
""/= -...,,
......... ",.
,,_ ......... ,,>:- • -,
..
" O'
-- -_. - -
~3 ~ >
CLOCK-TIMER,
W a ...
:::::e:.,:J: .,=:: =...;SS
'" .... ................. .......
.. ...............
.. •· ..
"~ ~"'~
-
ALTIMETER)
~ :> -~ ..
ANO
O
~ . .. "..r~_ ~'" <",",-
_~:>
ATTITUDE
-..
E.
"' " ..
-, - - - ... - <>
INDICATOR,
INDICATOR,
ALTIMETER,
INDICATOR,
•
ALTIMETER,
~
. . ....... " .....
~.;..!..,,~ .3~ ..... Wl:'.~~::;.= ~~~;;
RECORDER,
CLOCK,
O
ALTITUDE
(FEET
PANEL
;:::;z::-.:!"~~;~-o;-g:::~::O:~~ ::;!~:;';';
-, --n. -••
o>
AMMETER
COMPASS
..
W
..--• ••" ..•, -, .. • ""',........... .-.

~!!!~~~·;:;:::~~:~~~re-;~-Q~~
CLOCK
SEAT,
SEAT,
'o O ,~ • M
~
• 'ì,.'i'-, ,, -
!:;;:; •
, •, •, , -
' u u -~ .~
, , ,•, ... ...... -.•, ••, , ,

~
-
)
, o, •
" ....:..:. ... -"'-" -- -
D16-A-3
D25-A-1
O25-A-2
038-A-l
08S-A-?
D07-H-2
016-A-l
D16-A-2
o
0T7-G-1
ITEM NO
•, •, •, ••
•• - .-
,
• -- -• ,• • • .. .... •••
, , ,
D9 1 - A
03 7-n
067-A
-0=
D19-R
02 8 -P.
04 9-A
D64-A
082-A
D3 7-R
E05-0
o •
040-R
D59-A
,"
Til -0
085-R
E05-R
f) rj — p
=
•
•
o ..
0- •
. ... o " o, o ~ ~
~,g~
I
... For Flight Training Reference Only

I Jul,. \979
-
o
•••
•
••
ITEM NO EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION REF DRAWING WT LBS ARM INS
_
CKSSNA
ev-7-s SFAT, CO-PILOT INDIVIDUAL SLIDING 0414084 11.1 45.2
Iluty 111711
F n ~? — n SEAT, VERTICALLY ADJUSTABLE, CJ-PILOT 0414085 17.0
,"
45.2
• ,,<
MODIlI.. I~
_.
-"• ...
to
--
E09-A SFAT INSTALLATION, AUXILIARY 3400134-1 10.5* 66.5*
"'~"'
UPPER BACK REST CUSHION 0711030-1 1.3 72.9
_~
__ "_4
LOWER SEAT CUSHION ASSEMBLY 0400136-9 6.4 64.5
LAP BELT ASSEMBLY S-1746-2 1.0 66.0
~
E15-R Bt-LT ASSY, PILOT LAP S-2275-104 1.0 39.0
E15-S SHTULDER HARNESS ASSY, PILOT S-2275-202 1.0 39.0
..•
•
_w
... .. .. ..
""'~
rno~
-...,,,,,,-
El 9-0 SHOULDER HARNESS INERTIA INSTL., PILOT &

CO-PILOT (NET CHANGE)
0401012-1 1.3 • .. ___ _ 71.1
~
F23-S HFLT L SHOULDER HARNESS ASSY, CO-PILOT S-2275-4 2.0
.. 39.0
-• ........ ............... ..
E34-U INTERIOR, DELUXE (NET CHANGE) 0415020 1.5 40.C
::••
•••
-- ~
-...
E39-A .JJNmwS, OVERHEAD CABIN TOP (MET INCREASE) 0413492 0.5 49.0
........ N
_ _ ..
~~~~
C55-A SUN VISOKS (SET OF 2) 0514166 l.C 27.0
~O~~,
E57-O WINDOWS, TINTEO, CABIN (NET CHANGE) 0 400324-1 0.0

.
......
E65-S BAGGAGE NET 2015009-2 0.5 84.0
-...
..... ....,,-.. n
-<>_·0
" 0 .. _ " " ' _
.. 0"""_
.-.<-
..""',..............
, ., ........,<
E35-A
"'_
DUAL CONTROLS (WHEEL, PEDALS & THE BRAKES) 0460118-2 4.1 12.1
--.... ...." ..........

.....O_"""i!
_~
""'~""'"' --
.. C'7
.,.,"'" .,- ,
E89-0 ALL PURPOSE CONTROL WHEEL (RQD WITH C25-A) NEGL

(KT-NET CHANGF)
.......... .
O
•
"
~-:'7 -:''i''7~7-:'~'i' ~
.. N, •
~
." ..
il~
•,
,.,
-..,-.. ...
..
E93-R HEATING SYSTEM, CABIN (INCLUDES ENGINE 0450071 14.0 -22.0
EXHAUST SYSTEM)
•
F. PLACARDS, WARNINGS 6 MANUALS
"
F'M-P OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS PLACARD VFR-UAY 040 5 06 8-1 NEGL 23.0
• ••
,,
,
••
•
• ••
••
••
.. ".-
..
,.
F'U-0-1 OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS PLACARD VF^-DAY 04C5068-2 NEGL 23.0
-
■NIGHT
•
,
"••"••
f-.m-o-? OPERATIONAL LIMITATIONS PLACARD IFR-DAY 0405068-3 NEGL 23.C
k I 1 f IT
\| I 'in 1

F04-» STALL WARNING HORN, PNFJMATIC, AUDIBLE 0413029 0.5 21.5
O•
••
,,
, ••
.. ..
,• ..
-" ."• "•••
"~i -••
F16-R PILOT'S OPERATING HANDBOOK AND FAA D1170-13PH 0.5
-
APPROVED AIRPLANE FLIGHT MANUAL
G. AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
(3d >
,
o
•
•
;
G?7-A HOISTING RINGS, AIRCRAFT CAbIN TOP 0 541115 2.0 42.0
(NOT FACTORY INSTALLED)
. -.
•
• •
•
•, ,
o
--·. .. o.
G13-A CORROSION PROOFING, INTERNAL 0400027-2 4.5 68.0
."
WEIOHT .. BAL.I<Nçlll
SEC'TION 8
EQQIPMBNT I..IST
CO
Z
z
O
O
•
>
~
~
~
~
...
~
~
t;;
:;:
ii
ITEM NO
••..
EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION REF DRAWING WT LBS ARM INS 5
"
,.-
..-•
Q
-
G16-A STATIC DISCHARGERS (SET OK 10) 0 401015 0.4 117.6
.. "
~
....
....
G19-A STABILIZER A3RAS10N SOOTS 0500341 2.5 179.4
_ H
;: -
_
.........
.,
SECTION"
ii] t .. ~
~
'"
G22-A TOW 3 A*, AIRCRAFT NOSE WHEEL (STOWED) 1.6 84.0
-• _
D501019-1
_.. _ r "
..... _..
-O'
._~
_~_
~
~w~
•
........
--
.
~...'3
"'."' ..
"c.~O
~"
G25-S
--
PAINT, OVERALL EXTERIOR 9.4*
,-
...-
0404034 80.3*
~
",, _
- ..
...... -c ..
::;;::::;::'"
_r
z~w_
·w
,
OVERALL <USE WHITE 8.7 79.0
~
~bo .. O .. ""
COLUK STRIPE 0.3 115.1
u
O"'.,~,
•_
_"
~
~
......
.. ~ .. ~ .. ~..
~ .. .. ~ _
,~ - .....
?;
.. ..
..
••
0... _ ... . . . .
3 31 - A CARt.FS, CORROSION RESISTANT CONTROL (NET 0400027 0.0
S
,
f j AMI' C I
.......
~
L n A \ lj C I
EQUIPMENT L1ST
~
G34-A LIGHTER, CIGARETTE 0401023 0.1 13.0
::;";;.~~;;:,
.. ""'
G49-H a
....
"'
;.
B ::
WING TIPS, MODIFIED CONICAL (NET CHANGE)
; - - -.
""'"'''_ .
0523565 2.5 41.0
....
~_~
....
G55-A FIRE EXTINGUISHER, HAND TYPt 04010C1 3.0 9. 5
Wf;ICHT", BALAN CEI
- "'"
___ __
..... . '"
.• _ ..
G58-A STEPS S HANDLES, REFUELING ASSIST
, , , , .., "e"'"
0413456 2. 1 9.9
% .. "
~,,-
,n.,
~
" "''''''h>
.......
G6 7-A
O .........'"
3EOAL EXTENSIONS, RUDDER, REMOVABLE - SET 0701048 2.3 8.0
0 -
- ~-
..,~_
_ ......
• ...;;;
OF 2 (STOWABLE - INSTALLED \R* SHOWN)
~~~e .. ~
~<~~~
<,..............<..- ....,. .. ....

AVAILABLE FROM DEALERS ONLY
_
~..
•,
•
_0 "
••
-><l -
.0•
.~ ~
G88-A WINTERIZATION KIT INSTALLATION, ENGINE -20.9*
-"
0401024 0.5*
''_''__ _
_il .. .::..r
_
~'
....
"~i~~~~
~
~
~;;,,~~:
,,' .....
:;:~ ....""J: .
_ ~
,.
. ...... . .. --. . ••
COVER PLATES, FWO COWL (SET OF 2 0.1 -3 3.0
..-r _ _ .......
INSTALLED)
— _
COVER PLATES, FORWARD COWL (STOWED) 0.1 84.0
— _
c w.,"_~ O »
WG
-..,
...
" .. " _ _ ...... ... . .
CRAVIKCASE I3RFATHER TUBE INSULATION 0.2 -12.0
:; o'-0•
•
0!~.; .. ~ ~ 0«
..
_~.,.I~.,:
_..
u-
•
•,
O
-
•
"~
G9?-A
, .. 0'0
"n
--
WINGS WITH 39 GALLON CAPACITY, EXTENDED 0401018 5.9 37.3
,• ,
... ,.,.. .
.. .--
..,. ... .. .... ... .. .
':~~~~!s:z,:
,.~,.
~~~;,;~ ~;~6~~...r;o; ~~
~_:r~~~~ .. "..~<i:
• -o
~--:
0-
."
.. . ,. .. ' ' ' ' ' ' '

-
'0.
..
> ... _ ........ ,,<."'_..
...-... "
. -,... . -.................,-
RANGE FUEL TANKS, (NET CHANGE)
..'",.
- . ......... '" ,o"-..
O
>
o
•
•••
•
H. AVIONICS £ AUTOPILOTS
,
..... -
,
•,
•
HH-A CESSNA 300 ADF 3919159-11 8.2* 17.4*

~~
RECEIVER WITH BFO (K-546E) 41240-0001 3.3 13.5

INDICATOR UN-346A1
-~
40980-1001 0.9 15.5

o:::'!~':;
~-
..
--
ANTENNA INSTALLATION 0473400-62 1 0.2 96.5
LOOP ANTENNA INSTALLATION 1.4 24.2
............ n
'"0' ,
:::';'1'~
. .....'" t...
CABLE INSTALLATION 3950104-14 1.8 12.3
-"'. .-
-.
...........
.........
.•·.........
MISC. INSTALLATION COMPONENTS 0.6 14.4
.-j
O

•,
-_OC_..,...
~-
•~
..
H07-A CESSNA 400 GLIDESLOPE WITH ILS INDICATOR 3910157-13 4.1* 78.9*
,,"'..-....•.
EXCHANGED FOR LOC INDICATOR

RECEIVER (R-443B) 42100-0000 2.1 105.3
........
MOUNTING, RIGID 36450-3CD0 0.3 105.3

ANTENNA 1200098-2 0.2 22.0
•
-,
,
"
•
,
,
H38-A-1
..C'O<>
--..
AUTO RAOIAI CENTERING INDICATOR ARC/LOC 46860-1203 0.2 15.5~

O'
0 -
-- ,
o•
o
0-
-o
••
.-••
.-..
,-• ,.•
2
,-
EXCHANGE FOR VOR/LOCIN ITE^S H22-A AND
H?5-A
I J\lly 197'9
CESSNA
MODEL 152
I
-
-
L
I
go
Q
Q
Q
z
z
Q
••
•
e-i
••
•
~
~
'"
~
~
t;;
-'"
ITEM NO REF DRAWING WT LBS ARM INS
,
P
EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION cn
--
-
-
1 July
•
••
•
•
•
•
,,, •
•
CD
•••
.,,
CESSNA
H08-A-2 AUTO RADIAL CENTERING INDICATOR, ARC/ILS 46860-2200 0.2 15.5
, ,
,
■5 EXCHANGE FOR VOR/ILS INDICATOR IN ITEM
,m
CD
MODEL 1&2
H17-A ONLY
•
•
— —
H13-A CESSNA 40C MARKER BEACON 2.2* 35.4*
~"'
RECEIVER (R-402A) 42410-5128 0.8 11.7
ANTENNA, L SHAPED RJD 0770681-1 0.6 86.0
•! _
•
H16-A-1 CESSNA 300 TRANSPONOER 3910127-1 3.6* 18.6*
TRANSCEIVER (RT-359A) 41420-0028 2.7 13.0
ANTENNA 42943-0030 0.1 • 67.0
, •,
H16-A-2 CFSSNA 400 TRANSPONDER (EXPORT USE) 3910128-20
........ 3.6* 18.6*
TRANSCEIVER (RT-459A) 41470-1028 2.8 13.0
ANTENNA 42940-0000 0.1 67.0
•
~~", .. ~ .. oO~
• • •
•, •, •, •, •,
_~ ~. _-
~
• • , •,
.. "0 ... ....., ... " " .
H22-A CESSNA 3?T NAV/COM, 720 CH COM 1ST UNIT 3913183 8.1* 13.9*
(REQUIRES H34-A TO BE OPERATIONAL)
'
RECEIVER-TRANSCEIVER (RT-385A) 46660-100T 5.5 13.6
••
,
VOR/LQC INDICATOR (IN-385A) 46860-1003 1.6 15.5

MOUNT, WIRING & MISC ITEMS 1.0 12.9
••
••
•
•,
---
•
H?5-A CESSNA 300 NAV/CQM, 720 CH COM 2N0 UNIT 3910183 8.1* 13.9*
(REQUIRES H37-A TO BE OPERATIONAL)
RECEIVER-TRANSCEIVER (RT-385A) 46660-1000 5.5 13.6
, , •• , ,
_~
---••..•• • ---••••••
•• ..
VOR/LOC INDICATOR (IN-385A) 46860-1000
•• - 1.6 15.5
·.. ......•.-...,•...... ,•. ... .......
MOUNT, WIRING £ MISC ITEMS 1.3 12.9

.._-...._-.. .._... ...--
",
H28-A-1 EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER C470419-1 3.5* 102.5*
...........
TRANSMITTER (0 S M DMELT-6-1) C589511-0117 3.3 102.6

ANTENNA C589511-0109 0.1 131.3
.
• ••
• •
• •
•
•, •,
~,,~"'~~'"
....... n"
.......
----
.......
.......
, •,
-
3.5* 102.5*
._._. _-
H28-A-2 EMERGENCY LOCATOR TRANSMITTER (USED IN 0470419-2

r a hi a n a t
LANAJAI
,
TRANSMITTER <0 & M DMELT-6-1C) C589511-0113 3.3 102.6

ANTENNA C589511-0109 0.1 101.3
_.
•,
•
•
.-
H34-A 3ASIC AVIONICS KII (USED rf ITH 1ST UNIT 3910186 5.3* 60.2*

NAV/COM FACTORY INSTALLATION)
RAOIO COOLING 3930208 1.0 15.6
......
NOISE FILTER (AU0I0K0N ALTERNATOR) 3940148-1 0.1 -25.0

"
LH COM ANTENNA CABLE 3950104-3 0.4 20.2

OMNI ANTENNA CABLE 3950104-4 0.9 105.0
...,""""'
• .,.. "'
OMMI ANTENNA INSTALLATION 3960132-9 0.5 223.9

VHF L.H. COM ANTENNA 3960113-1 0.4 55.9
MICROPHONE INSTALLATION 3970117-1 0.3 18.2
AUOIO CONTROL 3970145 0.4 14.0
.. .......
.. ...........
CABIN SPEAKFR INSTL 3970123-6 1.1 51.1

...., ~ ~
HEADPHONE INSTALLATION 3970125-1 0.2 17.2
•
•
•
--:''''~--~''
~~ "
" -<><>000<><0_"'_
. ..
............ ..
..,...-...,..
•,
•
H37-A COM ANTENNA £ OMNI COUPLER KIT (AVAILABLE 1.0* 30.6*
03
."
CO
e
H < Cfi
ci i-i O
H o_ -^
Z & «»
SECTION CESSNA
WE! OHT .. BALANCE I
h a
o
MODE L I~
EQUlPMENT L18T
.0_ o
.........___
.. ...... o
1*
16.5*
•"
ARM INS
193.7
~-ce ~~-c ~~~~~
-28.3
13.0
22.0
17.3
27.0
55.9
~":~
20.2
1.0
17.2
-5.2
13.9
60.2
18.0
3 0.6
17.2
12.1
18.6
13.9
•- ., -
-• - o ~~m~~ ~ N~~O ' .~n
~
26
__
'
~
~
_
N
~
~
_o
..__..... .. ... ... ..

--
o o
32.1*
12.7*
___
WT LBS
"•
0.4
_ ~~o~ ~ ~o ~~~-o
~':~
0.2
1 .0
0.7
-
0.4
0.?
2.8
1.3
6.3
0.1
1.3
1.0
5.3
3.6
1.0
1 .1
4.1
0. 1
8. 1
8.1
o
• -
~ ~-o_ ~ c.~~~_
-• ..•--
•
_.
• •o
--
C661003-0505
C 596530-0101
C596531-0101
C663507-n01
C661080-0101
.- c'''''''
REF DRAWING
,- ••••-" ·•• ...... ..., , , ..•, '"'- -.

' 0 oo , co.
0413466-2
0406003-1
0460 118-2
~ o
S-2086-1
-••
~~ ~..,~
0 413 466
0514166
...... -
0401022
040102 3
3910 183
3910127
3910183
•• _ ••
... c"" .. ~ -."
- -• ,. •
..._0-"
.... " ...... 0<- _ .-.,_
O<:"o-vv"",~
~--_
................ '"
....- ...::1-'" .- ,.. ...
--
-•• ,
ONLY)
••
-- -
CABLE
ALL-
H16-A-1 CESSNA 301 TRANSPONDER 3T-3S9A
,• •• ••• o
••
,
---
OUTSIDE AIR TEMPERATURE IND
,•• •• -•• •• -.-. - -• •

•c •• - •••
SINGLE BJLB
CESSNA 300 MAV/CQM RT-385A

EQUIPMENT LIST DESCRIPTION
INSTL
REQUIRES
Z
KIT
3YRDS)
, •• •
,
SPLITTER) &
ALL'PURPOSE
Q
PACKAGES
•• • •,
-" ~. • •"• -
-...- •• • • •••
~
..--"'...-•• ••• ••• -. _.- --.- ..

COUPLER
~
";;3 • o
BFAC3N
c,
UNIT NAV/COM FACTURY
ANTENNA INSTALLATION
co_ o •
~
o" o
(FOR
RATE OF CLIMB IND.
B4SIC AVIONICS KIT
•
- .. ,.., - .,.
U 0"_"" e; .._ .!l...
GYRH INSTALLATION
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
Q
~ o .... ... c ..... ,. ' o . 't
TURN COORDINATOR
PADDED HEADPHONE-MIKE ASSY,
UNIT
.....-__
. ... '" .. - _. ..
~
•• • • •• • ...._ _1>."' .••., ................. "...

OPTION
C
•
152-11 PACKAGE EQUIPMENT
FLASHING
",-
PURPOSE CONTROL WHEEL
VACUUM SYSTFM
C49-A-1 LANDING LIGHT
152 II NAV-PAC EQUIPMENT
E,
DUAL CONTROLS
,.~ ,.."
OMNI COUPLER (SIGNAL
CABLE
HtMlSET-MICRUPHONE, RQS
- - .. -:;> ..
c • ••
.- •
lo; ~- •
?ND
ANTENNA
.... :_ ...... ..... _""r

5-;~S'"
.- ..."e"
.. ......
,.- .. •
~
SUN VISORS
...-'-'- • o ~ ~ "'_
""- _6'· ......
U"' _ ~
~
• •
=< .. .. ~ f !!
_.- .- •• ~~ _ ~"'"""
.. -"uc_~- ,. .. "'u .. ~"
RT-385A
- .... .. "'c ..
SPECIAL
---..,,: ••• •
~
ANTENNA
z "'~~ ~~:
~~ ~"""~Z.'"
"diCLt
u ij c r i
:>_Q"',",ZW
OMNI
~
--. •
I
.,.. ~
- _.. .. ........-.-,..
~~~~;~~ !g~~~~!
COM
'"
~
~;:~~ ~ ~"
.. ,.C~==-~~
-
~ c ~u.",
o
"" ............~ •• ,
rsLJL
~
roMTfjni
o
?ND
COM
COM
J.
O "'0-
A61-A
G05-A
te:
C43-A
D82-A
088-A
G34-A
H22-A
~""""~""""'"''''''''''
064-A
D91-A
E55-A
H34-A
H^7-A
H25-A
~
"'"""'i:;:,,~ "", "." '",.....
'N 1
....
~--
!"" ..;:;~~
~ .....,
.•
ON
RH
_ ~~"~Dm~~~~~~~
RH
O "-
, ......... "'<>CC ......... ,,::-

," -•• -••
-•-
ITEM NO
•
,••, •,••, --•,
,••,
H"55-A
H56-A
JO1-A
J04-A
= o
N
o
I July 1979
c-i
CD

CEsaNA
CESSNA SECTION
SECTtON77
- MODEL 152
MODEL 1112 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS
AIRPLANS '" 8YSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
D"SCItIPTIONS
- 7
SECTION 7
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTIONS
TABLE OF C O NTENTS
CONTENTS
Page
'"U'Od"eUoa . .
Introduction 7-3
Airframe '"
,.
7-3
'"
Pllehl Controls
Flight Controis
Tl'lm
Trim SyslOm
System
I,,,"rumenl Panel
Instrument Pallel
,.
7-8
,-,
7-8
7-8
Grntlnd
Ground Conlro!
Control 7-9
Wlng f'lap 5yBlam
Wing Flap System "
7-10
7-10
Landing o
!.andlng ..., Syx'-m
Gear System '7-10
· 10
Baggage Compartment
Bal(lI"&gtI Comp ..nmlnt 7-10
7_10
s.. .. l~
Seats ••• 7-11
~-H
Se",
Seat BellSl
Belts And Shoulde< H.rn~ ......
Shoulder Harnesses 7-13
7·13
Seat scn..
S"I\I Belts . ... 7-13
7·13
ShOllld
Shoulder... Harnesses
Hames".. . . . . .. .. 7-13
7·13
Integrated SUI
1"1""410<1 Seat Belt/Shoulder
n"UIShoulder H •• nnee, With
Harnesses Wllb Inertia
lnerlia Reels
R.,.,la '7-14
·14
Entrance Doors And Cabin
CAbl" Windows 7-14
-
I;ntranee Doof1l 7- H
Conlml 1..0<:1.. • • • • .
Control Locks 77-15
15
E"Kj,,~
Engine . . . . •. . .. . 7-15
7·1 ~
ERilnn C"nlmla
Engine Controls ... . 7-15
7·1~
Enlfino 'nSlrUmOnls.
Engine Instruments • . • 7-16
7·16
New
N ..... Engine Break-In
En&1ne Bl'Hk In And Operation
A!Id OperatlOl> 7-17
' _17
l':nl:lne 011
Engine Oil Sysu-m
System 7-17
7_17
Ign!\lon-Starter
Ignition-Starter SyslOm
System 7-18
7_111
Air
Alt Induction System
IndueUon 5ys"'m 7-18
7_111
ExhRu~'
Exhaust Sy."''''
System 7-18
7_ 111
Carbura""
Cooling Sy
Coo11n1l'
An" ".,mlnl
Carburetor And
System
......
Priming Sy."'",
System n,
7-18
7-19
Propeller . . . . 7-19
Fuel Sy.Ie'"
Pue' System 7-19
7- 19
B~e
Brake Sy."'m
System 7-22
,-~
ELec.rlc.J
Electrical Syalem
System
• 7-22
,-~
M-..lOr
Master S_lIel!
Switch 7-22
,-~
Ammollir
Ammeter 7-24
,-~
11 July 18?9
1979 7-1

~
SECTION
SECTION 77 CESSNA
CESSNA _
AIRPLANE
AIRPLANE & lo SYSTEMS
8YSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
OESCRIPTIONS MODEL
MODEI. 152
llll!
TABLE
TABLE OF
OF CONTENTS
CONTENTS (Continued)
Alternator
(Continued)
AIt.rn"lOr Control
eonll'Ol Unit
VIII. And
And Low-Voltage Waml ... Light
Low.Volta..,. Warning 1.1eto. . .
....
Page
7-24
7·24
Cll'<'ull Breakers
Circuit BrNk.rs And
And Fuses
P'Us. . . . 7-25
'.~
Oround SlrvI.,. PtuglWc:.p t ~l.
Ground Service Plug Receptacle 7-25
,.~
Lighting S)'I",ml . . . .
WltnlDl Systems 7-25
,.~
Exterior
EX\&rlOT Lighting
Lll11l1nl . . . . . . 7-25
,.~
Interior Ll,h!!n, . . . . . .
In~.lOT Lighting 7-26
,.~
Cabin
Cabin Heating,
H. ..,ng. Ventilating
Vlntllating And o..fro.llng S)'.I.m
An d Defrosting System 7-27
,.~
1'1,,,,,S'.lle
Syo'a'" And
Pitot-Static System And Instruments
In. t.uroon'. 7-27
7·27
Al ..""e<lln<llcalOr
Airspeed Indicator . 7-29
,.~
SI>ee<llndic
Von1eoJ Speed
Vertical .. lOr
Indicator
AI,lmete. . . . . . • . . •
Altimeter ,,,
7-29
'·W
,,,
7-29
Va.euum System
Vacuum Syllem And
And Instruments
InltfUmen'- • 7-29
Attitude IndlcalO.
Atthudt' Indicator 7-31,
7·3
OI . .... UOft.1 Indicator
Directional 1.... ' ....10. 7-31
Suction
SL&ll Warning
Stall
O~
Suc'lo .. Gage
WanU"1 System
SyMem
'"
7-31
,~,
,~,
7-31
Avlo .. lc. Support
Avionics SUppoR Equipment
t:qulpment 7-32
,.~
Conl .....1 Panel

Au<llo Control
Audio "'IoIMI .
. ... 7-32
,.~
T ..... mll ... Selector

Transmitter Selecw. Switch
Swltch ,.~
7-32
Com
Com Both
SelKlOr Switches
AudIo Selector
Audio
Cl>m Auto
AulO Audio
BoUl Audio
S .. ltch ••
Audil> Selector
BaI..:IO. SWltch
Audio Selector
Switch
S .. itch
8,,1..,10. Switch •
7-34
,.~
7-34
,.~ n
Coin 7-35
,~
1.lghll Brightness
An"""CI .. IO. Lights
Annunciator An" Tnt
8rillll,neaa And Test Bwitch
Switch 7-35
,.~
SldolOno Operation
Sidetone Opc> ... Uon . . . . 7-35
,.~
MI~rophone· II_H,I"8t&Il.Uons
Microphone-Headset
Oloroh.'lers
SI"!!C Dischargers
Static
Installations
..
,."
7-36
,."
7-36
n
n
,.,
-
7-2 . I1 July
July 11119
1979

CESSNA SECTION 7
o
o
o
%~
~
E~
tl§
,-
." .0
>
00
..'0
J
MODEL 152 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
••
•
z
u
o
~
~
~
~
INTRODUCTION
~
This section provides description and operation of the airplane and its
·
"5.1:
."
systems. Some equipment described herein is optional and may not be
01 -e."·"
~ -3';
~8~
l,•- H'"
0°-
.2
••
.hi
.'
! ."
1'-
;;~!
~n
• .'
..
,,, "1S.!
&.!! ..
·"
_.,
."
installed in the airplane. Refer to Section 9, Supplements, for details of
, "- .,0
,
" O> _ -
z ",,!l~a
• • •. ~
~
~""1i:l
i;'.!! "5
o i,g.!!§
; -O:"
2S:;.
,!t
8", o
1:~~r
other optional systems and equipment.
g 0!!-
o ··li
,-; e-,.
et
AIRFRAME
-
.,
.
The airplane is an all-metal, two-place, high-wing, single-engine

i.""-
.~
~!.!
~]
~l
-~
=.
lf.2
.. !i
;j-
-~i
~~
~.;
~e
c.~
l''
"""
....
airplane equipped with tricycle landing gear and designed for general
1!
H
w ~I~
."S
~ ~!~
utility purposes.
1
The construction of the fuselage is a conventional formed sheet metal

- ~
bulkhead, stringer, and skin design referred to as semimonocoque. Major

~I~
c-
o."
items of structure are the front and rear carry-through spars to which the
~.c
wings are attached, a bulkhead and forgings for main landing gear
,,~
attachment at the base of the rear doorposts, and a bulkhead with attaching
oE"E·~
plates at the base of the forward door posts for the lower attachment of the
~lCi, ~-:Il;~-
~~ ~ "
J ~.2J~~
~~t~g
ife,,~.c=
~~l
!~1!~5]
o"";; • ..,
i5==!:,":5;;
~
~c"c1-i
i';:;;~~i8
"'''''6''
wing struts. Four engine mount stringers are also attached to the forward
~~Ej~i~~
~'~§5!~=
"E"St~p~;
ii~~~H~
D""
:";l!" h..,..
door posts and extend forward to the firewall.

...
The externally braced wings, containing the fuel tanks, are construct
,
.<>
~.i
ed of a front and rear spar with formed sheet metal ribs, doublers, and
.,-
-
~i!
-!a
a: . "CI. c 13"~;";\~ c"a
stringers. The entire structure is covered with aluminum skin. The front
·'e"
o," i '!lo>c ,-"ttl
spars are equipped with wing-to-fuselage and wing-to-strut attach fit

o 825
.!!
tings. The aft spars are equipped with wing-to-fuselage attach fittings, and
"_"".2;;
.!I-5
3Bh1
:E p~ ;Ep~ • .;~ ~;; ~".c.
are partial-span spars. Conventional hinged ailerons and single-slotted

~1:"".
o e"
_E.!l?
, , - ....
1
flaps are attached to the trailing edge of the wings. The ailerons are
;"~-~~iio
constructed of a forward spar containing balance weights, formed sheet

E
5-1°'
i
- ·!!"~a;~
metal ribs and "V" type corrugated aluminum skin joined together at the
I~aii~i~~=
!i
trailing edge. The flaps are constructed basically the same as the ailerons,
j~hlH; ~~.!f;":;B""H;
i"~-
.,,~~]_o
Q81-ff ~Hit}~ihi
~ ~~
.~~~I~ .. ~g=~
~ ~·~~"·"i~~i
~ ._~~~.i~ei
.. '~"
<>_
~~·.5iS! ,;!o
~]~~]1~i~~i
3;;B~
with the exception of the balance weights and the addition of a formed sheet
o
t lf _
~13E5i II~~~~
~iio!!-c.51",a!i
jlU~]~] n~rlr;a~l!j.
i'ii';~13] U.!!
i~J";lai~ "li. i.,;"" s!:)a

5iiJ~~~~ lig~r~5i!5H
l!.H
_> ,,1:0
metal leading edge section.

c. ..
The empennage (tail assembly) consists of a conventional vertical

o •
"E:;;
.,
.:. 1':
.,
stabilizer, rudder, horizontal stabilizer, and elevator. The vertical stabiliz

,
~L
~
er consists of a spar, formed sheet metal ribs and reinforcements, a wrap

~
around skin panel, formed leading edge skin and a dorsal. The rudder is
constructed of a formed leading edge skin containing hinge halves, a wrap
11 01 E
around skin panel and ribs, and a formed trailing edge skin with a ground
= _ ~.s.!!
~l?-;;"
adjustable trim tab at its base. The top of the rudder incorporates aleading
et ;;i" ~i;ei:;p .. g.5~3e !in "f;1:h:;f:;;~
edge extension which contains a balance weight. The horizontal stabilizei

is constructed of a forward spar, main spar, formed sheet metal ribs anc
_'1l
~=§O ,,\il s~
e~-·i--"-·
!I-~"iI-'
1·1l.~"-~"~l!-"
.~
,,- - .... ~ .
stiffeners, a wrap-around skin panel, and formed leading edge skins. The
.J
l-t;:.;'';.!! ...;..,~..,,, t;"= !•,
;.::
... ; - -,
1 July 1979 7-;

SEC'l'ION 7
SECTION CESSNA
AlRPLANE &
AIRPLANE .. SYSTEMS
SYSTII:MS DESCRIPTIONS
DSSCtm'TIONS MODEL 152
MOOELIGl!
n
n
n
n
AlJ..BRON CONTROL 8Y8TEM

AILERON SYSTEM
r
n
n
n
SYSTEM
RUDDER CONTROL SYSTE'"
Figure 7-1.
P'1eure 7_1. Flight Coa
F1.IlIhl Control
U'OI ..... Trim S)'.~""
and Trtm Systems (Sb
(Sheet of 2)
... , 1 ora)
n
.7-4

11 J"
July 1979
ly 197\1
-n
u
CESSNA
(;!;Sl!NA 8t:CTION
SECTION 17
MODEL III
MODE!.. 152 AIRPLANE & 8Y~
AIRPLANII. SYSTEMS Or:sCFUrnONI
DESCRIPTIONS
ELEVATOR CONTROL SYSTIUII

6U1VATOR SYSTEM
ELEVATOR
ELEVA TOll TRIM CONTJI.OL SYSTEM
Tll.Df CONTROL SYSTIIM
Figure 7-1. Flight Control and Trim Systems (Sheet 2 of 2)
1l July
Jyly 1979
lt7'l 7·
7-

n
SECTION 7
SECTlON7 CESSNA
CESSNA
AIRPLANE •& 8YSTEM8
AffiPLANE SYSTEMS DESCHlf"TIONS
DESCRIPTIONS MOD&L
MODEL 1112
152
n
n
n
n
n
n
"i.,.. ..
Figure 7-2.
7·2. Instrument
In.tnlmenl Panel
PMel (Sheet
(8b,,",t 1I of
012)
11)
n
,.,
7-6 1 July 1979

( , ( L , r
I
-
-
~
<o
o·
o·
"oo
~
CD
,,. ,~~
, .."
CD
1. Turn CoordlnalOr
Coordinator 23. Map Comp~rlment
M.p Compartment
, Airspeed
Alra.peed Indicator "" C.. bin Heat
Hu&< Control
eon.ro]
2. l"dl<>a\Ot 24. Cabin
••
3. Suction Gage
Suc:Uon Gag. ~.
25. Cabin
C .. bl" Air
Alt Control
,.
.."
4.
•• DI,,,,,Uonal Indicator
Directional Indic .. 'or 26. Circuit
Clreult Breakers
Bre&lr.ers
, 5. Attitude
AIUlude Indicator
lndic"lOt 27. Wlng Flap
Wing f'lo.p Swtlcll PoIII!!on
Switch and Position
••
<
,.
••6.7. Airplane
Alrplane Registration
Regi.t'Mion Number
Ve,Ife .. ] Speed Indicator
Vertical Indle ... or 28.
lndk.. tor
Indicator
Mialu .... Control
Mixture Com.w
,•
8.
9.
Altimeter
Allimeter
DigitaI Clock
Digital
29.
30.
'l'hrotlle (With
Throttle (WlIh Friction
M icro phone
Microphone
Frle!!on Lock)
l.<x:k)
i, 10.
" Cou .... Deviation
Course Devi"';on and ILS Glide
Olido
",.
31." ElevAtor 1'rim
Elevator Wh ... t
Trim Control Wheel
,,>
>
, Slope Indicator
Slope lndlc&tor end Position
and Po.ltion Indicator
Indle ... or I—I
a
'l'nnspon<ler
• 11.
"" Transponder 32. Carburetor
Cuburetor Heat
HUI Control
Conlrol
, 12.
13.
AOP Radio
ADF !\adIo
Marker
Marlte, Beacon
Be"""n Indicator
Indicato. Lights
Llgh\a
33.n
".
Eloctrlcal SW;Whu
Electrical
Oil
Switches
"u ....
011 Pressure
P,... Gage
GAgo
~
t-<
>
,
•• " and
Rnd Switches
SwiLche8
34.
35. Dii Temperature
Oil Tempo,a..u", Gage
G~
Z
z
••
K
-.• ".
14.
15.
Nav/Com Radio
Nav/Com Ro.dlo
Audio Control Panel """
36. Clga. Lighter
Cigar Liglt\n EP
•<
""."
Panel 37. In.\cume"l Panel
Instrument Pan.l and
.00 Radio
!\adIo
,•
w
16. l'Hg)>! Hour Recorder

Flight Dial
01 ..1 Lights
Lij:h18 Rheostat
LoIf1 and
Rheolll.'
.. nd Right J'ul>l
ra
•
"a
17.
".
18.
l'8.<)hom.""
Tachometer
Economy
Eoonomy Mixture
Mb:lu .... Indicator (EGT)
Indiea lor (EOT) "
38. Left ftight Fuel
QuanU1y Indicators
Quantity Indlct.lors
H
M
•"<
19.
" ADF
ADI" Bearing
Bea""g Indicator
IndlealOr
"
39. Ignillon Switch
Ignition Swllcll
•
Cfi
.,".
00.
20. Addillo n.l Instrument
Additional InBlmmaDI Space
Spa.ce 40. M"" ... r Switch
Master S ... Uch
" O
~
".
21.
~.
22.
L<>w.voll&g<l Warning
Low-Voltage
Ammeter
W. rnlng Light
Llghi 41.
"
42.
Prlmer
Primer
Parking
ParklDI Brake
Br.lle Control
Conlrol •a.
w
'.
~~
88
~
-.1
ZZ
CD -J
"<
n
SECTION 7
SECTION CESSNA
AIItP!.ANI!: '"
AIRPLANE & 8YST&MS
SYSTEMS D ~ SCR I PT I O N S
DESCRIPTIONS 1~
MOD!.:!. 152
MODEL
M.I'M"'I .'Ohll\U1' o,.., "".lOlno 1M .Iovotor trlm 'oh oetuoto,_

horizontal stabilizer also contains the elevator trim tab actuator. Con·
Con
.'",ctlo<!
struction 01 of 1M
the ol.v"'o,
elevator con . "'-" 01
consists of o
a m o!n 1p.t.'
main spar .M and I>oUe.....,k.
bellcrank, leftlenond
and
n&bt .... p-around .kln
right wrap-around pon.l •. orni
skin panels, and .a 10""0<I
formed .... lIIn.""
trailing kln on the
•••skin
edge 'h. left
10ft
ba!!
half al
of "'"
the .I.v.",,,
elevator; ..... ntl ... 'nllinll
the entire trailing odll. of .b.
edge al nlbl half
the right h.lI io blnllod oDd
is hinged and
IQ""" 'b ••elevator
forms the Inato' trlm
trim IOb.
tab. Th.l.adlol""""
The leading edge 01 of both left and n
bolill.noDd ....' elevo,"",
right elevator
Ilpo incorporate
tips Uto<>rpor." u"n,loDo
extensions wblch
which con.aID
contain 1>al .... oo weights.
balance w.lllb ••.
"
FLIGHT
FUGH T CONTROLS
The al!"l'lon.·'
TIte airplane's flight
ç"''''o.tlonol
conventional .1l0t'Oo.
control system 1_
ili .... ""'''t'OI
rudd.,......
aileron, rudder, and d .'.volOr
';r."'"
(see 1l1JU'"
elevator 0<>
control
figure 7.1l
7-1) """"101.0
consists 01
surfaces. TIto
. .",1 ,urI",,". The con.",I
of
control
ouri",,"
surfaces or. "'",,0011..- "!M'n"'"
are manually "'",uRb mechanical
operated through _ ....10.1 Ilnk""" ua,., a•
linkage using
",,"Uol wb ..llor
control wheel <bo oll.,..,.o
for the ailerons Ondand .elevator,
Iovotor. &Dd ru_,/1>r&lte pedals
and rudder/brake pedalo for
lor
Iho ruddot.
the rudder.
Exto""IQDO
Extensions ueovo,loblolor<bo ruddorlbn.llo pedals.
are available for the rudder/brake pedalo. They
TbOYOODObl
consist of010a
>"U01<!
rudder
olon.
... pedal
sion, place
rudder pedal
\ho,
that 1It.
_bovo
face, two 'p_n
po<I'" fooo.
the dlp
plOOO 1It.
~al ..,d
clip OD
spacers .M
on the
snap 'bo
and .D.p
the o~te""loa
extension lo
above proc«lur ...
procedures.
is firmly
boIlOm <>I
'bo bottom
la pl~.
rInnly in
t",o OprtDg
and two
of the
spring ollp
'ho u,"noioD
• . To 'n"."
clips.
wtd., the
extension under
over iii.
the top clip OV" the IOp
place. Ta.-.mave
0111>.
top of
<ho extensions,
To remove the
tu_.
install ..,
.b. bottom
an ex,"
exten
bo''''''' of
l'OdoJ. Check
the rudder pedal.
o" te"ol""o. reverse
••
01 the
<bo
Cbr<:k
rovo,... the
.bo
TRIM SYSTEM _
A manually-operated elevator trim tab is provided. Elevator trimming

is accomplished through the elevator trim tab by utilizing the vertically
mounted trim control wheel. Forward rotation of the trim wheel will trim
nose-down; conversely, aft rotation will trim nose-up.
INSTRUM ENT PANE

INSTRUMENT PANELL
TlHt In",,,,mo .. ' panel
The instrument panol (000
(see llgu
figure .. 7_2) IO do"gnO<l
7-2) is pl_ .ho
designed to place p",,,ary
the primary
flight instruments
flip. directly In
inotn>monta d''''''Uy in f1o<>.t
front o' of the TI>o lfYJ"O-<>""rate~
pilot. The
'ho pii",. gyro-operated flight Uillhl
. ."",,,,,n,-" a
Iinstruments .......
are ...,..., ono
arranged one _bovoabove lItothe alltor.
other, ,UlhtlY
slightly to "'" al the
1.11 of
the left Uto
control oolumn.
oOnl"'l column. To!ho I.n QllIt
To the left of these••• Iinstruments
... """"'nta .... "'" .InI~
are the airspeed indicator,
IMltator.
lu,n
turn """"U"ator
coordinator,•• nd ."",tIan
and suction i'S",gage. no The clook. "'U"","',. .~
'.rtloal speed
clock, altimeter, vertical
Indico"'
indicator, •. ond
and uavlgoUan IDolrllrn.D,-" are
navigation instruments ~ _bov.
above andio,
and/or to IO the
"'" right
righI ol<ho
of the
00",,..,1
control calamo. Avlo"l .. oqulpmon,
column. Avionics equipment is I••stacked
....,kod aapproximately
pprnx lmAtoly GO on \ho
the
""n,.,rUne
centerline 01 of <ho
the panol
panel,... ,'" opaee
with space lar for addltlonal
additional .q'Hp",on.
equipment on Ilt. lo ... ,
the lower
nright
.. h ••side
,do 01of .bo
the Instrumont
instrument panel.
pano' . Tho The ngM
right .Id.
side 0111>0
of the 1"'-"01
panel also
0.100 contains
"",,"'mo
<h • ....,""m
the tachometer,... '. omm ...,. 1O
ammeter, .. ·vollO," Il
low-voltage .. b~ economy
light, oooo_y ml" mixtureuro indicator
Indlc._
(EGT) 'nd
(EOT) and addi.lao.1
additional in.''''
instruments
..... '' .. such
o"cb .. as oa flight
fllibt hour recorder. The
ba", RICOrdo,. TlHt left
1.11
''''lOh
switch Ond and con«<>'
control panel, und., the
i>'"ol. under <ho primary
p,lmary instrument
In.trum.", panel,
po"ol. ""n •• lno
contains
,.,
7-8
'Ju'y'''''''
1 July 1979

l
CESSNA SECTION 7
~!
•
,•
•~
§~
z·
ZZ
92
o,
-.
·0
.0
,.,
•
E
>
;
,
.
-;
the fuel quantity indicators, cigar lighter, and engine instruments posi
e..,
~..
"e
tioned below the pilot's control wheel. The electrical switches, panel and
~ -
_li!
c_~
:!-~
l
""0
=:"
radio light rheostat knob, ignition and master switches, primer, and
~!I""
parking brake control are located around these instruments. The engine
"j11",
-"
controls, wing flap switch, and cabin air and heat control knobs are to the
~.~
-l
right of the pilot, at the center of the switch and control panel. Directly
..:
below these controls are the elevator trim control wheel, trim position
,,--."
O-l ""~8
.l!]p~
i'i' 3~::~
~i~·5i:il.!:
• ]Jj . ~
.;ni~~H
etaf-<p.H
.- ...
;tJ:!gH",~
indicator, microphone, and circuit breakers. A map compartment is on the
g~"
,,;t Et .... ~ .. ~ ~
~ .!!~"
~·"'l'\l<l>'::·
",,-' ~g!l·--"2
sj:"" ~..: ~~-
.~
.. .a g g~ a.-'
."a:!l'SSl! "'il
.. ..,.
",,'
:; ~a·"-'.!-
8d_=
g-~i~~il:!>
extreme right side of the switch and control panel.
::: ...!! 'Ii:!l Il E

'
"
For details concerning the instruments, switches, circuit breakers, and

"
""
H
'• oo
ih!.!I..,8<3. ••
'!
.0
·0
.1
il
.. cS" ,.
.,
,~i
."
controls on this panel, refer in this section to the description of the systems
H
".
o , ,
00
21.!3:H.:;~~~ ,n~
8 "'~
l!:
e..: ..
.!li!?
to which these items are related.
.,}
h-s z
o
.. = "o
~
" ""
~
.' ! "
l
GROUND CONTROL
•
)
Effective ground control while taxiing is accomplished through nose

f,.!:
~..,
"ti
-,::;
~>.
wheel steering by using the rudder pedals; left rudder pedal to steer left and
....
..- o -!'''
right rudder pedal to steer right. When a rudder pedal is depressed, a
J
"
~ .. -lI ~
i 3 ,!!"
.. ..,
.I <lo:r.
spring-loaded steering bungee (which is connected to the nose gear and to

J~
_~ ' - 0
-"",-I
"= ~ 5"
,"'!
the rudder bars) will turn the nose wheel through an arc of approximately
f!:
~
';~,;S~I.!3
~ E~
<Il
.. ':;:
-e,,§e_"
s ... ·gJ;o'O
"l-
'l""
g;'s.
....
o'i"~
'I:!c;;.
8.5° each side of center. By applying either left or right brake, the degree of
f
8t:3"i!~1
~
"'~.
~i:,,':!ii.,a
- h,,~
.!:ie~eh
e"~"Oll
I-lIH h3
0_
>,
l!:.:a..aOl",
9.!!i!.-5':2..
"-::" 8:10: ..
.. 1""9
,.. "oz l;ii=i-

:"'M: r;!l"f."
~~ =l~h
] ~·d.::: ~
~e"'''"
turn may be increased up to 30° each side of center.

g
10i i.;; l' 2 ~ E

... ,,;;.,, :, E
J
(/
>>>
~
/\
••
~
,,•
•"•
Figure 7-3. Wing Flap System

,•
t•
~
1 July 1979 7-9

-
1

n
$ECTION 7
SECTION 7 CESSNA
Cl!;$SN ....
AIRPLANE &
AIRPLANE • SYSTEMS
SYSTEM$ DESCRIPTIONS
DESCR IPTIONS MODEL 1~
MODEL 152
Moving llIe urpl.ne

Mo"I'" the airplane by Il,,,,d l,
by hand is most
moaleuily aooompUlIlIed by attaching
easily accomplished Mlacl>lnr
a
• tow
IO'" bar
b...- to
IO the
tbe nose
nOM gear strut. If
eee. $l.NL II a.. tow
1ft-. bar
bl.r is
t. not
no' available,
..val1able. or pushing
puolline is
I.
roqulred. use
required, UM the
Ula wing
.. 1"1'
. ' N'" .
struts as. push
pu_h points.
potnlL Do
DD not u .. the
not use llIe vertical
ve"l,,""l or
or
horizontal surfaces to
horl.ontal.urf..,.. '" move u.••
",ove the airplane.
Irpl ...... If UI ••
Il the Irpl"". is
airplane to be
1.10 bo towed
IOwed by
v.llld •• never
vehicle, I1.v.r turn
luru the
Ibo nose
........ h"1 more
wheel more thanUI .... 30"
30° either .ide or
.lIh~r side of center Or
or ",,,,I<>,
~INC1.Ural do.map
structural
n
The
damage to
, minimum
Ihe..-
\O the nose gear could ....
get.. oould
.urulnl radius
minlmum turning
result.
.....11... 01
uIL
of theIII• • Irplan •. using

airplane, _h'l dilr ..."ua.l
differential
n
braking
bralnns- and
and nose
n<>Q wheel
wh"1 steering
_leerlnr dduring
.. r lnll" taxi, is approximately
taxi. ia &pp",,,h"a"'ly 24 feet 8
Z4 1_ B
iDeb.,.. To obtain
inches. obla.l" a minimum
mln.l",,,,,, radius I...... d",inII"
tsd.I".. turn IrolUld handling,
during ground 1Ir.mllin,. the
!be
airplane may be
.apI""" be rotated around either
roI.I.ted uou"delUl' main
..... 1n landing gear by pressing
IaDdln"urby preMi", down
do ....
OD .b.
on ""lIoo".Jul\lo
the tailcone ........., of
just forward oflhe vertleal stabilizer
the vertical nablllzer to
IO raI..,lh, n..... wheel
raise the nose wll ....]
alt
off the ero"......
Ihe ground.
WING FLAP SYSTEM

ne '" Ine flaps
nap. aare
r. o, lha sin (fl ••• lOl type with
wlth ea maximum
m e~ m 11m deflection
deneello" 01
n
lO"
30° (
The wing
ngu .. 7,3),
_ figure
(see
n.p .,..ll<:h
flap la",r on the
switch lever
of the
7-3). They e,.
single-slot
are ..... ndltd o,
extended
UI, instrument
1""Nm."1 panel
nolraet.<! by positioning
or retracted
p"".l to
'" the
Ula <1 .. 1.-..1 flap
desired
III, ..
po.lllonine the
nap d,n""u"n
wing
deflection
of
In,
poai.lon. The a
position. Th. ... ll<:h lever
switch le moved up oor. down In
levar is in e .101 in
a slot In \he
the Ine'N",
instrument.. n'
pana] that
panel provida. mechanical
Utal provides mMehenlcal ."'p. al the
stops at III" end
III. 10° and 20" po.lllona. For
20° positions. n.p
l'o. flap
HItWIl"" II"",QIIt.
settings greater lh&n. mO"tU.a,w!WIl
IO', move
than 10°, lo,,,••'"
the switch lever to the111M right
.Ight to clear the ."'p
IOdn.llla stop
.nd poaitlou it
and position Il .as. d~~lrod,
desired. A sul~
scale a"<1 poi"IC:. 011
and pointer I.rl side
!lIQ left
on the of the "wllcll
old. 0.1111. switch
leve. indicates
lever Indl"""'a flap nap travel
Iravel inIn deVflctI.
degrees. The wing flllp Iyww",
",Inll: flap system circuiI
circuit Lo is
prol«l1.e<l by ..
protected I~ .• mpe,. Clroull
a 15-ampere circuit b."keT.]~beIO<l PLAP, on the
breaker, labeled FLAP, Ille d,hl sldc 01
right side of
111e
the tnslrom .. n1 panel.
instrument pane!.
LANDING GEAR SYSTEM "

Tb, tandin" "gear
The landing .... is
I. al u.. 1,lcycl.
of the typa Wllh
tricycle type with ......... bi. nu
a steerable •• wb
nose ... land
wheel and
IwO mai"
two main .. h.al., Th,I&n.IlliIIIU'
wheels. ",ay be equ
The landing gear may equipped t.t
lppood wUh
with wll ... 1 f&irIDg:a.
wheel fairings.
Shock oboorplIDn
absorption is Il provided
pl'O>,ldod by Iho
the lub"la.
tubular Iprllll·ot.WIIIl&ID la<l<ll"lI"
spring-steel main landing
gear 9Iru
re&/" struts and
...... <1 Ihe
the .. 1'/011
air/ oil nose gear shock SI'''\'
nOMlnrshock strut. Ea.ch m"ln IJM'
Each main ... be&11fI
gear wheel is
equlpped with a hydraulically
equipped wlUl bydraulleal1y &Clu ....... dl_type
actuated b.al<. on 'helnbo
disc-type brake .. rd .\de
the inboard side
or
of .. eh wh.,l.
each wheel. Wban
When "'ha,l f.,r,ng:a e,.
wheel fairings are ;n an aen>dyoamlc
... IlOKl,."
installed aerodynamic lelrlne
fairing
cova •• a"",1l
covers each b . alca,
brake.
BAGGAGECOMPARTMENT
BAGGAGE COMPARTMENT n
The t>a.Kk"ll'
Thc baggage oo."p&J'\lllenl
compartment conll,n
consists 01 of III
the...area from III.
re.. lrom the back DI
of th.
the
pll<M
pilot ....
and d p.aseop."H&lIlO
passenger's seats to the &.Ile .. lkhcll4. ACC9'~
.. blll bbulkhead.
aft cabin Access '" Ih~ ~
to the baggage
7·10
7-10 I1 July \979
1979

CESSNA SECTION
SECTlON77
MODEL
MODEL 152
11>2 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS
AIRPLANB .. 8Y8TEM8 DESCRIPTIONS
DE8CRIPTtONS
-
<:<nnpUl.lnenlll
compartment .... IliO<! from
is gained lrom within
....tllllllille .. Irplaneoabln.
the airplane A baggage
cabin. A ..... nel with
net rraee
.. ilh
sil< tie-down
six <le·down s!r ..pe is
straps I. provided fo • ...,.,rlnr
provldO<! for b....
securing baggage I••
and is sa«e
attached by
tlAe~ed by
,ylna: the
tying III. str .. p. to
straps '" tie-down
Ila-do .. n rings p ....... l"ed in
. Ingo provided In the
tbl airplane.
.Irpl..., • . When
Wb.., loading
laa.dlng
the airplane,
Ihe .. children
Irpl.n • . "III should not
I" ... n 1II0uld nOI be
bi placed
pliICed or Or permitted
po-nnll\ed in l .. the
tbl baggage
ba.gg"l!"
eompanrn.n
compartment, .. unless
unl. .1 •a child's
~IIUd·. seat
_ , is Il installed,
Inl\alle<l. and any
lUlY material
m"\eri&! that
1II.1
might
mlllli bibe hazardous
Il,,,,anlQu. to IO the airplane or
tbe &!.rp1Nl' -"p""'l8 ~uld
o. occupants should not nOI bebe placed
plr.oed
a.nywbere
anywhere in In the .Irpl.n.. For
~ airplane. b&&I,.... •
For baggage area .-.&dlm .... lon •. refer
dimensions, r.t.r"'Sect.ion
to Section 6.
II.
SEATS
The ....
Tl>e seating
Ilnl arrangement
....... nnm.nl consists of two
C<>"8ill8 01 110'0 separate
M~1e adjustable
adlu$\able seats
_1.8 for
tor
'h.
the pilot
....
and
pllo ••
L T~
nd passenger
pal. .npr and, if installed,
I0Il<1. U
pdOl·. and passenger's
1n""UO<!...
p-u ....... er. ".18
~1I1ld.·. seat
a child's _ I in
vaUtoble in
the rear
m !be
In two
cabin
rea' eabIn
!ou ...
area. The pilot's seats .......
are available ",""deslpc:
designs: four-
way &noi
and li,,·way
six-way adjuslable.
adjustable.
FOO.· ..., ....

Four-way seats m .., be
18 may mo""" forward
bi moved to ..... 1""11 or
Dr aft,
alt. and u.. ...
Ind the seat1 back
b&ek .ngle
angle
cll.nge<!.
changed. To poRlllon
position olth ........
either 11111110
seat, lift lov.. under
the lever undo. the
1M inboard
1nb<>,,1""11 come.ol
corner of
Ithe seat, olld,
h ....... tho •••
slide the seat, into
In'" position,
po.llion .... 1.... the lenr.
release lever, and "beck
check that th.111uI
the
seat1 i.
.... is locked
IDCk"" in place. adjust the
piace. To o.dJ"lil seat back,
IhO .00' back. pull forward o
p"U lorwanl on.. the
Ihe knob
Itnob
""dc.
under the Ihe """ter
center ..
of1 Iho
the "'"1
seat ..
and,,01 Ippl, prell"ure to
apply pressure the back.
\O the baok. To return
rolurn the
tho
"" .. I back to
seat \O Iha up.l,hl position,
the upright posilion. pull !orwforward .. r<t on the
Ihe exposed
""po""" portion
\XI"lon 01 the
of the
..,al
seat back frame.
Ir.mo. Both
BOlli seal
seat bMb
backs wll! will .. 180 10101
also fold full !orw~rd .
full forward.
- and the
.,,01
handle
The .Ix_w"l"
Thl six-way ."
thl .....
seat1 back
under !be
b .... dle undor
seats
b&ek Inile
the IIIhc>J.rd
may bi
.. " mal'
angle cb&nied.
be moved
movod forward
changed. POlilion
inboard front {)Orne'
corner 01
lorwlrd or aft,
Position ellber
either lui
the se.t
of Ih.
adjusted for
.. ft. a4jUltod
seat by lifting
bol"'m .nd
seat bottom
to. height,
IIftlnr \he
bela:h~
lubul..,.
the tubular
and 81\""
slide the seat
\h ........
to \.bo
\O the de sl.-.cl \XI,ltI
desired position. ne!_
011. Release theth. 1lever
tver &noi check Ih.t
and ~b""k th. "".11.
that the seat is locked in In
plll<le. To r.lse
place. raise O. lO"" Ihe
or lower the ... " .. rotate
seat, th. c.ank
rot.te the loc.ted un
crank located ... the
under \ho
outboard {)Om.r
OUll)o.ard corner 01 of ....
each seat. S
h ..... Seat
. .I back angle 1.lldju.labl.
b""k anSi. is adjustable by rotating ",talinA" "a
le"
lever.. on \h.
the ",LI" IlIbQ,o.rd oome.
rear inboard corner orof ,,,,,b ..,&1.
each seat. To adJulI\
adjust "either
Ither ""'.1 b&<:k.
seat back,
rotate the\h . I.vo
lever••aft
n IDd and Ipply pre.. uro ....
apply pressure linf\!be
against b&<:k untU
the back until II it ,,,,,,,,
stops
movlnlr.
moving; \hell
upria"bl
then rel ...e \he
release
_ilioll by pulling pulUn .. Icnoilord
""I
the lever. The seat back baIok m.y
th ••exposed
may bo
~_ portion
returnecl lo
be returned
portlOD 01
\he
to the
upright position forward OD on the of llul lo....
the lower
...
seat, b...::k
back "&1IIe.
frame. Check
Check th.I!b,
that the ... Ilv •• Il
1 _ lever
release has...... 1"",111 to
returned '" Iits
.. v.";cu
vertical
P'Nlllon.
position. 80th
Both ....
seat1 backs
b&ek... 111 101"
will fold full forward.
lo .... rd.
A cbilel·,
child's .....
seat 1 ilo
is Iv&IJabl,
available lo.for 1II..u.u.1I011
installation Inin !be rear 01
the teer of !be cabin. Tbe
the .,&bln. The
I b&c:k
seat
_ back bis .""".-.cI
secured "'!b"
to the Q&bln sidewalls, IDd
cabin ~_&lJI. the _t
and !be seat beltolA
bottom is".tleChed
attached
to b.....,ke
\O brackets on u..
.. cn floor. T:b..I,
the noor. This ""II,
seat is 1I01I-&dJlUllable.
non-adjustable.
I1 Ju ly lt'l'11
July 1979 7-11

n
SEC'TION
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRf'I..ANE
AIRPLANE .k & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MOOEL 152
MODEL 1:.2
..
"ONO". '""", ...
STANDARD
" "'"
HARNESS
SHOULDER
-
NARROW RELEASE ST
(Pull up when lengthi
harness)
FREE END OF HARNESS

(Pull down to tighten!
SHOULDER HARNESS
CONNECTING LINK (PILOT'SSEATSHOWN)
l'''OT"' " ... , '''OW,, )
(Snap onto retaining st
-
" .. "" /'"""'011
SEAT BELT/SHOULDER
."
.UN'" """ '.10"•
HARNESS WITH
REEL
INERTIA
SEAT BELT LINK HALF

\ND SHOULDER HARNE
DETAINING STUD
FREE END OF SEAT BELT

(Pull to tighten)
-
r
_-
....... __ . . .
SEAT BELT BUCKLE
---
(Non adjustable)
- ...... _--
-----
SEAT BELT/SHOULDER HARNESS
ADJUSTABLE LINK
(Position link just below shoulder
level; pull link and harness down
_~_M
ward to connect to seat belt buckle)

r
r lgu .. 77-4.
Figure ..... S o., Belts
Seat Bol.. o.n<I
and Srn,uJdo, Ho .... _ _
Shoulder Harnesses
n
7-12 1 July 1979

CESSNA SECTION7
SECTION 7
!~
MODEL 152 AIRPI.ANE && SYSTEMS DESCRWl10NS
AIRPLANE DESCRIPTIONS
SEAT BELTS AND

ANO SHOULDER
SHOULOER HARNESSES
AH ....
All seat, positions
POOIUOD' ....
are oqUip~ ",'b _
equipped with , belts
seat bol .. ((see
... figure
Ii"" ... 7-4).
?-i), Th.
The
pilot's and
pilO\', .... _age"o .........
" passenger's seats are ùoo also oqulppo<l
equipped .. i'h "p
with separate shoulder
....... ""oul<lll,
ham ....... lnl<tsrated
harnesses. Integrated .. o, belt/shoulder
seat bolli """ul<lll, lu.rn . ..... with
harnesses la.nla reels
w]t~ inertia ....1. ca..
can
- lumlobo<! for
bo furnished
be
SEAT 8ElTS
BELTS
lor Iba pllo", &od
the pilot's pUHOp'·O ...
and passenger's seat, positions
_"1000 \f if 400h.:'.
desired.
Th
The . .seat o.'
. belts
bollO "ood .. 11b the
used with Ibo pilot's
pil"", _~ seat, P .... OIl"· .....
passenger's ,. and
seat, IUId Ibo
the
ohlld·
child's• ..,.,
seat (H 1..... lIod) .re
(if installed) are .. _Md to fiUlng.
attached fittings 011
on Ib. noo..-rd The
the floorboard.
haJ. o'
buo~" half
buckle 'ho ........
of the seat belt",.
is In""a""
inboard ol ..,h ........
of •each seat and bu ..a I,nd
d has fixed longlh:
length; lhII
the
llnk hall 01
link half of .h.
the boli l. O<>'_rd
belt is and I.
outboard 0JId the adj,,",""l.
is lhII po.rt 01
adjustable part ilio ....
of the l~
belt.
u .. \ho
To use the . ... belts
seat lo, the
bol .. for pilo'·. aod
\h. pilot's and passenger's seats,, "".]t;.,,,
po...oSO,· ...... position \he
the
.. a . .as. doaltod
seat desired,.....
and lIIon lonll""o
,d then lengthen theUI. Ilnk
link haJ!
half 01
of Ib.
the belt .D
bol. .as _ bby-
needed y
Il ..... plog the
grasping 'ho o,de.
sides 01 IhIIllok
of the link .od pulUng agaln
and pulling against•• the
'be belt. In .." and I""k
boli. Insert lock
'he Unk into
boli link
the belt Into the
"'O buckle.
buOklo_ T!gb"'n
Tighten IO. bo" to aU,.ug
the belt by pu'''ngtno'
tttby
snug fit ....
pulling the free
•end
nd Of Ih. boli.
of the belt. Tho
The ...
seat, belt
boell lo,
for III.
the ohild·
child's......
seat (II In,"'l4od) is
(if installed) I. "Nel
used In 'ho
in the
""'0
same ......",..r
manner u Ib. boel
as the belts.. lor Ib. 1',1",'
for the pilot's .....
and d passenger's .. tt_ To "'l
p ..... o".". .seats. . . ..
release
\h. on' belts,
the seat bol ... STuP "'" top o!th.bucklooppo.l1<tIb.Unkaod
grasp the of the buckle opposite the link and pull pulJ upwonL
upward.
SHQU LD ER HARN
SHOULDER ESSES
HARNESSES
- n~. Uld
line
"'.
the bo.m
lo,
o~"" 'd" Hm
Eaen shoulder
Each
and is
i. t<O"'o<!
harness,
.b. child's
oblld '. H.L
.... Iis••
harness
stowed behind
bohiod ••
fold li
.... lold r.nd ,,1_
it and
"ae~t<I to .....
attached
a stowage
place il
a rear
"''' .....sheath
'dOOrpOt'''''''v.
b • .,h abov
it bohi.o.d
.....
lhII oltooth.
behind the sheath. No hom ... i.
harness
1~dOw
doorpost above the window
above the COl>lo
cabin doo<,
door. To .lO"
stow
is ovol!ab"
available
u. ...
for the seat.
The ohould., h""'oSS<lo .....

shoulder harnesses are uxdused by fastening and ad)u
I•• "'o,ng .od adjusting <ho~"
•• ing the seat
belt IIn,
boli first. Th.n. '.oll'lhoo lhII
Then, lengthen the bom harness . . . .as. required
,oqulrod by pullingpulUnS 00 on Ihe
the
connecting Jmk link 00 nd of "'. b.,ne. . . od.bo
the Darrow ...1.... strap.
alnp-
-
<",,,,,,,,Un~ on the
ili • •end the harness and narrow release
Snap the
8nap connecting link firmly
Iheconn""Uolllnk nO'ntlyonlOonto the ", .. l~!n~~'"don
<b. retaining stud on the seat boli
'hO .... Ilnk
belt link
hol!, Th.n
half. Then adj"o' I.nlr'h. fl<tmoving
adjust to length. Removing th. ham .... i.
the harness is oocompH.hed
accomplished by
p""!nll' upwan:l
pulling upward <>11 on Ib. n.l'TOw release
the narrow ... loUII .. rap and
strap """'Ing the
removing
r.nd .... "'o harness
home ..
""nno,,"og
connecting link Un~ from
'rom!h. stud OD
the "U<! on theIh .....
seat belt IInk. In
bolO link. an ."'.
I.. "" 'gonoy. the
emergency, 'M
shoulder h
.Muld.." .... n ••• may
harness Inay be bo ... ",.,...o<! by ...
removed 1...101 the
releasing "'o ....
seat boH li", .....
belt first and d
allowing
.110,.. !t>. "'.
the harness, still
ba ....... , •• attached IO
dl .,....,hO<l to III.
the link
llnk half of the .
hall QI!ho seat
.al belt,
bo U. to drop to
IO d'QP
'h
the id, ot
• •side th. Ha'.
of the seat.
I\dj"~'m.nl Qf
Adjustment
ham".. ..,lll
harness will l'''rnI''
permit the
,h.
of the oho.1d.
shoulder, harness is
"'O """"pan<
hm ....
I. ImponanL Il properly
important. A
occupant to lean
pro"""y adjusted
!.,.,...rd
le"" forward on..ugh to sit ""mpletoly
enough IO.H completely
adJ".tod
erect, bUI
.~', but p,,"von,
prevent .. ., ••• Ivo forward
excessive lo""ord movement
mOvOmOn' r.nd
and con....,
contact ... I.h Ob}K1O
with objects
du,inl
during .uddeo
sudden <1«01 ..... <100. Also,
deceleration. Alto. the
u.o pilot
l'Ilo' will
.. III """I
want ",.I .. O<Iom to
the freedom IO .. .ch
reach
- all wolrol
aU ••easily.
controls
Ju'y 1979
1I July 177\1
uUy.
?U
7-l£

"
SECTION
SECTION 77 CESSNA
CESSNA
AIRPLANE &
AIRPLANE '" SYSTEMS
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
DESCRIPTIONS 152
MODEL 152
INTEGRATED
lNTE G RATED SEAT
SEAT BELT/SHOULDER HARNESSES
8ELTl SHOU LD ER HARNES SES WITH
WlTH
INERTIA
INER TI A REELS
RE ElS
"
In'ft~.. 1ed .....
Integrated bell/abnulM'
seat belt/ h .. m ....1 with
shoulder harnesses .. III> inertia
In.rtlo. reels
...1. "no
are a""I1
availa...
bi. for
ble (o. the
the pilot ... d front
p,l'" and lronl",ll p ......IlIrt'. Th
seat passenger. The....... 1o.1l1.huulda,
seat belt/ ba"' .......
shoulder harnesses
cxleBd IAertl" reels
extend from inertia ..... '-l_!ed ID'bl
located in uppercabiJIaide
the upper cabin sidewall.. IlIJjust
...t aft
o.tloloa.cb
of each
frontl seale. se'" belt
."_'1
cabin door to
Cablll IO attach
attacb points
poln.. outboard of the
OIItbo&rd of lIIe lTon seats. A sepa.ace
separate seat belI
u.d buckle
half and 00""111. 10()&!ed inboard
is located of the
InlMl.rd of ... te. Inlrtlo.
1II",seats. .... ballo
Inertia reels allow .. complete
oompl_
rr-tom of~
freedom m.,.,.m.nl. However,
of body movement. HO,""I'. in ,nlll
the••event
".n,m o. sudden deceleration,
of a LleceII".llon.
1II&,. ... m lock
they will ..ulomo.'i""U,. to
1",,1l automatically prollC' III.
IO protect the """"p ......
occupants.
To use
..... the
lIIe .seat
. ., belt/shoulder
boitllllhov.lder harness,
h&nIItH. position I.lw adi
pOlillon the ..""'bil metal
adjustable ....1&1.
linll. ""
link b.rne. . .
UL<r harness
on the at, about
.t>ou' shoulder
IlLoulde, leve!' tbe liJllI.
level, pull the link a&Ld
and harness
banHIalo
down .... n! ....
downward, and d insert Ihe link
iJI..,n the UMln . ., bel'_le.
III. .seat
in the btl'lens"'''
AdJ ... , belt
belt buckle. Adjust tension
acron \be lap
across the l.p by pul1hll upward
by pulling upwal"d OD shoulder h.me
obe aboulde.
on the .... Removal
harness. Remo"", isb
acoom pllshod by releasing
accomplished releulnl the ili. seat
HaI belt
bel. bucll:le. whleh ..
buckle, which m .Uow
will \be
allow the
lnenl ......
inertia reel1 to plill the
IO pull \bI harness
h.,.,. ... oulbo&",
outboard 01 lIIe ....
of the seat.1.
ENTRANCE DOORS AND

ANO CABIN
CAB IN W INDOWS
WINDOWS
.:nll)' to,
Entry lo ....
and d uil
exit from the airplane l.
\b" .l.planl is """"mpll.h.,d
accomplished Ihrolllh
through IllIIe.
either or
of
two entry dom'"
'wo Inll)' doors, ono
one on . .cb .ido
each side 0
of1 the cabin ((refer
Il.. cab,n to Sectlon
..fl' lo Section 810
6 for cabin
. cabln
&nd ~.bi" doo,dimen.iO..-).
and cabin Tbt doors
door dimensions). The doo.. !ncorpo .......
incorporate <:tII_ oxl.eno.
a recessed exterior and
Interio, don,
interior b&JIdle.•
door handle, a 1lo)"Op\l,"11/d don . lnek
key-operated door lock Olh
(left doo.
door un 1y) ...a doo
only), door••stop
Iop
"
",echa.uJ"",. a.nd
mechanism, and ,"o openahlo
wl"dOw.
an openable window.
TO
To opan ULe doo
open the doors•• from outside
oulllide the lhe.lrplano.
airplane, IIlil1ao Ibe reoouc<l
utilize the recessed door
handle neM
h"odle near the ~ft odle
Ibe aft edge Ol
of ......
each h door.
don •. Grasp the forward
G, .... p 'he edge oIlhe
fOrwMd .,dre of the hand!e
handle
..and
nd pull
pllii Olll TO olose
out. To close O'
or open the Che doors fTom Inslde 'he
from inside the alrplane.
airplane, use the
Ihe
.... ce •• od door
recessed doo. handle
handle and arm rest. ..... C. Both
Uo t ~. ubln
cabin don
doors•••should
hollld be che<;kod
checked for
""""
security. ICy prior
l'Mo . to
'" flight,
nlrhl .• nd should not
and noi be openod
opened Incenllonal1y
intentionally durlnl
during
flIlM.
flight.
N''''
NOTE
n
Aeeldlnca.!
Accidental opening of a cabin
oponln, cabln d"".
door Inin l!I .. hC dUI
flight due '"
to
lmp""",
improper' cl ...lnl' does
closing do.. not
nOI ""n,U' .....a noed
constitute need loto l""d
land the ti".
&1rplan •. Th.
airplane. _ I procedure
The best prllOlCl ..... is
tllO set up u..
to MI the airpl ..". In"
airplane in a
trimmed ""
"',mmld condition at
.. d,"<>...1 aapproximately
pprod ...... ly 8a65 KIAS.
KIAS, momeot&l'·
momentar
Ilio".
Edl
ily shove the
!Il'
Uli don
the
Exit frwn
from \be
•.
door.
the o.lrpl&JIetl
outward ,U,btly.
Ibe door oulwud.
airplane is o.ooompltohed
slightly, &1,d
accomplished by ,.upln,
and fo,"""fully
forcefully d"
grasping lIIe
close
..
the lorwud..,dre
forward edge
-
of!be
of the doo.
door handll
handle and pulling.
pulllIlC. To lock \bI
the .lrplane.
airplane, l""k
lock lIIe right c.aJ>ln
the tip, cabin
door Il'Om
from Ih. In.IM h)'
the inside llfUIIC IIp
by lifting up on the
Ih. l,,,
lever•• n"'T the att
near \b. aft Id", of lIIe
edge of the don •.
door,
dOA'h, Iin .,.,bin
close the left cabin don •• and ...
door, inS the
using Ib, Isn,lloll
ignition kll'.
key, lIx:k
lock \he
the dooT.
door.
7·14
7-14 11 JIII)'
July 11179
1979

CESSNA SECTI0N7
SECTION 7
MOOI':L 152
MODEL .:\2 AIRI'LANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
AIRPLANE .lo
Both cabin doors are equipped with openable windows. The windows
are held in the closed position by a detent equipped latch on the lower edge
of the window frame. To open either window, rotate the latch upward. The
windows are equipped with a spring-loaded retaining arm which will help
rotate the window outward, and hold it there. If required, the windows may
be opened at any speed up to 149 KIAS. All other cabin windows are of the
fixed type and cannot be opened. Two additional fixed windows may be
installed in the cabin top.
CONTROl
CONTROL LOCKS
A control lock is provided to lock the aileron and elevator control
surfaces to prevent damage to these systems by wind buffeting while the
airplane is parked. The lock consists of a shaped steel rod with a red metal
flag attached to it. The flag is labeled CONTROL LOCK, REMOVE
BEFORE STARTING ENGINE. To install the control lock, align the hole
in the top of the pilot's control wheel shaft with the hole in the top of the
shaft collar on the instrument panel and insert the rod into the aligned
holes. Installation of the lock will secure the ailerons in a neutral position
and the elevators in a slightly trailing edge down position. Proper
installed over the vertical stabilizer and rudder. The control iD<k
"
installation of the lock will place the red flag over the ignition switch. In
areas where high or gusty winds occur, a control surface lock should be
lock &:Id ony
and any
otbu L,ypoo cl
other type Io<kIng "-vi""
of locking device .hould
should bo l'<lmovO<l prior
be removed prtor to
IO .starting lhe .nIrln
1.Utlog the engine.•.
ENGINE
The airplane is powered by a horizontally-opposed, four-cylinder,
overhead-valve, air-cooled, carbureted engine with a wet sump oil system.
The engine is a Lycoming Model O-235-L2C and is rated at 110 horsepower
at 2550 RPM. Major engine accessories (mounted on the front of the engine)
include a starter, a belt-driven alternator, and an oil cooler. Dual magnetos
are mounted on an accessory drive pad on the rear of the engine. Provi
sions are also made for a vacuum pump and full flow oil filter.
ENGINE CONTROLS
Engine power is controlled by a throttle located on the lower center
portion of the instrument panel. The throttle operates in a conventional
manner; in the full forward position, the throttle is open, and in the full aft
position, it is closed. A friction lock, which is a round knurled disk, is
located at the base of the throttle and is operated by rotating the lock
clockwise to increase friction or counterclockwise to decrease it.
•1 JulJ'
July .979
1979 7 · 1~
7-15

SECTION'
SECTION 7 CEseNA
CESSNA
AIRPLANE '"
& SYSTEMS OESCR1PTIONS
DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152
La:!
TII4
The
,.
ml ~,", o 000''''''.
mixture
,
m~"n"" ..
control, mounted t>ovo the right corner of the control
above
pedestal, is a red knob with raised points around the circumference and is
••
equipped ■with a lock button in the end of the knob. The rich position is full
forward, and full aft is the idle cut-off position. For small adjustments, the
control may be moved forward by rotating the knob clockwise, and aft by
rotating the knob counterclockwise. For rapid or large adjustments, the
knob may be moved forward or aft by depressing the lock button in the end
of the control, and then positioning the control as desired.
ENGINE INSTRUMENTS
INSTRUMENTS
E .. ,,"~ 01>*
Engine ....110" is
operation I. monitored
mon'","'" by the ,~. following
follo wl .. g instruments:
I.. o.rumo .... , oil
011
ppressure gage,
......",. iati oil ....
.. cII temperature gage,...
"'per.''' .... 110-110 "~ ..
and a tachometer.
_bomo"',. An """DOrnyeconomy
mb,,, .. (EOT)
mixture In~lo .. "'r is
(EGT) indicator I. .. I.., _nn_bio.
also available.
Tho
The DII p ...... u .... g~
oil pressure gage,•. L",,"""
located on 1"0"'11
the left .wll<:h
switch ....
and d 00010""(>1 p.Q"I,lo
control panel, is
opera
operated .... ~yOII p_.u ..... A dI"""
by oil pressure. p ...." .. oillino
direct pressure lrom the
oil line from ULeongUwdellve
engine delivers ..
engine opentlng
oil .at, oOlllno
0,1 pro"",o IO
operating pressure to 'ho
the oLI ~ro .. u ... Ii""t<".
oil pressure gage. Gage m .... kln p
O,..... markings
""ho.Le
indicate that mlQ;muro IdlLnl<
IhL minimum idling ~, ... ou,o I.
pressure 25 l'SI
is 'I:f PSI (re<! IIn.l. the
(red line), Lho normal
norm..J
o~e<aùog
operating rango range io 60 IO
is !IO 90 PSI (,,,_n
to BO (green &/"01.
arc), and mnlm"m p ....,,'" is
maximum pressure II~
l. 115
l'Sllrod
PSI lino),
(red line). —
011 "'mpe""u" ,.
Oil temperature is indl .... od by a golf1'
indicated gage located OD the
l"" ..,"" on Iholon OWII<!t.""
left switch and
control panel.1' ..... 1. n. gage lo
The 11080 is opor .... d by an
operated "" ol.ctrl.o.I·reoio"'noo
electrical-resistance type Lypo
temperature
"''''p'tra'" . noo. which .-.Ivoo
. . .sensor receives "" .... from
power ~Irplane ol
,"'''' the airplane electrical
.. trl.al
BY8"'m.
system. Ol! ",mpera,,, .. II,,,U",o
Oil temperature limitations •• U1I ""rmoJ o""'a'I"'
Lho normal
are the operating range.... h~ (,,""
(green —
aarc)
rei whlob
which I. is 100'1'
100°F (38·(38°C) to 14~'
0) '" 245°F" (118'C)
(118°C),....andd Llto m .. lm"m (r<>d
the maximum lino)
(red line)
whlOh
which is I. 2.,' r (118'0)
245°F(118°C).
TIt.
The ~ngtn
engine-driven m..,nonl •• l ... nome"" I. j""."d nu, .no
... dt1v ... mechanical tachometer is located near the upper
~ppe, —.
-a".' PDrll"n o, 'hO lu,,,,",,,", pan.l. Tn. Ino'",m.nt lo oallb...... In
center portion of the instrument panel. The instrument is calibrated in
i"o",mon," of '00
increments 100 RPM &nd Indio."'. ""'b
and indicates both 'OgID' p",,,,,1)", opoed,
engine and propeller A.D
speed. An
hDar
hour mole'
meter bolo
below.. \.ho
the con",."f
center of 'ho
the "",hom."',
tachometer dio! """,,,,," .Iopa«!
dial records OD"'"
elapsed engine
time in Mu
,,"'. .. &Dd
hours and "'D'ho.
tenths. lInstrument
Do<rumOD' m IDOI ude a normal
ot1<in,o include
markings "" rm.l ."", .."ng
operating
...... go ("Nn
range (green ."'1
arc) of 1Il00 to
of 1900 '" 2f>OO RPM , oM.
2550 RPM, and a rnulmum
maximum ((red "n.)~,l!MO
..... line) of 2550
RPM. TM
IU'M. The upper end of LIt.
ap",", """ ~D arc
the green is "
&/"O lo "stepped" to indicate
...ppfo<I •. '" approximate
Indi .... ap"""Kima ..
Rf'M
RPM ,,,, for ~
75% ""lPnollOw.,
engine power ", at ... (~RPMl
lovol (2350
sea level RPM),, .\'1000 rOe\(UW
at 4000 feet RPM).
(2450 RPM),
and at 1000
alUlo' ,... (~RP:>I).
8000 feet (2550 RPM).
An economy mixture (EGT) indicator is available for the airplane and

is located on the right side of the instrument panel. A thermocouple probe
in the muffler tailpipe measures exhaust gas temperature and transmits it
to the indicator. The indicator serves as a visual aid to the pilot in adjusting
cruise mixture. Exhaust gas temperature varies with fuel-to-air ratio,
power, and RPM. However, the difference between the peak EGT and the
EGT at the cruise mixture setting is essentially constant and this provides
a useful leaning aid. The indicator is equipped with a manually positioned
reference pointer.
7-16 l1 July 1979

1m
CESSNA SECTION 7
"'ECT10N
MODEL 152
1~ "'' /'LANE ''
AIRPLANE & !>YS'l'EM6
D&60"IPl'lONS
NEW ENGI
ENGINE BREAK-IN AND
NE BAEAK·IN ANO OPERATION
OPEAATION
~ The O",''"''
Tbo ""do"".'"
engine underwent a .....run-in at the
"·'n al factory and lo
1II01..,1o<)'...,d is roody
ready 'or
for ilio
the full
/un
<U.~ of
range "'0. 1\
o, use. It is,
io. however, suggested
howover. o"gg that crulai.l>g
.. IocIIb., cruising J. be ...,.,.,mpll~hod
accomplished ., at •a
rnlDlmu ... 01
minimum of 75%
~ powerpowor until
UDW. a Iota.! of 25 houro
total 01:M b ... ..,.,umuloled
hours has accumulated or 011 oil
co"ou,npllon b .......
consumption has b11l""" Tb/o
stabilized. This .. \11 eno
will ..... propor
ensure proper "".Un,
seating <>I rtngo.
tho rings.
of the
Tbo
The oJrpl .... e I.
airplane is d.lIvo ..... from
delivered l rom 111.
the loeIo'Y
factory ,,'III
with corroo_ prevo"Uve
corrosion preventive
oil
011 in the en~n
In 111. engine... If,
Il. during
dUrlng the
th. first 25 hours,
hrs1 "" oil must
"""r o. 011 mti", be
bO added, tiuse ""<kId.
only
... Qn!y
ov'.Uo" grade
aviation ,r""o .""gM
straight m'no'OI oil conlorml"
mineral 011 conforming.. '" Specification No. MIL-
to S_lIIeoHop MIL_
" ~
L-6082.
ENGINE Oll
OIL SYSTEM
Oil for engine lubrication is supplied from a sump on the bottom of the
engine. The capacity of the engine sump is six quarts (one additional quart
is required if a full flow oil filter is installed). Oil is drawn from the sump
through an oil suction strainer screen into the engine-driven oil pump.
From the pump, oil is routed directly to the oil cooler and returns to the
engine where it passes through the pressure screen, if the engine does not
incorporate a full flow oil filter. If the engine is equipped with a full flow oil
filter, oil passes from the pump to a thermostatically controlled bypass
valve. If the oil is cold, the bypass valve allows the oil to bypass the oil
cooler and flow directly to the filter. If the oil is hot, the bypass valve routes
the oil from the accessory case forward through a flexible hose to the
engine oil cooler mounted on the left forward side of the engine. Returning
to the accessory case, the oil passes through the filter. The filtered oil then
u enters a pressure relief valve which regulates engine oil pressure by
allowing excessive oil to return to the sump, while the balance of the
pressure oil is circulated to various engine parts for lubrication. Residual
oil returns to the sump by gravity flow.
Ali oil
An oiI filler
UIlOr co.ploll
cap/oil dlpo.'l<:k
dipstick is Io<:o'od a,
lo located at 111
the ....... of 'hoonllno
rear 01 the engine <>Il on 1bo
the
nght
right oid •. The
side. Tho flUO(
filler eopl<l!po\1Ok
cap/dipstick 'o is ..,,,,,o"blo
accessible 1II""",b
through &ti an " " " " •• door in
access
the
'he engine cowling.
'''ilno 0010 The ODjjiDO
11"11. Tb. engine .ho"ldshould ,,'"not J.
be oJ>O"'tod
operated O" on less than lo"r
I... \h..., four
qu ..... ot
quarts oil. To minimize
of 011. mlolmlzo loss 10.. aI 011 through
of oil 'hrouih theU.obro.\IIor.1II1 IO five
breather, fill to Il'''''1''0''''
quarts
lor
for ·ormal fiI ..b •• 0/1 III .... three
.... than hours. 'or
III .... bou",. For .extended
" 0"<1<0<1 nl,h'
flight,. 1111 to .I
fill '" l<
quo'"
""""0
refer
normal flights
quarts (dlpotlcl<
of less
indloallo" only). For engine
(dipstick indication
to "'"""on
Section 5 'ilio handbook.
8 of this nondl><><>k.
e"iflno oll ,nod.
oil grade and opocifloa,lono..
specifications,
six
AD oU
An oil qwok ·dnln valve
quick-drain voJvoi.is avo1lobi.
available '"
to ropIOQO'bodnl.
replace the drain plugplu, in
[fi ""'011
the oil
""mp drolD port.
sump drain IUId provides
port, and provI"'" 'Iulckor.
quicker, 01.&1>
cleaner.. drol"'"jj" of the ."g;".
draining 0/\110 engine 011.
oil.
To drain
To ,bo <>11
d .... ln the oil with 'bi.
wltb this valve
up w ~rd ""
voJvoln,'oJlod..
installed, ollp
slip oa hOH
hose over 'the h ond
end 01of 'no
the
voJv. Md
valve pu"," upward
and push on ,bo
the end c/ ,bo volvo
of the until it &<l.poln'"
valve untlllt snaps into 'b.the opcn
open
po."lon. Sprl"ll
position. Spring <llp, wlll hold
clips will bold .bo voJve """n.
the valve Ahor ddraining,
open. After .... i"ln,. uuse
....a
•suitable
ul .. ~I. tool
\001 'o
to an"p 'be vOlve
snap the valve ln'o
into 'ne
the _endO<!
extended «10_)
(closed) po.llion
position and
'"",""vo
remove Ih. the dralo hOH.
drain hose.
1I July 1979
1l17li 7-17

SECT10N
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPI. ...
AIRPLANE m" SY8TE M8 OESCRIPTIO;<lS
& SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL
MODEI. 152
IO!
JG N ITIO N · START ER SYSTE

IGNITION-STARTER SYSTEMM
EnglM
Engine Ign"'QtI. I. pro01dod
ignition is provided by two engine-driven m~
" "oenlflne·d'I".n magnetos, and
..o ...... d two
1_
apH~ plug. In
spark plugs in "en
each eyllno .... 'filo
cylinder. <Igh! "''''''''0
The right Il .... 'hO
magneto fires the 10 .... <rl"
lower hI and
right ond
Ulo
the uppo
upper ,~ft .pu
' left spark~ plugs,
plugr.,.no
and the l.ft "'o
left "'.""10 ,n.
Il ... the 10"0'
magneto fires lower 101, """
left and
upPfl" "gM opot'lt
upper right plugo. Normal
spark plugs. Nonnl-I opo.allon
operation l.
is OODdu< .... with
conducted .. ,U. both
bo\h",. gu•.
magne
..,..
tos duo
due IO
to ,n. rnor. compI
the more . ... ~W"Dlo.
complete burning 01
of Ulo ruol·"I, mi
the fuel-air ~ !ut. wlUl
mixture with dual
1..,1lI0D.
ignition.
llf'liliOD
Ignition ....
andd OIarlot
starter opoto.<lon
operation lo
is C(I.Il'roIlod a <91OrY
controlled by O 1.1'....switch
rotary type ",Ik:h
located on lI!o
1"".1«1 the 10ft
left .switch
.. hob ....
and d canlml panel. Th
control panel. The• .... il<:h J.
switch is lobelod
labeled eloolr·
clock
wl". O"".
R. L.,
wise, OFF, R, L, BOTH.
BOTH, &Ddand ST ART_ Tbo_lli"o
START. The engine ."""Id
should be beopetaledon
operated on 110'"
both
mat;n
magnetos..... (60TH position) '~C01"
(BOTH pOOI"QtI.) except for'0. magneto
mago"", ehock._ The R and
checks. 'fii. """ L
pO.ltion • ..,..
positions are lo.
for ohecklng pur-pON-t "nd
checking purposes o", •••• ncy UN
and emergency use only.
only. When the li,•
•switch is ro
w lld. l. ... o..\ to
rotated th. oprlo.·loaded
IO the spring-loaded STAR! p<).iUoo. (wlll!
START position, (with "'" _.<et
the master
switch In
.wll<h \h. ON position),
in the p<>.moo). !b ••starter
the t ...... t ooot.olO'
contactor is lO' onennMd
energized .... andd the
lile
.... wlU orOZlll
rte. will
starter crank !bethe .engine.
" !lino. WII.o Ib. ...
When the Ik:1I is
switch I. released,
",leued. itIl will
,,, illnlOm.U·
automati
cally ....
co.llr return to "'.
,uro IO the BOTH position.
50TH poomon.
H
AIR IINDUCTION
NDUCT10N SYSTEM
The engine air induction system receives ram air through an intake in
the lower portion of the engine cowling. The intake is covered by an air
filter which removes dust and other foreign matter from the induction air.
Airflow passing through the filter enters an airbox. After passing through
the airbox, induction air enters the inlet in the carburetor which is under
the engine, and is then ducted to the engine cylinders through intake
manifold tubes. In the event carburetor ice is encountered or the intake
filter becomes blocked, alternate heated air can be obtained from a shroud
around an exhaust riser through a duct to a valve, in the airbox, operated
by the carburetor heat control on the instrument panel. Heated air from the
shroud is obtained from an unfiltered outside source. Use of full carburetor
heat at full throttle will result in a loss of approximately 150 RPM.
EXHAUST
EXHAU ST SYSTEM
f:xhuot~ .. ltom
Exhaust gas from •each
.ch oyllod
cylinder p......
•• passes through tI .... aassemblies
,-"",ullh riser .. ombllH IO
to •
a
mulne. and tailpipe
muffler ",lIplpO on
On \h. ~nd"",l d . or
the underside Ih • •engine.
of the n~i .... Th. mulfl •• is
The muffler I.
"" .... truo'od wiUl
constructed with a .hroud
shroud &r<>Und llIe oulOide
around the whlch forms
outside which fo.mo .. hoa""1\"
a heating
eham"",
chamber for lor oul>ul'et(l,
carburetor heat .ca <"h!n
h ... , •and b.. t •• al._
cabin heater air.
CARBU RETOR AND

CARBURETOR
The
Tn
A NO PRIM
nllin. luqu!
••engine
ING SYSTEM
PRIMING
pp04 with
is equipped ... \ln an U p.d,.&lt. float-type,
up-draft, n(lO."'YpO. fixed jet <
I! ~ ... l.' ..bU "'0<
carburetor
-
n
moun,od
mounted Oh
ondQoe<!
mlxtu
mixture
'b. bottom ".
on the
enclosed &<oel.,olO.
accelerator pump,
.. oooltol. ~"u.1 i.
control. Fuel
of llIe
the .nline.
pUlllp. ""
is doll~._
engine. Th.
an idle
delivered 'o
The <uburolO.
Idi. cu'·QIf
carburetor is
cut-off mocl",ni
Ib. cubu
to the
mechanism,
lo *,!ulppod
equipped with
.. n .....
and
.. IO, by gravity
carburetor
wUh an
d •a manual
g.nlty flow
manuo.l
now from
fr<Im
-
77-18
-18 1I July 1979
'97'iI ..,
CESS:>!A
CESSNA SECTION 7
SECTIONl
l~
MODEL 152 iii SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
AIRPLANE &
the fuel
Ib& system. In the
fuol oy."'m. carburetor,
th& Cl.rbtll"&to •• fuel is aIO""
fu.' 'o atomized,
..... proportionally
PTOp<>n!ODolly mixed"" ~ ,,,
with ",
.,Ib
tubo
tubes.
intake
... Ile a".
.. Tho pn>pan'oD "I
The proportion
d.""._
air, and delivered IO
of atom'_
to the
atomized fuel
"Yllnd."
"'. cylinders "'''''uslt
'bo'IO
to .,.I.
through intake
air is """t""" .... ..
controlled,
manifold
," ...b "'",,;101<1
Ilbln hml
within ... by
limits, by
Ib. mlS'b""
the control on u..
mixture eont",,1 the lnonu",.'"
instrument 1>&".1.
panel.
For starting, the

"'''' oto.nlnl. engine is
,n. "lino equipped with
I. 6QUIPP"" .. IUt.a "'''D
manual.... I priming system.
p'lml""oy."''''.
The
The l'n"",.
primer lo is o.otu&lly
actually a omall P\I"'P ..
small pump h"'~ <in
which draws... Ifuel
... , tn>m Ibo fuel
from the fu. I
strainer ..
01<""'.< when
ho" the
Uto plunger
P'''''P< \.ois pulled out, and injects
puU'" o"l '''lodo it
Il into the c)'ILodo.
',,"'!ho cylinder
intake
IntAk. ports when the
pa .... wbon "'" plunger
pl""p"o is pushed
p"oh'" back in. Tho
"-Il In. The plunger
pIan .... knob, on the
kn<>l>. <>II tho
InOlrumsn. 1'..,.,1.
instrument lo ooqulpped
panel, is equipped wl!hwith •a lock ""~
and,. after
alte. bolnl' "".hflll full
being pushed tullin.in,
muO'
must bo roto.l6d ."h
be rotated .. 10ft
either left '" "eh' until
or right uolll the
Ibe knob
uob <:ann<>t
cannot be puJ!fIII obl
bo pulled out.
COOUN G SSYSTEM
COOLING YSTEM
Ram air for engine cooling enters through two intake openings in the
front of the engine cowling. The cooling air is directed around the cylinders
and other areas of the engine by baffling, and is then exhausted through an
opening at the bottom aft edge of the cowling. No manual cooling system
"
control is provided.
wlnlM'lzatlo" kit
A winterization Il'' is
,. anllohl.
available lo,
for U.O
the 01'1"0 ••. Details
airplane. Do"'"oolof !hlo klloce
this kit are
pr...,,"'" In
presented in So<UOD
Section 9.
9, 6"PI>I.m."lo.
Supplements.
- PROPELLER
l'ho
The .1."1",,.
airplane I.
is 6Q\I'Pp6<I
equipped ... 1"'.
with a noo-blad .... fixed-pitch,
two-bladed, IIx ... ·pllch, "" .. p'_
one-piece
10'1<'"
forged &I"ml ."m olio)'
aluminum p""""ne< ..
alloy propeller biellio
which is ...odi .... to
anodized '" retard
.... lanl oolTOoIon.
corrosion.
ne
The propeUo,
propeller lo
is 89 Incb ... lin
69 inches .. <11"",01
diameter....
FUEL 5YSTEM
SYSTEM
The o.Irpl...,e
l'h. airplane may
m>.y be equipped wi\b
bo equlPP"" with e,'he,.
either a """".nll".'
standard fuel oyo'.'"
system 0'
or
"'mg '''''p .y... m (...
long range system (see IIi'!'"
figure 7·S). "Y .. emo ""Dal
90th systems
7-6). Both ... 01
consist twovent'"
of two fuol
vented fuel
W>k. (ORO
tanks in M<:h
(one li, wl "l'). oa fuel
each wing), lu o, .h ulolh
shutoff alvo. fuel
valve, f".1 o<n.1 no •. manual
strainer, mM ual prlm ••.
primer,
""d
and .,.,..,,,"''''. Ref•• '"
carburetor. Refer to Il,,,
figure ... 7·~
7-5 forfu.,
lo. fuel qoontlty
quantity d .... for both
data bQ.h .y-... ..
systems.
Fuel flows by gravity from the two wing tanks to a fuel shutoff valve.
With the valve in the ON position, fuel flows through a strainer to the
- carburetor. From the carburetor, mixed fuel and air flows to the cylinders
through intake manifold tubes. The manual primer draws its fuel from the
fuel strainer and injects it into the cylinder intake ports.
Fuel system venting l'

ruOI oy.tom is .....
v.."""' essential
"".1 '" system o~
to OY".'" operation. Blockage or!h.
.... uon. 9IOCk.,. of the
... venting system ..
v.nUni' OYOIo". will
;U ","ull in ,a d""",uin,
result In decreasing luo'
fuel no,"
flow ""d
and evtnluol
eventual O"!I;no
engine
,"'pp.go. V.nU"8 lo
stoppage. Venting is """"",pllobod
accomplished by "" Inlort»",,<I<lllng line
an interconnecting l!.n. from
Irom the
tb.
right lu.l
r1Jh< fuel .anlt.
tank toIO the
Oh. left
l.n ""le
tank. n
The left tonk
o len I. v."to<!
tank is vented ovorl>o&n:l throuih ..
overboard through a
- von' !In.
vent line whlch
l1 July
which is
Jul)' 1979
,l17li
lo "'Iull>peo:I
equipped wlth'
with a elIO<k valvo. and protrudes
check valve, pl'OIrudo. from
lrom!ho
the
7-19
7'18

-"
SECTION 7
SECTION CESSNA
AIRPLANE & I:iYSTEM8
AIRPLANE" SYSTEMS DESCRlPTlONS
DESCRIPTIONS MODEL IlII!
152
FUEL OUNll1TY
fUll QUANTITY [lATA
DATA C(U.
U. IS.. "GALLONS)
... llONSl
mTAl
TOTAL
TOTAL TOl.o,L
TOTAL
USABLE fl/EL
USAlLt FUEL
"
TANKS
T"'NKS UNUSABLE
UNUSAlll fUlL
FUEL
ALL (LIC..,.
FLIGHT
FUH
FUEL VOLUME
V(lLU"'[
CONDITIONS
CQHOITI0N5
STANDARD
STNlD"'~O
(13 G",
Il) Gal. h"h)
Each) " .•
24.5 ,.
1.5 ".
26.0
LONG RANCi&
LONCi RANGE
(19.5 Gol,
ilU Gal. E"""I
Each)
37.5
31.5 ,.
1.5 ~,
39.0
Figure 7·~.
"Ip", 7-5. Fuel Quantity Dala
Fu"C Quanmy Data
boM,.. .urf
bottom .... DI
surface "'a left
of the 1.11 wing
wlng near wi".
the wing Il,,,,1
ne'" tbe strut attach
.. ttaçh point.
poiOlI. The right
Tllo <lalll
fuel
lu.l tank
lank filler
fiLI •• cap
co.p is also
\. al ... vented.
v... ted.
Fuel
P\lel qu.ntlt)' ~ ......
quantity is measured
urwd by 1_
two float-type
no .. L-IJ'PI' fuel quantity
(\I.lqu .... LI\J' transmitters
tnLaMnI""''''
(one in
(ODe In each
...::11 tank) and indicated
l&JIk) &nd jnclicatood by
by two electrically-operated fuel
l''''' alecuiclilly-opec.aled quantity
fucol quUltlly
Indlea.lO ... on the
indicators 10 __ left
tM lower lalt portion
portion 01 11M instrument
of the ~"l""'emply
ina=enl panel. u.nlt
An empty tank
is
lo. indicated ....t line
Ind\eo.ted by a.. red lino. and the
tha letter E. Wb
!.tI. . E. When an indicator
....... lMloalo, shows
obowa...,an
empty tank,
empI)' approximately .75
tank. approxtm-"'ly .'75 gallon
pllo.oI remains
rem ..... in
in either a standard
tlth ..... !.aDdan! or
or long
IO!!.1"
range
........ tank
!.ank as unusable
...... ",.0.1>1. fuel.
CuorL The
The indicators cannot be
iDdlo.tono 0UlD01 be relied
reUed upon
upon for
for
accurate
&<:curala readings
...dill,. during
durill&' skids,
oIdda.• slips,
UpI. orOr unusual attitudes.
""WI\I&\ anlwd ••.
at
The
ne amount
a' each
o.mounl of
....,h tank.
lanl<. The
01 unusable
un".ab1" fuel
The maximum
m&xlmum unusable
is relatively
fuall.l'1Ilatlva
unu . . bl. fuel
ly small
.m&ll due
(ual quantity,
duo. to
quantlly, as
1.0 the
lhe dual
... determined
dual. outlets
DuLleta
dal.4lnolned from
lrom the
Lbot
~
most
mOlli critical
critte'" flight
fUl'hl condition,
""n'UIlDn, isI . about
.. boll i 1.5 gallons total.
1.5j{"'lcnM 1.Olal. This
11>111 quantity
qUL<lllly was
w ....
not
nDt exceeded
uc.-ded by by any
r.ny other reasonable
cUl . ........ ooable flight
!lillbl condition,
condlUoo. including
locludlnil" pro
pro-
longed
longed 30 30 second
...,.,nd full-rudder ,Ideallp. in
IIIU_rudder sideslips In the
tbe landing
la.ndlo, configuration.
oonfl,,"n\.lon.
Takeoff s have
T .......,I!. b"vt not
nOI been
_ " demonstrated
deIllODIII ...1ed with ...11b less
le.. than ""uon,
Ibr.n 2t gallons total
tei'" fuel
roel (1
(1
gallon
" ....1011 per
PC' tank).
I&nk).
The fu ..1 system
1"he fuel .yll.." is Mjwpped with
I. equipped .. l\b drain
dmll valves
vlllv •• to provlde a.. means
1.0 provide me .... for
lor
the
Ihe examination
.. aznlnallon of
et fuel
Ilid in
iII the
Ibe system
IlYstem for
ID' contamination
_ ' ....In..lon and
..,d grade.
"n.<k!. The
TM
system
-'l'n .... should
aII""ld be
be examined
.,.I<ni ..... before
belore the
Ibe first
n.1II flight
mlbl of01 every
ev'ry day and after
day..,d ..ne.
each
ucl> refueling,
mutli .... by
by using
ualca the
Ibl sampler
..... p!e. cup
cup provided
prov1<1ed to
to drain
d n.lll fuel
ro,1 from
lrom. the
Ilio!
wing
w;"8" tank
L&nk sumps,
Mump •. and
end by
hy utilizing
1I11It:.IIlC the
Ibe fuel ",""'"eI"
lod strainer drain
dr.. lll under
.. ncle.
an
aD access
&eOI'IM
■ panel
pallel on
ca the
Ibe right
riChl side
ddo of ~",,(lOWUn,
the engine
oflhe cowling.. The fuel tanks
Th"roel L&nkt should
should be filled
!>e/1lI'"
after
alle. each
c~ flight
flIibl to
to prevent
pAVeIIl condensation.
oondan .... loa .
When
Wlwo the
serviced
INIrvlcod to
.. l.pl~ is
lbe airplane
te a.. reduced
rocl.uced fuel
I. equipped
oqnlpped with
fuel capacity
ea.po.cll)' to
wllb long
to permit
,.."p tanks,
lon" range
poInnl! heavier
""avlt. cabin
ta.nk .. itIl may
c .. bln loadings.
may be
10a<Llnp. This
bo
1"1". '
is
I. accomplished
acoompllahed by by filling
/1IlIn, each
.&ch tank
ta.nk tote the
the bottom
boltom of
cl the
lhe indicator
IlIdlc .. to. on
on the
l lul
fuel
fuel filler
fiU .. neck.
neck. When
When filled
l!lIed to
to this
thle level,
level. the conia In. 13
tank contains
Ihe1.&nk 13 gallons
goUono (12.25
(12.25
usable
.. ,..,hl, in
In all
..11 flight
n1lht conditions).
oondlllon_J.
7-20 1I July
July 1979
11179

CESSNA SECTION 7
SEC'TI0N7
MODEL 152
1111 AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
AIRPLANE .. OESCRTP1'lDr<8
,... ,,.....,.,,.'-."""
FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS
FUEL
QUANTITY
TRANSMITTER
Il FUEL
QUANTITY
- --,-..
TRANSMITTER
,
'''''''
......
"""''''''''''
- ."'.-
TO ENGINE
_.---
------0 .' '.'
.......
_.-
CONDITION:
SYSTEM SHOWN WITH
FUELSHUTOFF VALVE
IN ON POSITION n_,,,.
LZZ]
çDO~
CODE
FUEL SUPPLY
_..... ..
r--'-'---, __ ----O
'
c::::J
LZZD w.t
VENT
TO ENGINE
MECHANICAL
LINKAGE
Due to crossfeeding between fuel
"*— ''''IO''''
ELECTRICAL tanks, the tanks should be re-
_.~
CONNECTION topped after each refueling to

assure maximum capacity-
Figure 7-6. Fuel System (Standard and Long Range)
Su l~ 1979
1l July III'i'Il 77-21
· 21

-
SECTION 7 CESSNA
<,
•o
"o
.-.<"~
~
~
,•
,.
gj
"o
""
".
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
"., MODEL 152
~
~
~
m
BRAKE SYSTEM
...
The airplane has a single-disc, hydraulically-actuated brake on each
i:::
,,"
.il
main landing gearwheel. Each brake is connected, by a hydraulic line, to a
master cylinder attached to each of the pilot's rudder pedals. The brakes
iò':.l
are operated by applying pressure to the top of either the left (pilot's) or
•• ~ -"1'1100"
"0""",;';
-1 Dft
".
right (copilot's) set of rudder pedals, which are interconnected. When the
=;o __
Do:>."
airplane is parked, both main wheel brakes may be set by utilizing the
..." " "

.. t
__
~!!!-''''.
. ~ ....-,..~~'"
~ 8c.1ld~
cf"'""
;i1~d~
".o~~i~l
~
rrt'6f;;~'"
;;;:;'=lIi'li·~
g~!~"h
"~~'''i'''6
- -:;;·
8--"
""•> W """5<>.'1:;;
: .. S "' .. E '"
",.-2 ... -",
1P!,sH
parking brake which is operated by a knob on the lower left side of the
.dti-i~~
~
E E :; 1: ;j c>..!!
; " .. -:i,e- li
-
instrument panel.
;
••
e
•
For maximum brake life, keep the brake system properly maintained,
.
<.
"-
s~
~EI
-~
: '~
,-'
.,,-
•...
•
and minimize brake usage during taxi operations and landings.
'-,.
,.
•,
':ii
,.
<Il
S
Some of the symptoms of impending brake failure are: gradual
al
decrease in braking action after brake application, noisy or dragging

.
''''"t
".5_
....
t; .".
brakes, soft or spongy pedals, and excessive travel and weak braking
D
g;0i~
l- il;.:;
.. '"
..
action. If any of these symptoms appear, the brake system is in need of ~ ~
. '1 "1._c..g_
-.:
~jl[~_
~_ ~".
immediate attention. If, during taxi or landing roll, braking action de

~OaD~.
creases, let up on the pedals and then re-apply the brakes with heavy
;~is~
~
pressure. If the brakes become spongy or pedal travel increases, pumping
.•<o,• ;'i""i..-~"-a"'lo
-.-~
0.0""'_0
~--l "-1
the pedals should build braking pressure. If one brake becomes weak or
'!I~oòE .. i ....
DOtl2Q ... !
~. <> "
~" " '"
• "'W e-~~i~:~~ . --~"-"

l·"<>~~
~a:: ~;
_,,~~~5~:~
o"'~~.
·n'll~~:r~=
.... lE5: .. g_
5al.!! ..i i ell
.. ::::,;
8"H,. Ii'"
!! ." li '" -: E1: §.
<>.!l ":l-
o .... ~
fails, use the other brake sparingly while using opposite rudder, as
a..,..,:t== .. ~ ..
q .-.!! .. q
i
~i 2 E"" ""'" ~
"~..ai"O
~
1ò':8~g;~iI~';
~i <>. i:ì U};~~
• "'> ~~OO~.... -i!~; •," • .g ... o _;:0-";I"5_

;:= .. -3
...
",. -"-'"'-l'
. .-S"""je-.
1-.":::;"".
11;Ht[n~
." ..
required, to offset the good brake.
W
W
-" ,-,- r _. "
~
~
~
~
~
~
"'
"
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
The airplane is equipped with a 28-volt, direct-current electrical

~
i!
w l;;-
system (see figure 7-7). This system uses a 24-volt battery mounted on the
~_
.;;
right forward side of the firewall as the source of electrical energy and a
"' r .
~ ....
> ~~.
,,-.
belt-driven 60-amp alternator to maintain the battery's state of charge.

._
~c
"egJ
Power is supplied to a bus bar, and a master switch controls this power to
.. i 1.s~="
_~
"iii
iii:. "i.!:!·
all circuits, except the engine ignition system, clock, and flight hour
..
."'~
:>
" .S -"~.!'
recorder (if installed). The flight hour recorder receives power through
~'"
activation of an oil pressure switch whenever the engine is operating, and

0:; ~ ",,".Il
the clock is supplied with current at all times. All avionics equipment
c.~
. s ... " ~ ~ "
~.g.
......
...~r:- S··"g ,, 1 !la,,
should be turned off prior to starting the engine or using an external power —
'H·" '"-:l-'''
-lll-g 1 _-Sf_D
.. ,,_~ ~'C
f-3 ~11 3~'6nò:!:

"'~e,,~
5E=Ii·~oJ_ .. _
S '::
fEjh]lo2:"
.!!'/:'" il"~ ~~ 5.s-",2

",,,,,,,,o
t-" .."
;;->
=~i1(~~~5~~,g
"'=-J~' "<~e
_;hHr~;~~
"jjg~~;~e~H1
e.g"l,,~ ,'!:oJt
11 b'-'8.":-55,;;;!>
..
r ..
,S ".-
:'''>''Ii
.. - ...';;'
~ g~;~2"=P'H
source to prevent harmful transient voltages from damaging the transis

~"j~-~"ilD~i"
/:§~!~a1!~ç:!l~~
.-o .>.!!~~Og.!lg:!1
~ -;; i l ~ ~i:::'~.!I;!~.!I
~
.!!""",s- "'~--E!
-.gi~'" ~~
§
MASTER SWITCH
"
.~
The master switch is a split-rocker type switch labeled MASTER, and

=
a
(.!:>:
i':'i;
'-
..
is ON in the up position and OFF in the down position. The right half of the
l
., '
u
I
jj~=
<;:;~
i ••
-',
,L
!'"'.g
i;].
''.".
~ ~
" .!!..c
~,~e.
- gg
I8.t
switch, labeled BAT, controls all electrical power to the airplane. The left _
"
8v
e.s~j
1;i~-i
~:?J":8
~n
u .. <>~
-.,,~~
~!!'i~
.. g.0l!:i
__"'11":
.:. .. 'ii ,•
<io .. ..,
.-,-j'
-.. --
°i';i
"
~ "il..: .
!l-.
half, labeled ALT, controls the alternator.

.
!
I
~
,~
7-22 1 July 1979

CE8SSA
CESSNA IECTlON7
SECTION 7
MODEL ur.a
152 "'''PLANI:
AIRPLANE Il SYSTEMS DEIC"IPTIOm;
& SYIfl'EMI DESCRIPTIONS
LOW-VOLTAGE
WARNING LIGHT
TO FUEL QUANTITY INDICATORS
-
TO FLASHING BEACON
TO PITOT HEAT
rt
I ALTERNATOR TO DIGITAL CLOCK
— CONTROL
-
UNIT TO STROBE LIGHTS
TO CIGAR LIGHTER (WITH FUSE

AND CIRCUIT BREAKER)
ALTERNATOR
FIELD
CIRCUIT
TO LANDING AND TAXI LIGHTS
BREAKER
TO STROBE LTS. TO IGNITION SWITCH

CIRCUIT BREAKER
(DIGITAL CLOCK ONLY) i| TO WING FLAP SYSTEM
— TO RED DOORPOST MAPLIGHT
— TO LOW-VOLTAGE WARNING LIGHT
OIL PRESSURE TO INSTRUMENT, RADIO, COMPASS

SWITCH
AND POST LIGHTS
— TO OIL TEMPERATURE GAGE
FLIGHT HOUR — TO TURN COORDINATOR

RECORDER
— TO WHITE DOORPOST MAPLIGHT
-TO AUDIO MUTING RELAY
— TO CONTROL WHEEL MAP LIGHT
— TO NAVIGATION LIGHTS
— TO DOME LIGHT
CIRCUIT BREAKER (AUTO-RESET) TO RADIO OR TRANSPONDER

AND ENCODING ALTIMETER
CIRCUIT BREAKER [PUSH-TO-RESET)
-})- CAPACITOR INOISE FILTER)
FUSE -|4« DIODE JVW RESISTOR

CIRCUIT BREAKER
(PULL-OFF, PUSH-TO-RESET)
Figure 7-7. Electrical System
1 July 1979 7-23

SF;C'TION
SECTION 7 CESSNA
AIRPLI<NI!:"
AIRPLANE & SYSTI>MS
SYSTEMS OESCRIPTIONS
DESCRIPTIONS MODEL
MOOEL 152
" .."
Normally, both sides of the master switch should be used simultane

ously; however, the BAT side of the switch could be turned ON separately
to check equipment while on the ground. The ALT side of the switch, when
placed in the OFF position, removes the alternator from the electrical
system. With this switch in the OFF position, the entire electrical load is
placed on the battery. Continued operation with the alternator switch in the
OFF position will reduce battery power low enough to open the battery
contactor, remove power from the alternator field, and prevent alternator
restart.
AMMETER n
TM
The .."mo"',.
ammeter, ,,,,,
located on u..
..<><I OD the U,,"", side 01
nll"h! ai<kl
upper right lD.lnImonl panel,
!b. instrument
of the p~~'.
indicates u..
lDdlc"''' the a",oun'
amount 01 of cUITon'.
current, in ID 0"'1"''''0.
amperes, IT<Im
from the.no .".m le tM
• ..,. to
alternator the
b'U.y
battery O, or lrom
from the battery IO
In. bO'''r)' .... o'.plan.
to ,the electrical oy
airplane o..,.,tri<:al . .. m. Who
system. When tM
.. the
e"K''''
engine ,. is OPO."'OO(
operating and the m ..... owitcn
tbo master switch is lo 'turned
u,nod on,
ono the
'bo a",,,,
ammeter... ,
Indlc .... the
indicates u.. cb .....r i,,~ ....
charging rate &ppUod
applied to IO III. hl"'ry. In the
the battery. Ih. ev.o'
event the III.
&J"rna'<"
alternator la
ol ... ma"'•.•the
alternator,
IlO'luncÙ<>ll.log or the
is not functioning
no amme"',
ammeter indicates
llMt .leclricallo&doxcndollleou'p",oltM
lodl.,._ u..
electrical load exceeds the output of the
ba'U')' dlocn"'lI.
the battery roU.
discharge rate.
Al TERNATOR CONTROL UNIT AND

ALTERNATOR ANO LOW-VOLTAGE
LOW· VOtTAGE WARNING
UGHT
LIGHT n
The
Th
nlSb.Low
airplane
.... ..,,1 ...... Iis....
high-low voJlap
voltage conl",1
equipped "'li"
ulppod with oa cOnlbln.'ioo
uDII mounted
control unit
combination 0.1"'0010'
... o"o!ed ""
on .b
the
alternator regulator
••engine side 01"'"
"i'0' .Ido Il,.w.U
'0""'.'0'
of the firewall
and a re<!
...,d. red warning light, labeled
warnloll","'.labo' od LOW VOLTAGE, under the ammeter
VOL T AGE. Under!bo .","'.... on the
!b. '0"
In.'rum.n'
instrument "a"ol
panel..
In
In 'IlO
the w.n,.n
event an <",o.·vo"op
over-voltage coMltlon
condition 0«\0,...
occurs,••theho olum&\o, con'ro)
alternator control
uni'
unit au\<l",.,jcally
automatically ffm"" removes 'urno"" 1I
. . .alternator 0id cU,""'"
field whlcn .hu\.O
current which shuts oown III•
down the
•alternator.
'10"'010'. Tno battery ..-Ili
The ba.lO.,. will ,ho"
then aupply
supply oyo'.",
system <uno,,'
current u alwwn by
as shown by a
dlsobarllo
discharge rate, a '" ODon !bo
the ""'m.'
ammeter. .... Under
Uod., these
'h... coDdlUoDO.
conditions, o'p*"dlnll
depending O" on
electrical .~a
ol"",,-let.! system 10&<1. tIIalow_voU"",wa."lnll",h<
.. ", load, the low-voltage warning light will wl1ll1l""'I"'"
illuminate ",ho"
when
')'lI"""
system voll"", drops "'10"
voltage drop. oorm.l. "l"he
below normal. The .'lOmolo,
alternator oon,rol unII may
control unit moy be
bo
reset by 'umlnl!"
"""'" turning ,Itethe mali"" switch 011
master ""'Ucb off ,nd I>&<k 00
and back on ap.ID.
again. If the ..
JI "'" warning
amlDII"
lIlI"M
light <1"".
does no' III"m! ..."'. normal
not illuminate, nonnal altorn.'o, <harglnl!" has
alternator charging .... resumed;
, .. umM:
"o,"ovo
however, •• Il
if ,the
... light
IIln, <10 .. UI"m'n,,,,
does illuminate &galn
again,.• b . oo<:urrod.
", •• rune"o" has
a malfunction occurred,
and ,,,.
~"d the n!O(ht
flight ,hQuld
should be bo "'rm!na!ed
terminated .. as ...,n
soon .. pnell •• bl •.
as practicable.
NOTE
Illumination 01
Illumin.'lo" ,ho low-voltage
of the I" .. ·yo'tap light
\l,h' and
0<10 ammo",
ammeter di.·
dis
.narp
charge '",:l1caUono mo.y "".u
indications may occur' durlnl!"
during low RPM oond!tion.
conditions
"''''
with On
an ol"",c&lload
electrical load On ono .~."''''.
on the system, o"e" as du.ln,
such ... during .'0 ..
a low
RPM 'u;.
RP)! taxi. Under
Uodo< ,nthese conditions,
... condlt1on the Il'hl
•• "'. light will
.. ,1) go out .
I:oou, at'
nlllho,
higher RPM. Tb.
The "' ..... owllo"
master . . - not
switch need DO' be . .yclod since
bo ,recycled alnotl
"
'"" over-voltage ""ndllLo"
an "".r·vol..." h.. no'
condition has not oo<:u,.,.
occurred .... to
IO ode-activate
....."lv...
,.>
7-24 Jul~ 1979
1I July ,Q7;

CESSN
CESSNAA SECTION 7?
MO DEL 152
MODEL I~ & 6
AIRPLANE & YSTEMS DESCRIP'I'IONS
the o.I'uu.I<I.
!.ho alternator ""
system.
.. om.
'l'h
The . ... aml ft(l" !l,h'
warning light ....
may bo *'-<1
)' be , ~ ... i.ll on
tested by turning Oft the
Ohol...,d'nllllghlll """
landing lights and
momoft"'rily .umlng
momentarily turning olI Ib . ALT portion
off the pon lon 01
of .ho m..........
the master 1_ ..
switch OU.
while
loavlng the
leaving Oho BAT
8A T ""n loo .turned
portion umlNl 00.
on.
CIR CU ir 8R
CIRCUIT EAI(ER S AND
BREAKERS ANO FUSES
M.,., o,
Most electrical d«:"
tb. ele<lrJool
of the 1111 in
circuits lo !.he a 'rpl.,.. are pro_III<!
the airplane by·"push-to-
protected by 'p""h-to-
....... type clreuL'
reset" 1)'"" circuit breakers mouoted under
bruko ... mounted undor the
Oho onfloo
engine 000
controls <ho
on the
.... 1. O"
1"""''''0''' pan.l. However,
instrument panel. Howov&r. al",,,,,ol<l'
alternator C\L'P'"
output is pro\eG1.O<l by oa ··p
I. protected uli·olr·
"pull-off"
type ol",ul.
type b ... lto r. '!'be
circuit breaker. The nlp,
cigar [(,,"b .. , is
lighter oqul pp<><l ...
I. equipped iOh •a manually-reset
with manually_'o ...
type ..... ml' bbreaker
circuit ~alre, l"" ... d on the
located .bo back
ba< k 01 .ho lISb
of the lighter..,."d
and o a fuse behind
''''' .... o'Od the
rIMI
In ..",m..,' p
instrument panel.
....,. The control
T'" .,.," n..' map
wheel
.... ' .. m.p light
"S"' (U 'o. ..""') !O
(if installed) is protected
prole<to<ll>y by
"'. NAVI DOME oL",ullb
the NAV/DOME .."ko< .....
circuit breaker, and d a fuse
ru .. boh'r>d.
behind the in."",,,.. ,,t panel.
tho instrument p a .el
El.-eh'co.l OUO\l'"
Electrical circuits .. hlcl> aare
which .. not ProlOe'-<l by 0("'\111
DO' protected o........ are the
circuit breakers tho
battery contactor olooh.
00'1or;!' 0<>.',",,10. closing ~ {ule,ul t><>_ rldr<luit.
(external power) circuit, olock
clock dr<uit. m,h!
circuit, and flight
tLou. """'NO'
hour recorder cl«:u1t.
circuit. 'l'h . . . .circuits
These i",ul.. &M prolOe'''' by fuses
are protected ru .... mounted
""", ,,le<!
ad!"",,"'
adjacent '" to the battery.
'he ba'lery.
GROUND SER
GROUNO SERVICE RECEPTACLE
VICE PLUG RE CEPTA ClE
A ço" od ......
ground service.,. plug receptacle
_eJ><o<:I . may be
bo 100""'''' to permit the use
installed lo u .... o,
of ti,.
an oxternal
OD external power .u .... 'or
source
p •• olarlwg
weather OIId durini
starting and I.n~y
during lengthy
maintenance
m.' " teUn'" work on the
.. ori< 00 Oh• •electrical and
1..,lrloo.l ... electronic &qulp",e"t.
d .1""",,010 equipment. Details of
Dotalla 01
the ground ..
'h. ""uod service plug rweop.
,.,,10. l'lUi< receptacle
ocl. are
a .. presented
p .... ole<! in Section 9.
In S..,Iloo 9, Supple.
Supple
m.n ...
ments.
LIGHTING SYSTEMS
lIGHTlNG
EXTERIQR
EXTERIOR LIG HTING
LIGHTING
Convenllonal navl,.. lon 11ghla

Conventional navigation lights .,..1""01<1<1
are located on Uto
the "'nll"
wing "l'O
tips and top
"'p 01
of
Ut.
the ruIldor. Add'''"oo.lli1l:bIL0ll'
rudder. Additional lighting is avo.ll.bl.
available and includes
Incl ....... ,ng'. or du"
a single duall
londlngl Ilg>t' mounted
tAXi light
landing/taxi mount.e(! in
lo ,ne
the ..,..iing no .. "ap
cowling nose cap,• • n .... hin' beacon
a flashing bO"':"n
located OZI
loeuod on top of tho
toP or the vertical fin, aod
vonioo.l Itn. and •a ""'"
strobe light installed o~
Ii,b' inotaUO •••
of the ,..,bo light
strobe Uglu .y ••• ", ...
system p...-ntod In
are presented Secllon t.
in Section 9, Supple_
Supple
ments.
-"~
An .~
All .. rio, lights
exterior IIgh'. aare
.. oon.",l1<><1 "",k.....
controlled by rocker switches 00 i"'''''''
.ho !eh
on the left awU,,"
switch
nd oon.",1
.and pane!. Tb
control panel. . ...
The '<ohM .....
switches are ON' ••the
ON in no up position
pc.lUen and
. nd OPI'
OFF in,n'ILe
the
down position.
po.,,,cn.
'!'be
The nMhi n, bo...,.,n
flashing beacon .should bo""""
nOI be used when
n""ld not n~I", through
wh . n flying Ih",u~h oIn"""
clouds or
ov.,."....,
overcast; "'.
the n •• hlns light
flashing IISh' ",n""t.e<l1
reflected from w. 10' droplt!13
rom water droplets o.
or J>&nlel
particles In .h.
... in the
,.
atmespM' • . pan'eulOtiy
atmosphere, particularly "
at. night,
n'ghl. O... produce
can p_llee vertlgo
vertigo ond
and lo .. of
loss 01 o".n'"
orienta
tion.
IlOn.
I1 Julf
July I~
1979 7-25

■
SECTION?
SECTION 7 C";SSNA
CESSNA
AIRPLANE "& SYSTEMS OESCRIPTION8
AlRPt.AN'E DESCRIPTIONS 1oI00EL
MODEL l$il
152
INTERIOR Ll
tNTEAIOR LIGHTING
GHTtNG
Instrument and
[n.I .... "'.'U .... d conlZ'ol p ..... 1 lilJhUng
control panel lighting il is pro~i_
provided b)' by nood
flood lilfhling.
lighting,
integral lia;hUnl.
l.alolgr&l lighting, &<><i
and potIllI&"hIiD&"
post lighting (II (if Inl\ll.llod).
installed). Two ooneeDI.nC
concentric ,rheostat
heost.1
COlIlrol
control kDobs
knobs OD on the loh ...
\h. left ltoh ....
switch and control p
d CODlrol ..... I. labeled PANEL L
panel, LTT ....
and d
RADIO LT, control
l.T . oon intensity 0
trol In'."all)' of the instrument ....
1 th.lu<rument and control pane'
tI ""ntrol panel lighting.
I1gMlng
A slide-type .wHellllf
A .lIde.\ype switch (if installed)
I" .WI"") OD. on the overhead
\.b8 "" console,
...II,ad ""n""I labeled PANEL
•. lebeled l'ANElo
LIGHTS, il
L1GHTS. is used
ulMld to select fiooci
IO ",Ie<:t flood lighting
U,bUlI1I In in 1111
the FLOOD
F't.OOD position,
)X>1,1L(Ul. post
pOlli
lighting in !.he
liahllnlllD the POST
POBT position,
poslUolI. Oror •a comb'n.\lon
combination 01 of post and flood
posllUld lighting
nOO<! IlgllUnll'
in Ihe
In the 80TH
BOTH position.
poettlo... -
Instrument and conlrol
In"trom ent.."d control panel
pAne! flood
nO<><! lighting consists 01
I1gM!"1 conlll". ~ olnll.
of a single r1Id
red
nood ItroM in
flood light l" III, !orwar<l part
the forward pe" ollhe
of the Dve,lIead
overhead conllOl •. To use
console. u .. the
III. flood non<!
Itghlinl". rotate
lighting, ,o\et. Ih. l.T rheostat
l'AN~L LT
the PANEL ,h..,.lal ""DI,ol knab clock"',
control knob clockwise.. to
IO the
desired intensity.
du'twd l"te""i\y.
The instrument
Tbl 1.1111"""."1 panelp .... el may be eqllipplld
equipped with.. I!.h post
poti lights
Ilgl:tl8 which
",hich are
&ft
mounted a
l:IlO\lutod at,!.he
the qedge
e 01of e..,h
each 111&lrumeDI
instrument .... and pro"lde dl~
d provide IlI"ti"l. Tht
direct lighting. The
IlrohlS are
lights ..... openled
operated by b)' placing
pl..,lnl!.he PANEL LIGHTS
the PANEL LlOHTS Hlectonwlt.tb. \()Ca"'"
selector switch, located
In the
in lIIe ovetbea.d 00"..1.. I"
overhead console, in the
the POST position and adjUO.IDgllp.I"
pooUlon ancI ..... hy
adjusting light intensity
with
.. 1111 the
Ihe PANEL
PANEL LT rheostat
L T 1'1\ ... _ ' control
con.rol knob.
knob. By 8y placing
pl aclnl the
the PANEL
" AN!':L LIGHTS
LIGlfTS
selector
_J.o::I<l, ...switch In the
;t.eb in 80TH position,
lIt, BOTH Ib. post
posi" ...... the p01Il lights
U,bl8 can
ç .... be used
.. _ in
i.n
combination
combinali ..... with
w,th the
Ihe standard
.ta.nd&rd flood
fiooci lighting.
liglnh,&.
The
Tbv engine
I lIlJhlt instrument
"'attulllODl cluster
dusler (if
(I! post
POSI lighting
lirhUnr is
le installed),
Inlu.l\ed). radio
radio
equipment,
"'Iuipu,cllt. and
lUld magnetic
marllo.lc compass
oom pa.ss have
lIave integral
Inlerral lighting
lIeMlnr and operate
&1Id opo r.. '"
independently
w de)X'nde otl)' of poli
DI post or nood
Or flood lighting.
!lp Il n e . Light
LI rhl intensity
In ",n.' Iy of
o r the
UI. radio
fa,Un lighting
11 gMing
is
l. controlled
eDlltro!led by the RADIO
bylhl nAOIO LT
L T rheostat
rh ..... u.I control
conlrol knob.
knob. The
The integral
lnlllg ...1compass
"" ... pae.
and
"nd engine
enrlne instrument
lnlt",m.n l cluster
elultef light intensity is controlled by
lightlntenlity I. """I,,,Il.d
b)' the
Ih. PANEL
PANEL
LT
LT rheostat
r~eoo ...1 control
oonlrol knob.
kn ol>.
A
A cabin
CAbin dome
domi light,
1IrM. in
l'' the
Ihl overhead
overhN.tl console,
consol., is
lo operated
oporaled by
by a.. switch
Iwlt<lll on
Oh
the lef, switch
!he left ",,"ueh and
snd control
conlrol panel.
p.nel. To
To turn
lurn the
thl light
UeMon. "'OVO the
on, move Ih. lwlt<lh IO
switch to
the ON position.
th.ON poillion.
A
lo control
c"nlro! wheel
wb"1 map
m.p light is available
!labIle Iv&ilabl. and
end is
Il mounted
D>Ounted on
On the
tbl bottom
bonomarof
the
lite pilot's
pllo.' .. control
co,,"ol wheel.
.. bO<lL The
Tbc light
liahl illuminates
Wumina"'. the
liti lower
lowwr portion
pOrtio .. of
of the
lhIt
cabin
cabm just
JIIS' forward
fo""ard of the pilot and
oftbepllOi &Dd is
ls helpful
holpllli when ~klIIr maps
whtll checking n.apa and oth~r
.... d other
flight
melll data
d&u. during
dur1IIe night
III,h. operations.
operatlolll. To
To operate the ape,""
tbe light,
lIell<. first
Il, .. turn
ili." on
00 the
\be
NA'" LT
NAV LT switch;
, ..1",11. then
tbell adjust
adjuM the
ilio map
m.p light's
Urll'·s intensity
1111.",11)' with
wltb the rlI ..... t.1
Lbo rheostat
control knob located
OOlIll'Ollmob Ioc&ted at the bottom
altbe cf the
bouom of III. control
oontrol wheel.
.. boel
A
A doorpost
"oorpo" map
",sp light
111M is
Il available, and
.vAllabl e ..... d is
t. located
loca"" on
on the
, hl left forward
1.lIlorw .....<1
d<)<Jrpoe" It
doorpost. II contains
conlAin. both
b<>.h red
twd and
,,"d white
..111'" bulbs
bulb .....
and <1 may
"'ay be pol,Uonl<l to
1>1 positioned IO
illuminate
,lluminl'" any
any area a
I ... desired
d ..irad by
by the
lite pilot.
pilcL The light is controlled
ThelllJhll. ""n lrollld by
b)' a.IWilch
switch,•
above
• bo". the light, which
thl\l",hL whicb is labeled RED,
,ollboll<l REO. OFF, and
OFr ..... <1 WHITE.
WHI TE. Placing
Pl""",g the
litI switch
. w itch
in
'" the
tbo top
"'p position
pOliUolI will
..ili provide
provl<1e a1 red
redlight.
\l,III. In theobottom
IlIlh bol",m position,
pOlilion. standard
Ol.lnd .. rd
7-26
7·28 1l July
July 1979
lll'lll

CESSNA SECTION7
SECTION 7
MODEL 1:12
152 AIRPLANE &
... SYSTEMS
BYS'TEMB DESCRIPTIONS
DESCRIl'TIONS
whl .. I4IbU~i
white lighting I. pnlv!dod.
III the
is provided. In u.o ooole< _m,,~. the
center position, \be map
"'"" Il,,bl
light io
is lurnod
turned
oli. L1llb< lD
off. Light ..... lty oIu...
intensity of the _ io """,,..,U
!111M is
red light controlled.... by
by the
U..I'ANEL L T rheostat
PANEL LT ,b..."""
'- "",,""I
control kDob.
knob.
Tba
bo",va'. in
however,
",o.' probable
The most
In tho
the ""0,,1
event ony
cause <>1
pl'Ol>&bla e'UM of a
any of "",U.buna
the lighting ofa
li""
..",. fail
systems
f,Un,.., is
light failure
f,1l '"
l, a bumod
burned out buI!>:
Ulum' .. a.. when
to illuminate wbOn
bulb; <>n'
"" turned
\uni .... "n.
on, ohe<>k
check the appropria
appropriate .. oll"OuU
circuit b ....,kU". If
breaker. u.. olT<>ul.
Il the &II.,
b ....
circuit breaker has
ha.
opllno<!
opened (wblle (white buI"'" pOppod oul)
button popped out),. and
....d III ..... is
there la no obvIou. ln,,;oa\lOll 01
obvious indication of a
o~o'"
short o lreu Il (aonok,
circuit (smoke o, odor), Iu,
or odo,). turn .. 011
off III, ,.,llcb <>1
llibl ,switch
the light u.. affected
of the r.tIocted lights,
IIl1"b'"
......"
reset the Iho b.--lou.
breaker, ood lu,"" "'"
and turn .. jlc~ O"
the .switch on . .aln. If
again. Il!h,
the b ..... kor opll"'
breaker opens . .aln.
again,
"" no,
do not .-&&0,
reset it.
IL
CABIN HEATING,
HEATING. VENTILATING
VEN TILATING ANO AND
OEFRQSTING
DEFROSTING SYSTEM
TIuI
The lemporUu ........
temperature and d volume
voI umo of airflow
al rf1cw 1.1>\0 u., cablo
into the cabin aon
can be rtlsuJated
bo regulated
b)' m ... lpulaUoD of the
by manipulation \b. push-pull
puob · pul! C"'S!N
CABIN HT Ltld
and CABIN AIR
AIR 000""1
control
knobs
,,"" .... I~
... ((see figure
.. 7-8).
Heated
H r_~ al,
. . - fresh air ud.
and OUlOid,
outside ai, blaOdO<! 1.1>.
air are blended oobU. manifold
in a cabin ",r.:ufoldJ"".an
just aft
or
of U.o fI ..... &l1 by adjuotmOM
the firewall adjustment of the
\b. heat
hM' and ,l
air, oo"trol.;
controls; ibis al, l.
this air U;,,'"
is then
v.,._ ,,.,,,
vented into tho
the oabl
cabin.. lTom
from ou tlotll in
outlets lo the
ilio noli!
cabin .. manifold
man lfold ....
near ' lb. puor • ..,..
the pilot's and
p feet. W"",oble'd
.....,.,..,.• 100(.
passenger's Windshield dol",
defrost •• al, is "00
air J. also •• ppIlO<! bf
supplied by •a duct
duOl 10...,.1
leading ...
from
Il"Cm the
III. manifold
mani/old to
",.a pair of ontlo"
1',1' 01 outlets below the ""
bo!O" ilio windshield.
..dohlo!d.
... For ...

'0' cabin
bln ventilation,
vontU.Uon. pull "'" the CA81N
CABIN AIR knob """~ ,,.n.
out. To ..
raise the air
loo 1lIe.l<
temperature,
tempo ...u",. pun pull tho
the CAlltN
CABIN HT knob out .pp"'Klm
k"ab oul approximately 1/4
....!f 11 4 to
\o 1/2 inch
1/ 2 lnch
fo. ,a omaU
for small omGUn'
amount of oollin cabin b .... Additional
heat. Addltloo&! bu.
heat islo .v.nollt. pulll"l
available by pulling
ti,.
the k"""
knob ou' r....... or. mujmum
out farther; maximum Mat"
heat is ava.tlolllo
available ""Ih
with 1110 CABIN HT Imob
the CA8IN knob
pullod
pulled ou, .... " Ib.
out and the CABIN AIR knob kMll pu.~'" !\Ili In.
pushed full in. When boat Iodoa'rod
Wbon no heat is desired
in the coll,n.
t.. 1110 cabin, the ilio CASIN
CABIN t!T knab 1.0
HT knob is puobod fldt in.
pushed full In.
Additional ventilation
Addltlonai air may be obtained by
VtlnUlal10D ai, oli"""....
~y opout..~
opening !h.
the adju.Ubl.
adjustable
'- vootl1."' ... near
ventilators nM, .h. uppo.letl
the upper left and right
!"11M CO' ....... of the
corners III. windshield.
wlndahleld.
PITOT-STATIC SYSTEM AND

ANO INSTAUMENTS
INSTRUMENTS
The pitot-static system supplies ram air pressure to the airspeed
indicator and static pressure to the airspeed indicator, vertical speed
indicator and altimeter. The system is composed of either an unheated or
heated pitot tube mounted on the lower surface of the left wing, an external
static port on the lower left side of the forward fuselage, and the associated
plumbing necessary to connect the instruments to the sources.
l1 Julf
July "1'19
1979 7-27

P
SECTION 7
6ECTlON CE66NA
CESSNA
AIRPLANE ...
AIRPLANJl: & 6YSTgMS
Ilt;SCRIPTIONS MODEL lS1l
152
H
<:> <:>
n
0
DEFROSTER
-n
OUTLETS
0
n
-
-
CODE
CODE
0<:I ...... ~. 'lOOr

RAM AIR FLOW
,,.. Y,,,,,....,,'<' "'•

VENTILATING AIR
.... HEATED
....... 0 AIR
...
_cr_
.... "'_D"'•
BLENDED AIR
••• MECHANICAL
— "'O<.oJo"",c
-
CONNECTION
FI~ .. 7-8.
Figure 7·L Cabin
Cabl" Heating,
H ..liII ... Ventilating,
V.nUl&U" ... and
."d Defrosting
t>etrosll".. System
Syal"'"
7-28 J .. Ly 1979
1I July 1f79
For Flight Training Reference Only r

l
CESSNA SECTION 7
•l
~
.~
<-
00
.-§f
.,
o.
••
.0
." .0
,
l
."
The heated pitot system consists of a heating element in the pitot tube,
a rocker-type switch labeled PITOT HT on the left switch and control panel,
~ ~-
a 15-amp circuit breaker under the engine controls on the instrument

panel, and associated wiring. When the pitot heat switch is turned on, the
.8~~~~
1<
~ ~ '" :I
5g~a"
element in the pitot tube is heated electrically to maintain proper opera
: ... -
J-i>-~-
ai' o .. "
~~':il~~
i~~l§]
~g!;H
.go:~~
•• • ~~§'ii!
~..,o~o..,
""-~f&l
. ..:;;.!~:
_ . CI..=
8;., oio""
li1:::S_o..
~ t .. e,8
,• -s!:lii'i'3
~eh" .,
,-:;:1:-8
••o .!l",sS.5.!
••" ;-5=".;
•> :,~i §a"
~!agH
J!~:-51
"h iZ ..
tion in possible icing conditions. Pitot heat should be used only as
~; L i.s~
~~~jg!
':""'1.:1 .
_ required.
o
AIRSPEED INDICATOR
•
j
"
The airspeed indicator is calibrated in knots and miles per hour.
·
·
<l •
-z ~ .~
•• -.
,-
"
-;:,
Limitation and range markings (in KIAS) include the white arc (35 to 85
.
·l"".,-.
S
;l~
=-3~
"~o
~:ill
<.
" >C 'i
=30
'0
·-.'
,--
''-
" .'."
,
'" o;'::::'
-.' "il :=..-<

,-:",'" 5.
knots), green arc (40 to 111 knots), yellow arc (111 to 149 knots), and a red
o III
.
, o •
f'
•• ~;'"'!
" o
.::;~ :§
line (149 knots).
,
-
• -,- -
If a true airspeed indicator is installed, it is equipped with a rotatable
"l:
--
ring which works in conjunction with the airspeed indicator dial in a

'"
.li :;1-
"'_!.
manner similar to the operation of a flight computer. To operate the

i.. ~ e'ii
..
indicator, first rotate the ring until pressure altitude is aligned with
5~o'b
r.,s
01~..,..§=~
'i~.!'i"
.. gli"..
.!!aos-
outside air temperature in degrees Fahrenheit. Pressure altitude should

~ ~h~.
.!Igo"t"
not be confused with indicated altitude. To obtain pressure altitude,

"
'i,;,":.!. ~ li
P:a"!11"!1]
:ii-".::!
momentarily set the barometric scale on the altimeter to 29.92 and read
:n~~ s §
;!
fOl
-o l!
pressure altitude on the altimeter. Be sure to return the altimeter baromet

h
..
ric scale to the original barometric setting after pressure altitude has been
-~ ~"-:!l~
•.
obtained. Having set the ring to correct for altitude and temperature, read
•"u .s "i -.!I~!~-5"!'hh
"~E=e=,,
-~'"
-"'r~rll~'p
E.!I o " E CI."C o -!3

-
the true airspeed shown on the rotatable ring by the indicator pointer. For
~:"~~~
.~'S="'E1,l!iE.!1
s· ....
~ li!.
best accuracy, the indicated airspeed should be corrected to calibrated

.Hee-3~ ~
o' 1 ts!lg-<
...
i! "j ;1;
airspeed by referring to the Airspeed Calibration chart in Section 5.
gjs;!!. .. SE..:
1:o~S"
f~§e".s'C.cu~
:Z '" ~~P!.gH rp~.;~
3:;'l· ...":i] .. i~;;i·r

&.:lH ~ "' .. 01 e!~ ~1i ~
Il ~15~
li .. ogOie
"'.= -~ : -g=l
..
=.';;'~I-~ Si ..:!!-;;
~-8ee-l
8~ ... ° "il ee ",,1lt ~
!lo!! ~j;!fS w":~gR
.... ~-;!~8! .. ~H "":1

!!.!:!!'h
s~ .. "t..,~;; 5"51~1i"
..
Knowing the calibrated airspeed, read true airspeed on the ring opposite
1
] .. l
'li ~.!I01"'-
i:~s:l!~ .t'se
~~
l·g~PSgiHcHe
..,
• :.: :!l
the calibrated airspeed.

u
u
Z
"
••
•
~
>
l-l •
•
VERTICAL SPEED INDICATOR

"
'
1;
The vertical speed indicator depicts airplane rate of climb or descent in

·
·
o"
'.
.!
.-
3'
•o ."
!•
-.• •
CI.
feet per minute. The pointer is actuated by atmospheric pressure changes

-
0_ •
·f :!- • 01·"
.. ~ i
;.!i~
.;-!!.~
.5!_
. "
!.,§
,."
.-
,
§~i
./Iti~
li li :::
-.'
, ' ,.
• .""
-e.;,;':~
~"''''
o l'o
resulting from changes of altitude as supplied by the static source.

,h
,
'1'.
"
•
ALTIMETER
!~~h.!l:~~l~ li~ " " - •
A' "
~
!
Oi
Airplane altitude is depicted by a barometric type altimeter. A knob

.
•·
"
~~
~ ~
<~
0-
• f..1!
".-
"..
o.
--
'-
."
near the lower left portion of the indicator provides adjustment of the
""il,
e" .S'
- o •
!
·! . ,-
.5~_
_!l ~
,00
-.
,'!
.,
iji
~J
;;:;:~
~
t: 11
=..,
.,' ..Jl ..
,.\
•
.
instrument's barometric scale to the current altimeter setting.

.5 .
-
•o h- 18 e ~ ". ,,- l· o '0' -, .
.-
,
4
a
z
z
W
'"wz
u
~
~
~
~
~
>
~
~
~
~
~
>
• -', •• ;1< '"
'"
VACUUM SYSTEM AND INSTRUMENTS

'
•j
.
I
•
,
o
o
o
,
4 ,
,
~,
•
>
<
•
An engine-driven vacuum system (see figure 7-9) is available and

::,
·",.. '" -,,
,
,
,
•••
1
~
~
• §
1 July 1979 7-29

--
l

"
SECTION 7 CI=:SSNA
CESSNA _
AIRPI..ANE.
AIRPLANE & SYS'J'EMS
SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEJ..I~
MODEL 152
n
O"l~IIOA"D
OVERBOARD
V'''T
VENT LO"l
LINE
VACUU"
VACUUM
~-
n
PUMP
VACUUM SYSn
VACOJU" SYSTEM
..
AO~ "cnR
AIR FILTER
aooo
o o o
0 O 0 0 VACUUM RELIEF VALVE
o o o
o o o o
o o o
•*:
n
n
n
DIRECTIONAL
INDICATOR
=
CODE
n
c::J o~cn
INLET AIR
.... "
c::::J VACUUM
vACuu ..
~ 01SCHAR(;[ "OR
DISCHARGE AIR
Figure 7-9. Vacuum System
7-30 1'JUly UI'/9

July 1979

CESBNA
CESSNA SECTION
S ECTION 77
MODEL 152
MODEL AIRPLANE a.
AIRPLANI!: & SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTIONS
provides
prov"i. . the
•h • •suction "_'~1lI')'
uç.lon necessary to
IO operate
Ope ...... the
1110 attitude
.Ilitu<lc indicator
indiCillOr and
... d
Iudica", •. The
dln>c. IOJlIII indicator.
directional ,,.etam consists
Tho system eo."o1 ... of
01 a• vacuum p"mp mounted
va<:"um pump mc"nl6d On
on
!ho engine,
the enfflne.•a vacuum rellol valve
vllOUUrn relief .... I.....
andnd vacuum ,y,"m .1.
vaeuum system m ... on
air filter <m the
t.b,.n.
aft
.ld.OI "rew,.1! below the
side of the firewall t.b.lnotrum,nl
instrument panel,p....I. and
,.nd instruments
Ins.ru"",,"(rndudJ..D.1!:
(including
,. ,,,cll<m
a pc.) on the
suction gage) III, left .idc of the
lan side \ha instrument
h .. uu ....111 panel.
p .... ol.
ATTITUOE INDICATOR
ATTITUDE INOIC AT OR
An .U1'uda
An attitude indicator ilo available
indica...,. is ,. v,,1 olbia and glgives
v.... v""., indication
a visual l nd ICIl<\<In of fil ,Il'
01 flight
,.nhude.
attitude. Bank 8a..n1r. atlltu<la
attitude is P"",,"IN b,
I. presented by a,. pointer
poin.... at, the IDp of
lite top DI the
t.b. indicator
IndI""", •
.. 1... lvo 101110
relative to the bIutk _lo which
bank scale wllleb hasIlull>du matII, at
index marks .110".!lf1>.
10°, 20°, 30°, ""d_
60°, and
3O".eD". 90°
either aldo
.11110. side of
mIni .." . . .
miniature
01 the m,."".
center mark. Pitch
Ulo unte.
1",1..... '''pertmpowd
airplane superimposed over
Plloh and roll aUIW'"
ov •• ,.
attitudes ~
.ymbollc horizon
a symbolic
p~nled by
are presented
hortso" area _
by,.a
divided
(\Jvidc!d
into
'nlD two'wo sections wlll" horizon
"",,<lon. by •a white IIcn""n bar.b. .. Tb.upper
The upper "blue "bluo .ky"
sky" ...........
area and d the
lowtlr "ground"
lower ··~uDd .. ..... Il,.ve arbitrary
area have .rt»lnry pitch pllcll reference
.. I... ne. lines u...1U1 for
lin. useful 10rpUob
pitch
.n ...... d. <>Wl'"'!.
attitude control. A A knob
koolo at III. bottom
al the bottom of the III, instrument
'no'.,.me .. ' is I. provided
prnvlded for lo.
InnJllII adjustment
inflight o.dj ... lmeD' of01 the
\ha miniature
mini .. ,,, ..... 1",I,.n. to
airplane IO the
ilio horizon
Ilon ..... bar lo ••
ba. for mc ...
a more
lIOCu •• '" flight
accurate mllll .\llIude Indl ...tlon.
attitude indication.
OIRECTl O NAllNOICAT
DIRECTIONAL OR
INDICATOR
A dl_lIon&lIndI ... IO. is

directional indicator I, ,.v.lI .. blol4Cl
available dl,pl'Y' airplane
and displays tJ",I .... e heading
bco.d;""g on
.... ,.a
eompa.s.
compass cudcard inIn relation
...1"'10" toIO.a fixed
Illtfld ,hnul ..1Od .I.pl
simulated .... 1m.1r'!
airplane image ."d and index.
indn.
Tho
The dl.O<lIlOtltJ
directional lodlca.lOr
indicator will precess slightly ov.,
proce .. 'lIll11ly over a period lime.
pe.lod of time.
Therolore. the
Therefore, iliO oompu,
compass ",.dcard ,1I"uld
should be bo "II .. aooortl,.
set in accordance.. ee with IIIc magnetic
wllll the magnotie
compa.ss
compass just prlo. <alt0<l11. ,.nd
IO takeoff,
prior to and _u\on,.U)'
occasionally .... &<IJus1.ed On
re-adjusted eXlendcd
on extended
flights.
m,hla. A knob on the lower lo",.. left edge 01
lell edle of Ihe
the instrument
In81""mon' 'a is used
u""" to adjust the
\O &<Iju.' t.bo
cnm p ... c.m
compass card to 00""1
correct forlo. any p.-toslon
~n1 precession.
SUCTI O N GAGE
SUCTION GAGE
A sue.lon
A suction g .. ~ is
gage I.loca~on
located on the <h,lon
left aldeolll1elnelrumenl
side of the instrument panelpanll when
wl1en
the ..
Ihe airplane
l",lano la is equlpPed
equipped with
-..J 11l •a vacuum system. Suelio
vo.cuum ")'alem. Suction available
.. _v .. doble for
lor
operation
ope of the .lIllude
... Uon olthe attitude indicator directional indicator
Indica"'. and d,,,,,,,liunal ",d,c.",. isl. shown by
this ,~.
Ihla gage, whlch
which I. is c.llb
calibrated
.... d in lnch.. ot
In inches of mvrcury.
mercury. Tlte d~... "od Sucllo"
The desired suction
range is
n.ng<o to 1'0.4
Il 4.5 IO 5.4 inches of mercury.
\nch .. DI m.reul")'. A .u<>flon
suction reading below this
re&dlnl wlcw U,ls range
ran""
may .ndlc."
indicate •a 0)'111m
system n",JtuJ1Cllu
malfunction .. or hDproper
improper adjuSlmen
adjustment, •. and inIn ,lIi$
this
case, thl
eas.. the 'Ddu,
indicators
..",. . .should
Ilould not
IlOt be OO"lldore<l
considered ...reliable.
lIloble
STALL WARNING SYSTEM

The ,.lrplane
'!'bI airplane leis equlpped
equipped withwilll ,.a p"eum .. U... ,ype ~C.tJI
pneumatic-type w.mlng Il'stem
stall warning system
con.uIUn&,
consisting o, of .n
an Inlet
inlet In
in liIe leo.dlnl edp
the leading edge of
of <IMI left wl"l.
the le!\ wing, Anan tJ ... open.led
air-operated
horn ne
110m near the u
•• t.ba upper
l'per left corner oIliIo
len 00"'''' of the wl...ah
windshield, and
leld . .... associated pl
d &QOC:\ated plumbing.
um bini.
As the ...
Alliba airplane
",1."••approaches
pp""",,II •• ,.a ....
stall, the low
11 . 'h, lowpressure
pre ..."reon on the "pper
upper ...surface of
rr..... ol
the wings
\he moves
W"'II" mov forward
.. !o>'w around iii.
.... ,.round the lead'nl
leading edpolthe
edge of the wlnp.
wings. '!'bI
This
.. low
- t1 Jul)'11I'N
July 1979 7-31
7·31

"
SECTION 77
SECTION CESSNA
CESSNA _
AIRPLANE
AIRPLA."E &
'" SYSTEMS
DESCRIPTIONS MODEL
IdODEL 152
I~
pressure
drlW' air
draws
C.... ~ ...
p"'** ..... creates
Il. through
I<no'- .bo".
IO knots
10
~lff • ...,llo.l pressure
a differential
throul'b the
UI.... mln. horn,
warning homo resulting
In all flight
11&11 in
above stall
llln.ln..".u..
tn the
p ............ in
in an audible
(lJ!fht conditions.
conditlon •.
UI. stall
a .. ~lbI ....
w ....lnJ system
,t&JI warning
ml ... at
warning aUto
1)'11em which
5 to
wblcb
-
stall warning
Thc stall
The _millll' system
1)'I"'m should
.buuld be
be checked
cbacl<-.I during
dU""1f the p...nlght
\lI1 preflight
IMpeellon by
inspection b)' placing
pl""lnl' a• clean
IIlea.n handkerchief
bllldl<erohiei over
oye. the YeHI opening
U,e vent opo",nll and
o.nd
appl)'lnllue.lon
applying suction. A .o"nd from
A sound Ule warning
Irom the .. unlnll horn
hom will
",m confirm IIlal the
OOlII"m that ÙI<1
I)'.'.m o~ ...lIv.,
lo operative.
system is
SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
AVIONICS SUPPORT EQUIPMENT
u. • .1",1."0
Il the
If airplane is "'Iulp~ with
lo equipped whb avionics,
avionicI. various
v •• lo"l avionics
.vlonlca support
IUpport
equlpmcnl
equipment may w.)' .1.0
also bebe installed. Equlpment available
iD.UoUed. Equipment • .,.Uabl. includes
Incl .. de. two
tW<l types
I)'pes
01 audio oonlrol
of audio plt.l1ela. microphone-headset
control panels, mlerophon.-h_'81 installations
Inllalllll oni andand control
con.rol
ourl_ ....
surface le dischargers.
static d1fJChITlJtl .., 11>. follo,.,ing paragraphs
The following p~ .... ph. discuss
di..,,, .. these i"'mo.
lI>eu items.
Oescrlp. lon .nd
Description and o~ .al lon 01
operation .adlo equipment
of radio oquipmont is oo".,.ed in
,. covered In Section
Sacllob 9Il of
01
Ul 1. handbook.
this b.ndbook
AUDIO CONTROL PANEL

l'wo
Two types .. dlo oomrol
of Iaudio
I)'P'" 01 plllci. (
control panels _ n""
(see figure
... 77-10) are 1.,&1llble
. 10) .... lor
available for
11>,.
this li",II"I.
airplane, dlpolldlnr Upoll whclhe.
depending upon whether Ihl
the ulOlllcl packap includes
avionics package lncl .. des a
ma.ku l>eo.con
marker rO<lolver. The
beacon receiver. Tbe ope •• tlonal feal
operational features boUl •audio
of both
...... 01 .,dlo control
oonlrol
pancia aro
panels are alroUa.
similar IlId
and are dl!lOusse<I
discussed iD Ulo follo",lnr
in the following paragraphs.
p.UfrTllph ••
SELECTOR
TRANSMITTER SElECTO SWITCH
A SW ITCH _
Whcn
When tbc the .",onico pacujle irn:lud
avionics package .. Iwo
includes In.rullnu", ... Ia two-position
two transmitters, Iwo.po.IUnn
IOfrfrla ·l),pe Iswitch,
toggle-type labeled TRANS SELECT o.
wllCb . l.bolcd or XMTR (doopond!nl!l'
(depending upon
upo"
",blch
which ... dlo co"lrol
audio control panell. installed), lo
panel is IIIS\.aUM). is pro.,lded
provided to IO Iwl\(!h the miero-
switch ÙIonl
phone IO to Ih. lI'a!Ulmll~. the
the transmitter Ihe pllo'
pilot deslres
desires to IO "H.
use. TboThe numho:no
numbers l1 (Up
(up
p!1lillon)
position) .."d 2 (down pO'lIIlon)
and 11 position) CO r""'pond '"
correspond to the first and ..."",d
UI, Il,,,1 second (Irom
(from top
IOp
to bonom)
IO bottom) tr&lUlmlu.
transmitters,....... peellvlly.
respectively.
action 01
The ICtiOIl of ..
selecting
""'11"8 •a particular transmitter
p.n",uI •• U'1Dlmm using UI.
... ullnC the tno.nsm!tlC"
transmitter
..
selector w; IIOh Isimultaneously
l.., IO ••switch i m U1'-... 0 ...1)' .l.et. the audIO
selects Ihe audio am p III"' .. "'OC::I.
amplifier associated Wc! wl UI
with
lI>alln!1Smil~.
that transmitter IO to proYldo
provide opo"'.,
speaker audi<>.
audio. Fo
For "unplo. lf
••example, the numbe
if Ula number ' one
I.;l.ttsmh~.
transmitter llocltctc:d.
is selected, Ule the ludio
audio amplll; ... In
amplifier in thol
the " .. mba .. oone
number ... NAVICOM
NAV/COM
la
is olso
also Mloc::te,.
is UHd for ALL 8POoJ.te.
speaker a In the ~""nl
..dlo. Inlhe
audio. event u,.the ludlo
audio
amplln
amplifier •• ln"N
in use fllll
fails,. .
as. . .,ldence-d by !osI
evidenced loss 01 all speaker Iaudio,
of alllpoak., .. dlo. .. leclinj!;
selecting
the Olh.r
Ulo other I.a ... mll~. ",m
transmitter will ~stabUsh
reestablish speoke,
speaker a .. dlo utlng
audio using Ih. the o>lh
other
••
",.nlmiller
transmitter a"dlo audio Rmplilier.
amplifier. Hoa.d$l'
Headset Audio
audio I. is noi
not &1/0<ltc:d
affected by audio
Ampl,/i
amplifier . . """rallon,
operation.
7-32 11 hl)'
July llI'7lj
1979

CESSNA
CESSNA SECTION 77
SECTION
MOD"!.I~
MODEL 152 A!RPLANE • BYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
USEO WITHOUT
USED W!THOUT MARKER
MARKER BEACON
BEACON
SPEAKER. ~'O"l
SIDETONE
NAV/COM ADF
1 2
(5) OFF
J I
zTRANSMITTER
lll_"nEII
... UDIO SELECTOR
s.&L[ClOII
sntero"
SELECTOR
AUDIO SHEClOI'I
"'UOIO SELECTOR AUDIO SPEAKER
SPE"'KER
-,~
SWITCH
SWlTCHES
SWITCHES SWlTCH
SWITCH SIDETONE
$1l'ETONE
VOLUM(
VOLUME
CONTAOL
CONTROL
U$EO WITH MARKER

USED WITH MARKER BEACON
BEACON
COM BOTH
COIoIIOTH-"""" >II;"ClSH SlOETOOIf
HEADSET SIDETONE SPEAKER SIDETONE
51'1:"KEI'I SIOErONE
NJDIOiUECTOI'I
AUDIOSELECTOR INTERNAL
'NTER "DJU$IM~N'
..... L ADJUSTMENT IHTUNAl
■INTERNAL
~,~
SWITCH "CC[$$
ACCESS ADJUSTMENT
ADJVSlMENT ACCESS
Ac.ceSll
"~n
,
I~!
XMTR~
ADI OMI
ANN LTS
lT~
,Q
~ut
.. ."tà':
1"1 .~
•
-
TIIAN$MITTEA COM ...
CO" AUTO-1
UTO
-
TRANSMITTER- AUDIOSELECTOR'
NJDIO 51cLECTO~ ANNUNCIATOR
ANHONCI'" TOII
SELlCTOI!
SELECTOR AVOlO $H{CTO~
AUDIOSELECTOR SWlTCHU
SWITCHES llGHTS
LIGHTS
SWlrc
SWITCH.. ~,~
SWITCH BRIGHTNESS
el!'GHINtSS
AND TEST
ANDTUT
SWITCH
$WITCH
ftgu,,"
Figure 7·\0.
7-10. Audio Coulfoll'Met
Control Panel
I1 July LII7'i
1979 7-33

"
SECTION 7 CESSNA
O
<,
""
,-
,•
w<
w_
00
o'
"o
""
b~
,
'.""-"
••"
AIRPLANE & SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS MODEL 152
, o
••o o
w
w
w
•
AUDIO SELECTOR SWITCHES
~
~
..
Both audio control panels (see figure 7-10) incorporate three-position
~
~g
~
~
.:!l
•o s.!
toggle-type audio selector switches for individual control of the audio
~
~c:t
.. f.
from systems installed in the airplane. These switches allow receiver
.,;~
o;;~~
.. !ll- ..
___
_.c
,o -··-
audio to be directed to the airplane speaker or to a headset, and heard
D "
<:>-·0_
o,!i_ ..
;~~"c
J-~!!
..
"'-eo
"E 'I; ..
singly or in combination with other receivers. To hear a particular
.. .. i
"~&~._c
i"§.c.2.!
• <L_
..
receiver on the airplane speaker, place that receiver's audio selector
D
-. '".... .,·. ......
0 __ ~
~
!l .. ~ .. ~~o::
<lo'"
"'.: '" '"

switch in the up (SPEAKER) position. To listen to a receiver over the
.
_""_",,
,,_.~l:
"~_~;;1);:: Z
___
c ~ .. 00..
D"
.,..,>1
c" .."""5
.9i.-""D§
,• •~ - 3-:;,2.:':>
_
headset, place that receiver's audio selector switch in the down (PHONE)
",_Oa<>.
• •o -f ! • ",o.. -
.o~",- -
c.~'io-.c<o;"
,to •x -1\l'i!!O=~;;.!l -jiW~::4_.Oi
) .... O .. -~
~ ~
--~O"";i -
.~.
~-l-3O
~'ilp .. ~;",'lI
5~'ii~ .. ~'io:5
..,~ ~ .
~O~"~~D-1
-:' '' ''".", ,,_ t:
0.
"" <>"8
01
cl! .. ~ !'. ".!!.2

..
-> .. .. _ ....
"il .... . . .'! ..
.o_w
. .. ..,e
,,=
.!!"'~O
, §3"-e-- - s
""
>-- -
"
"0-..,_ _ t:"
8
Je~..'ih.8.
.. &.
position. The center (OFF) position turns off all audio from the associated
Olt_
i:,.!! ~ ~=_:l- e
.c!>~O<>;-..;';_
·.::;1·;1
" >"'S" - >
receiver.
n
=:! ,o
,
" NOTE
•
•
~
,
<•
!l
,•
•
•
•
!
Volume level is adjusted using the individual receiver
"
•
n
·
',
J.
'i
.,
'0'0
'8
Il
volume controls on each radio.
".,!l,
,.,
n
•
"
When a marker beacon receiver is not installed, audio from both NAV
>•
~,
=,
<'
:!l:
il
.,
,.
~;,
and COM frequencies is combined, and is selected by the audio selector

.,-"' ,.
•
, "
'0 •
fS _ <l ~
.. -!!
';1
~U]
SI
ih
,o
••
!.-
", .
switches labeled NAV/COM, 1 and 2.
., .
i
A special feature of the audio control panel used with a marker beacon
.. D
>
11'0
_
receiver is separate control of NAV and COM audio from the NAV/COM
0-
~.
<-3
radios. With this installation, the audio selector switches labeled NAV, 1
,!-z"
5
and 2 select audio from the navigation receivers of the NAV/ COM radios
u
E:!l!!>i
f"'" ..
; _ ...
-
only. Communication receiver audio is selected by the switches labeled

__ 0
:5~",Z.-
"E~<·'"
_~!
.. '"
=<'8 :;: "'-
-,
!'''~~l]
'~sep
!lS5~
-f z:!8Z~
~8~H;
1:0 h"',2
c > ..
:..0
.." :>'":!ioo
- .. ::~ I-
~sa_.g ..
.,".. '" 8<",- ;'lI=
" :;: -: :nl.!!
]~d ~
s%li~·~
COM, AUTO and BOTH. Description and operation of these switches is

u
.. ~-.::
~"'cO;
..~;:"'io~1
ari ·=';;~io~
;i:;,s~l!
08!!~ob$
.. ~'~~~1i
00"
.:l ,,-go ..
,,"
~H~l ~ ~
described in later paragraphs.

x
,O
,•oo
w
w
•
~
COM AUTO AUDIO SELECTOR SWITCH

•
'
<>.
'"
If the airplane is equipped with an audio control panel having marker

=
, ,
.,;:;:
beacon controls, a three-position toggle switch, labeled COM AUTO, is

g-_
provided to automatically match the audio of the appropriate NAV/COM

u
-·0
... -0_
e.e~s
communications receiver to the transmitter selected by the transmitter

"O'D~
~~ue~
'"
, 01. 3r-"
selector switch. When the COM AUTO selector switch is placed in the up
:51.. Se
c _>l
~~
<>
(SPEAKER) position, audio from the communications receiver selected by

g ........ -
"~O'l!':
Z-l!:·
the transmitter selector switch will be heard on the airplane speaker.

g-"~i""O
i'"....
• ~c_gsd1.l
! ..
•,o 5!!- " ;--.::.;;
Switching the transmitter selector switch to the other transmitter auto

_
""<<C~--" -
• .!~'"
c--
_ .. "" ...... >
matically switches the other communications receiver audio to the

_ .. Ce~-::
o~
... ~ ",.g:s"s
. ~~
a§i-!:~~
,o !!~~i~~i~i~
•2 }!~~=l~~]~
",~.·_"~o~
"il~gO- 'i=~s
~-=!/.c:Oe1l k~
!i'."~08_~E:5
<>~
~
~:
.. ~"E:!l.!!~
1D-.~,.~E
P"'ì!!~'ii--i
e::>;;~;;l:!.!';]
"'u!!:5-2:"'5~J
~-~
=.l!lE~g-~:ig .H
e""
g-,
- ."
..
'" s"::>si" li
",8 le,:;", E ..
-" "=
•oo -j"'.-""
'::~.c;<e illi
" --e"''''-,,-
iI~H I E,!Él~'"
~~h~HH:.
eC_o..~.!.
speaker. This automatic audio switching feature may also be utilized when
e .. .,,1=-
,
i
,,
S
7-34 1 July 1979

CESSNA SECTION 7
'."
~!
oz
.0
.0
••o
,,••
-• >
,••"
00
J
~
listening on a headset by placing the COM AUTO switch in the down ~
>,
0"
".!l
-.-
.,
'0
(PHONE) position. If automatic audio selection is not desired, the COM
J
o •
: ~ .<:
,• =-3_!2."-
.: ::
:S'ii.
.,-
'l'
.::: o>~
'il~.!
... ~g
cZo
. 0.
..
"' 0 .
'0 iiI
AUTO selector switch should be placed in the center (OFF) position.
•
, ·-,. ,.
-. .--·'.
..
0 '- i
::: !!:.< o
o
" . •o
;; :r :::> o
•~
• ·1 •
""s; w
COM BOTH AUDIO SELECTOR SWITCH
J
2'
o .,
"
If the airplane is equipped with an audio control panel having marker
'iO:
<>.[
~ ..
beacon controls, a three-position toggle switch, labeled COM BOTH, is
e-2"
provided to allow both COM receivers to be monitored at the same time. For
~.~e
e ..
-c '"
example, if the COM AUTO switch is in the SPEAKER position, with the
J
_.-~
"'<-
, - 'i....
transmitter selector switch in the number one transmitter position,
.,
,,0:;'::0
s ~i~t
.. 1·- °
number one communications receiver audio will be heard on the airplane
-<>:5=5=
speaker. If it is also desired to monitor the number two communications

~
-·"E-
receiver audio without changing the position of the transmitter selector
ll;!! .... _.. .
.""<'!.- - ..n<
."'D_"."
.-.","• ,'<Io_- ••• "p"::!bi-a -
switch, place the COM BOTH selector switch in the up (SPEAKER)
"
f!!1~!:J~~.!!.
."'s!l°·~ Se
~~ ':!!---~ .:-
position so that the number two communications receiver audio will be

8io,,~~c~-.--
~D
.<>:c~".2l
o: . ~
o .. ;;"j:E O~,,"..2 -go"' ..c:5
--
"'·g"'-S·
.!E~~~ .""
heard in addition to the number one communications receiver audio. This
_<> E. .0e '_""_-"
~O.=~c~~~.~]
'~.~-J.;:;J
<..>
ii
.... oo"t!0
!l:ti~g~:!lP"'g·~
_
- l.eS
feature can also be used when listening on a headset by placing the COM
-r~ .lL~~"=,,,~:r .
~
i ~;;
~~~';:DE .. ~ -~5i-
~
~
... ~
~s
"w ;<>. ! :Ilo ~"=~5O~Sll"
:r ~-.::
::~r~~'ri°.!l'!i
-.;s~~=1-,,~~i~
;I;
"llco."-,,"2= )0
;;iS8.!~ ~;~ .... :;;
.
.. " 0 - ..
:::" ,,'" 1: ~ S :!
,,~S "88"-8
.~§ ...
-f~g 1--1;"-
... ·S-g · :5:=_ 1O
J
~~~iiUi~
o ; . oH';j~ll:!lg1:i
~:!;o:,,:~ "'i~~8.
-g .. '!:Ss.]:SI~~~o;
0.=2:._5.
"""- - g'-
BOTH audio selector switch in the down (PHONE) position.
NOTE
u
The combination of placing the COM AUTO switch in the

~::
.:i .:i
:!l:!
SPEAKER position and the COM BOTH switch in the

<>
I-C
. .:: ... - .. "li · !:.
PHONE position (or vice versa) is not normally recom- '

t
:! >"
mended as it will cause audio from both communications

r
E
~5
"l'"
receivers (and any other navigation receiver with its audio

j
~f
§'ii" :9
·.--,.,. • -"Bi":liaofi =°_''''1
J
-coo:!!i"
.. °'Oìe-l
selector switch in the PHONE position) to be heard on both

o~_; "
S;:i~'1l:~ ~ ~
"'=~45~ ~
,S ..~"'Ji~Oi
8:!i!! e ~ ·1'1
~~~~d;
,~2:;o~:Sl!~
~.:!E- °5':
:!! .. .. .l!.J!'", ..
2:.Si
>z.c
.c.., 'ii ~ g io..
:1; "'''.8 .!l-
the airplane speaker and the headset simultaneously.

Z
u
o
o
o
e:.:Ol'i~Sie. o
o
8 ~J-; o
,
~f,;i:: h~ ,
•,
,,
"••
••
•
~ g•
J ANNUNCIATOR LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS AND TEST SWITCH
When a marker beacon receiver is installed, the audio control panel

"i
, "
includes a three-position toggle-type switch to control the brightness level

" ...
: .
Il ~
li"'''
-o
of the marker beacon indicator lights. When the switch is placed in the
~_:!l!
-
~
••o -g5'<:~
... ,,=
center (DAY) position, the indicator lights will show full bright. When this
,,-~~
"~,,
i_ 11 5!';
switch is placed in the up (NITE) position, the lights are set to a reduced
-
";"'-;:~~8
M_
.... ---,t
ì!.!S--=
level for typical night operations and can be further adjusted using the
_cC:!l"~
a.c_"'1l1=
.. ~ 51:,-" ..
RADIO LT dimming rheostat knob. The down (TEST) position illuminates

-
--""1""
all lamps (except the ARC light in the NAV indicators) which are
1
oC5~o i "
!l-Cl-~
.EO~-
• 5H~t~~h
3.'!'<>.{_. H~
iii.~"'.!~-'<>'_
·"è~-()"O
" ~<"'- "'.1l

- §!!.!!E,sa. ~
~-
-g-~~",-
,~.=,,~-.
5.l!~'~hh
;og"i:!lJi~';
i• .s'=~':~"=9_
0;"0
c ... -;
"Sw-
" ..
.. ..,- .=,,:dl
"'_ c =~ "c..,.
!!.2
ll,,"fil ,,=
."
col!'
'"
_g'
•O ~1i~JH~
Jl':!- ·~-.::s!l_
controlled by the switch to the full bright level to verify lamp operation.
H-5;i S;.~.
.. 5",>--~"-'" z
-:r- z
o ,,-~< c o
o
o
§g:;;-;;",s. ; <s o
•
e
SIDETONE OPERATION
1
~
'li
"
u
~
-
Cessna radios are equipped with sidetone capability (monitoring of

-"'-
.'
...· .- ,• :::,," i· jil~!H li• .H'j!. -'l'° ....--"."" ••••• ".. ...
ii
the operator's own voice transmission). While adjusting sidetone on either

' '-
~ ~ S
.=", ~
. ..
~ <>!!
-o-. !
•••
.'"
.-,
i,! •
audio control panel, be aware that if the sidetone volume level is set too
_.,
"":!l "
D
--s-
0 -_.<:1
, .-••
..c ..~ 8= '"~
il ~!:
~-
~l
~-,'"
lB~ ~
",~ ':~
" .....
.g_.!l
:!lg-E
~!!: ..
,".c.=-;
:-5
.. 1132
"'i .'
o.
S s ~ ..
e-1:-
• -;• •'"
.. "a
high, audio feedback (squeal) may result when transmitting.

.-
.
e=
,
,~
,~
1 July 1979 7-35

• .' . -
E

SECTION 77 CESSNA
AIRPLANE
AIIU'1.ANE &
Ik SYSTEMS DESCRIPTIONS
DESCR!PT10NS MODEL I~
152
On alrpl" .. "" not

airplanes eq .. !pJ*'lwl
noi equipped withlh marker
", ..,II.. buoon
beacon ""'.Iv .......
receivers, a con.rol
control 'n
for•
p" .. lIe. sld.",n.
•speaker volume oonly
sidetone volume n ly is pruv,<M<j nn
I. provided audio ""ntrol
the "",ho
on th<r pan.!. TD
control panel. To
.dJ .... the
adjust l.v.1 of
III . level Ih ••sidetone
d' the b~.,d DI'
ld~lon. heard the apull.o
on \/i, speaker, • . rotate
• 01 .. le the
Ib.II""I>..
knob,
l.boILed SlDETONE
labeled SIDETONE VOL, VOL. cLocllwl IO increase
... to
clockwise lncreaH volume
vol .. me o.or onunterelocll-
counterclock
";,..,10
wise to deoo_ll.
decrease it. 8 1de1One provided
Sidetone provl_ through
.hrotlI'h.n. h _ ... lle
the headset is no""lj .. _I"
not adjustable
by ,he pllOl on audio
the pilot _dio con trol panels
control p&llel. without
wllll"u. ", ba"""".
...Ile. beacon.
marker
On &lrpl"".,.
airplanes with m .. rII.e. beacon
wllll marker recelve .... sldeto""
-...... receivers, Ls provided
sidetone is provlded in
iD
bot.b the ap6&ller
both speaker and
&Od headset ""'Y'lme the
belOdH\ anytime lb. COM AUTO ",LIICW'
selector noilC.b.
switch isLs
Placln,. the
"1111_. Placing
utilized. AUTO selector
\he COM AUTO ",1_••switch
W\teh In
in Ihe
the O", poe.llion w1ll
OFF position will
ellmln... sidetone.
eliminate SI""to...
el<leton.. Sidetone internal 1
adju.t ..... n .. "are
ln ....... adjustments ... "v ..llo.bl.1O
available to the pUOI
tbfI pilot
Ih ..... gt> the
through Ih. front
'ront DI Ih....
of the dlo control
audio conlml panel .... ,igu
pUl.1 ((see ... 7·10).
figure AdJ"S\meo,
7-10). Adjustment
ccan
... beboI made
m""", by removing Ib ••
........ V"'II the ppropri ... plug-button
appropriate pl"ll·butlo .. from Ih• •
lrom the audio
udio
control panel
oonlrol (left button
p" ....1 (I.tl buttOIl for
lo. headset
bcedMt adjustment
o.dj",tm"'l and
.... d right
"lIbl button
bullon for lo.
,,_Ile. adjustment),
speaker adJ ..'tme .. I). inserting
l''Hrt1n, a• small
amaU screwdriver IDIO the
ICrowd.lver into adJualal~ ..1
\be adjustment
""",nllom..., and
potentiometer &IId rotating
1'0\.&110. it cIOClrW\.. to I
Il clockwise n _ the
increase Ihe .Ideto voi .."",
.... volume
sidetone
lav.l.
level.
MICROPHONE-HEADSET
M ICROPHQNE· HEAOSET INSTALLATIONS
INSTAlLATIONS
Th ..... types
Three 'YP"" of
DI microphone-headset
...... nd .. n:I system
standard
mlcrophone·head,,1 installations
.y... m provided
provldtod with
.. llh avionics
"vlonlc. equipment
offel'tld. Tbol
are offered.
Inswlat!ons ""'
l<Iulpm.nllnclu<le
includes••
The
hand-b.ld
a hand-held
-
mlempho,", and
microphone &IId separate Mad.. l The
"'p••• 1II headset. Th. keying
k.ylng.wlLch ID' this
switch for mlcmphDn.
.hL. microphone
is on the
i. Dn \h. microphone.
mieroph"" •. Two optional
TWo"pli"n ..1microphone-headset
"'lerophD.... h...d .. t installations are
ln.t.II.UDn .....
also
aloo available;
avall.blu: these
Il>tr... feature
lui"," a...
single-unit
;nklo·uD;1 microphone-headset
m;eropbo"".he""'''''t combina
combino.-
lioll which
tion whlelt permits
p"nniLs the
Uw pilot IO conduct
pUOI to oond"~1 radio oommunlcaUon. wll.houl
communications without
;nterruptin, other
interrupting oUler control opo ... lloll, to
ooo~1 operations handlo a hand-held
\O handle b .. nd·hold microphone.
111lcropllo"e.
One mlornphone· he~OI combination
One microphone-headset oombl".lIon is offered without
11 oflered Wl1hDUI a.. padded
paddod headset
bcad ....1
~nd the
and .h. other
Olher version
"" ... 100 has a padded
h ..... pedde(! headset. The microphone-headset
t,Ud"'l Th. mlorophono·boad ... ,
cnmbln .. Uon. utilize
combinations uti ti. . a.... mote keying
remote k.yln,.",Uch 10"..18<1 on the
switch located Ih. left (r'Ip of
I.ll grip o, the
tbo
pllol '. control
pilot's ""nlm! wheel.
wh ... l. The
The microphone
m\<:rophon. and
ud headset
hud •• , jacks
Jac ll ....... 1"".Led on the
are located Ut.
P'8<I<o~tal below
pedestal boIlow the
\h. instrument
In."·u",.'" panel.
pa"el. Audio
Audio to all three
IO .U lh._ headsets I~
h.ado.... is
coIIIJ'OIl«l by
controlled by the
th.l individual .\ldlo selector
individuo.! audio "t.eto. switches
, w;"'h .... nd adjusted
and lo.
o.d.jwtted for
Ic~l by
,'Olumo level
volume by using
""ln, the 801.e1Cd receiver
Ibe selected l'O{)tl"". volume oo .. trol •.
volume controls.
N<nE
NOTE
n
When
Wh.n transmitting,
".nemlllln,. the
Ihe pilot
ptio' should
,hcmld key
koy the
Ute microphone,
",lompllo....
pl • .,. the
place Ut. microphone
mlerophon. .as. close
01_ as.. possible to the
pOMlbl. to Iho lips
IIpe and
&JId
.""aIt
speak directly
dlrwctly into
Into it.
Il
STATIC
STATI C DISCHARGERS
OI SC HA RGE RS
fnq .....1 IFR
II frequent
If lFR flights
Oi«bta are
..... planned, ln.,&U.tlnn of
pl&llned. installation wlell.typIo static
of wick-type atatlc
dladl~'" is
dischargers bo recommended
reoommoll<ltd to
1<1 improve
hnprva radio
radiD communications
oommunicat.iD'" during
d"nnt:
flight
marhl through
Lhmu,h dust
dutt or
Or various
vul"". forms et:
lo"". of precipitation
p....clpl •• liDI' (rain,
(n'D, snow
.""'" or ice
o .;.,.
,-"
7-36 11 July
J"'1y 1979
11179 —

CESSNA SECTION 7
0 0
u,
~o
• >
~
oo-
tt
<,
.<••
:q;;
.0
"•<
•••<
•
~
crystals). Under these conditions, the build-up and discharge of static
electricity from the trailing edges of the wings, rudder, elevator, propeller
>0
tips, and radio antennas can result in loss of usable radio signals on all
.-
~.~o
;1_..
.. o ..
communications and navigation radio equipment. Usually the ADF is first

,.->
.. ~!C J
.'5::::~::
-_;_~
1:i::;;~
'lli:::
:;~~'iii
g~--'
!li~=s
:1::9<>0 0
'ò 2,!!r:';j
,,-e-oli
:r
.5 "'g-<3
•, ""ooil;
::::.!Oitl
••o 1."5-
._-ii
.,;hsi
to be affected and VHF communication equipment is the last to be affected.
t
J
_
~
..!l
Installation of static dischargers reduces interference from precipita
21:
i
:::0."'_ :k
tion static, but it is possible to encounter severe precipitation static
-
~.~
conditions which might cause the loss of radio signals, even with static
J •
0'::"'';1
.9
dischargers installed. Whenever possible, avoid known severe precipita
J
.. o
•• ..,
<i-
-i"- -'-r
-~.-5
tion areas to prevent loss of dependable radio signals. If avoidance is
,,-"-.~
0_
;=,,<1_ ,-§;=""
H.H~
3,~"'O!l
~'~.hll
... ~O"5
- '-.:-~
E'ES
<;
_-o iCo"""
~"1! • .!::::
.-;8.t:j
E!I~E;;2
'a!l!l"~k
'.!!.li!~~
~ =:l~." 'O
!I-- -1
",.gi "''E 1:
l'"
h;g~ .:l:i~~l
~~t
,,~~~i
2&~>_,",
impractical, minimize airspeed and anticipate temporary loss of radio
a~~il .... :
l :
3~5~";i :h.a$~~
a-:*;;,,"'E'::
...::::
,,--.
ii <>..,~!;!
';;30_".
..
".si - 3 .. "
.
~hU -~l!H~
signals while in these areas.
e .. 5
JJ
"J
J
J
•
~
,~
~
"
••
lo
1 July 1979 7-37/(7-38 blank)

-
-
E
•

Poh

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Poh

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

INFORMATIQN

For Flight Training Reference Only

AT THE TIME OF ISSUANCE.

MATION MANUAL WAS AN EXACT DUPLI

USED FOR GENERAL

APPROVED AIRPLANE FUGHT

ICESSNA AIRCRAFT COMPANY

engine start, taxi, takeoff, climb and 45 minutes

75% Power at 8000 Ft

MAXIMUM USEFUL LOAD:

" I1 JJuly 1979

For Flight Training Reference Only n

For Flight Training Reference Only

For Flight Training Reference Only

3. Wheel base length is 58".-

For Flight Training Reference Only n

T"il " ...<1_ contains

Secdoa prov ..........

Approved Fuel Grades (ID~

For Flight Training Reference Only

~mm.ndOod VI..,..."y for Tempor.'"

For Flight Training Reference Only

MAXIMUM CERTIFICATED WEIGHTS

' ~:,:~:~;:,":'.<.•",.•,...) "'""''.'''

STANDARD AIRPLANE WEIGHTS

For Flight Training Reference Only

KTAS K"" ... Tnt

Vpg M".I d","", Fl

VNE N • ••• S.<eed

Vv Beo' ~ .. of-Cllnlb S"",,

For Flight Training Reference Only

Revolutions Per Minute is engine speed.

Demonstrated C..... wt .. d V~oc1l,.

Reference RefeAOCI Datum

MaxLmum Ramp Well"II1

Maximum Muh .. "m TaltltOl1

For Flight Training Reference Only

J For Flight Training Reference Only

M••"'""'.. S,,,,,,,,,.. ". ",

'" 149 windows open.

- For Flight Training Reference Only

POWER PLANT LlMITATIONS

For Flight Training Reference Only

POWER PLANT INSTRUMENT MARKINGS

For Flight Training Reference Only

No aerobatic maneuvers are approved except those listed below:

FLIGHT LOAD FACTO

2-6 I1 Jul7 IliJ711

For Flight Training Reference Only

Flight into known icing conditions is prohibited.

Taktoll. have not

- (1 gaHnn per tank).

For Flight Training Reference Only

Th" m ....klllp &nd

Rec. Entry Rec.

DA Y- NIOIIT_ VI'"R- IPR

2. In the baggage compartment:

For Flight Training Reference Only

3. Near fuel shutoff valve (standard tanks):

FUEL· 24.5 GALS _

Near fuel shutoff valve (long range tanks):

Near fuel tank filler cap (long range tanks):

100LL/ 100 MIN.

5. On the instrument panel near the altimeter: